FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

3 

A.2 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

A.3 DISTRIBUTION LIST.............................................................................................................................10

SECTION A. PROGRAM MANAGEMENT ........................................................................................................11

A.4 PROGRAM ORGANIZATION ...............................................................................................................11

A.5 PROBLEM DEFINITION/BACKGROUND...........................................................................................18

A.6 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................19

A.7 QUALITY OBJECTIVES AND CRITERIA .............................................................................................20

A.8 SPECIAL TRAINING/CERTIFICATIONS.............................................................................................25

A.9 DOCUMENTATION AND RECORDS...................................................................................................26

SECTION B. DATA GENERATION AND ACQUISITION ...............................................................................30

B.1 SAMPLING PROCESS (NETWORK) DESIGN.....................................................................................30

B.2 SAMPLING METHODS..........................................................................................................................38

B.3 SAMPLE HANDLING AND CUSTODY................................................................................................41

B.4 ANALYTICAL METHODS ....................................................................................................................42

B.5 QUALITY CONTROL.............................................................................................................................44

B.6 INSTRUMENT TESTING, INSPECTION, AND MAINTENANCE......................................................45

B.7 INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION AND FREQUENCY...........................................................................49

B.8 INSPECTION/ACCEPTANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR SUPPLIES AND CONSUMABLES .............58

B.9 NON-DIRECT MEASUREMENTS (DATA FROM OTHER SOURCES).......................................................60

B.10 DATA MANAGEMENT .........................................................................................................................62

SECTION C. ASSESSMENT AND OVERSIGHT ...............................................................................................77

C.1 ASSESSMENTS AND RESPONSE ACTIONS ........................................................................................77

C.2 REPORTS TO MANAGEMENT..............................................................................................................85

SECTION D. DATA VALIDATION AND USABILITY......................................................................................89

D.1 DATA REVIEW, VALIDATION, AND VERIFICATION REQUIREMENTS .......................................89

D.2 VERIFICATION AND VALIDATION METHODS.................................................................................94

D.3 RECONCILIATION AND USER REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................100
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

4 

LIST OF FIGURES 

FIGURE A.1 PB AIR MONITORING PROGRAM ORGANIZATIONAL CHART ........................................15

FIGURE A.2 ADEQ AIR QUALITY DIVISION ORGANIZATIONAL CHART .............................................16

FIGURE A.3. THE AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING QA PROGRAM ..........................................21

FIGURE B.1 PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE GLOBE HIGHWAY SITE.................................................................32

FIGURE B.2 PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE MIAMI GOLF COURSE SITE.........................................................34

FIGURE B.3 PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE JLG SUPERSITE ...............................................................................36

FIGURE B.4 CONTINUOUS DATA COLLECTION SYSTEM HARDWARE ARCHITECTURE ...............64

FIGURE B.5 ERG’S DATA MANAGEMENT AND SAMPLE FLOW DIAGRAM..........................................69

FIGURE C.1. ADEQ INTERNAL AUDIT FINDING FORM ..............................................................................80

FIGURE C.2 ADEQ AUDIT RESPONSE FORM .................................................................................................81

FIGURE D.1 AAAD DCS SECONDARY QUALITY ASSURANCE SCREEN .................................................96

LIST OF TABLES 

TABLE A.1 ADEQ AIR QUALITY DIVISION (AQD) PB PROGRAM PERSONNEL ...................................14

TABLE A.2 PIMA COUNTY WASTEWATER RECLAMATION LABORATORY PERSONNEL ..............17

TABLE A.3. SUMMARY OF ADEQ DOCUMENTS AND RECORDS.............................................................27

TABLE A.4 SUMMARY OF PCWRL DOCUMENTS AND RECORDS ...........................................................29

TABLE B.1 SITE AND METADATA INFORMATION FOR THE GLOBE HIGHWAY SITE .....................31

TABLE B.2 SITE AND METADATA INFORMATION FOR THE MIAMI GOLF COURSE SITE..............33

TABLE B.3 SITE AND METADATA INFORMATION FOR THE JLG SUPERSITE ....................................35

TABLE B.4 LEAD (PB) AIR MONITORING PLAN PER SITE.........................................................................39

TABLE B.5 ANALYTICAL METHODS FOR PB SAMPLES.............................................................................43

TABLE B.6 HIGH-VOLUME TSP SAMPLER SPECIFICATIONS...................................................................45

TABLE B.7 INSPECTION OF FIELD ITEMS FOR TSP SAMPLE COLLECTION.......................................47

TABLE B.8 INSPECTION OF FIELD ITEMS FOR PB PM10 SAMPLE COLLECTION ...............................47

TABLE B.9 PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE OF FIELD ITEMS................................................................48

TABLE B.10 STANDARD MATERIALS AND/OR APPARATUS FOR TSP SAMPLER CALIBRATION 

AND VERIFICATION..............................................................................................................................................50

TABLE B.11 STANDARD MATERIALS AND/OR APPARATUS FOR PM10 LOW-VOLUME SAMPLER 

CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION ................................................................................................................51

TABLE B.12 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR OPERATING HIGH VOL+ TSP LEAD (PB) SAMPLERS 

IN ACTUAL CONDITION ......................................................................................................................................52

TABLE B.13 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR OPERATING PARTISOL 2000 FRM SAMPLERS IN 

LOCAL CONDITIONS ............................................................................................................................................54

TABLE B.14 SUMMARY OF QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES FOR THE PCWRL...........................55

TABLE B.15 SUMMARY OF QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES FOR THE ERG.................................57
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

5 

TABLE B.16 CRITICAL FIELD SUPPLIES AND CONSUMABLES................................................................59

TABLE B.17 SUMMARY OF DATA RECORDS STORED AT ADEQ .............................................................75

TABLE C.1. SUMMARY OF ASSESSMENTS PLANNED BY EXTERNAL AGENCIES .............................84

TABLE C.2. SUMMARY OF INTERNAL ASSESSMENTS PLANNED BY ADEQ........................................84

TABLE D.1 DATA VALIDATION CODE TYPES ...............................................................................................92

TABLE D.2 ADEQ QUALITY ASSURANCE LEVELS FOR FILTER-BASED AND CONTINUOUS 

MEASUREMENTS...................................................................................................................................................93

TABLE D.3 ADEQ PB HIGH-VOLUME (TSP) VALIDATION TEMPLATE ................................................103
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

6 

LIST OF ATTACHMENTS 

Attachment ID Attachment Name 

A Rationale for the Hayden Globe Highway Station Siting 

B Rationale for the Miami Golf Course Station Siting 

C EPA Air Monitoring Schedule (2013) 

D ADEQ AAS AMU-002 SOP Operating the TISCH HI-VOL Sampler 

E ADEQ AAS QA-013 SOP Auditing the TISCH HI-VOL Sampler 

F ADEQ AAS AFL-001 SOP Unexposed Glass Microfibre Filter Loading 

G ADEQ AAS AFL-002 SOP Unloading and Cutting Exposed Glass Microfibre 

Filters 

H ADEQ AAS FCC-003 SOP Lead (Pb) Filter Data Review and Reporting 

I ADEQ AAS ADM-003 SOP Corrective Action Process 

J ADEQ Quality Management Plan 

K PCWRL Quality Manual 

L PCWRL EQL-0510-191 SOP 

M PCWRL Lead Audit Strip SOP 

N ERG QAPP 2012 

O ERG SOP for Determination of Lead (Pb) in PM10 

P RTI SOP for Preparation of Lead Filter Audit Strips from NIST SRM and Glass 

Fiber Filters 

Q Region 9 SOP for Heated Nitric Acid Hot Block Digestion and ICP/MS Analysis 

for Lead (Pb) on TSP High-Volume Filters 

R Region 9 SOP for Lead (Pb) NPAP Audit Strips 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

7 

LIST OF ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS 

AAAD Air Assessment Ambient Database 

AAS Air Assessment Section 

AC actual conditions (aka, local conditions) 

ADEQ Arizona Department of Environmental Quality 

ADHS Arizona Department of Health Services 

ADQ audit of data quality 

AMU Air Monitoring Unit 

AMTIC Ambient Monitoring Technical Information Center 

ANSI American National Standards Institute 

APTI Air Pollution Training Institute 

AQD Air Quality Division 

AQS Air Quality System 

ASARCO American Smelting and Refining COmpany 

CA corrective action 

CAA Clean Air Act 

CAP corrective action process/program 

CAFDF custody and field data form 

CBSA core-based statistical area 

CFM cubic feet per minute 

CFR Code of Federal Regulations

CL confidence limit 

COC chain-of-custody 

CRAO Compliance and Regulatory Affairs Office (Pima County) 

CV coefficient of variation 

DAS data acquisition system 

DCS data collection system 

DL detection limit 

DMT Data Management Team 

DM&QA Data Management & Quality Assurance (Unit) 

DQA data quality assessment 

DQO data quality objectives 

EDO environmental data operation 

EDXRF energy-dispersive X-ray fluorescence 

EPA Environmental Protection Agency 

EQL estimated quantitation limit 

ERG Eastern Research Group, Inc 

EU Evaluation Unit 

FEM federal equivalent method 

FR Federal Register

FMMI Freeport McMoRan, Inc 

FRM federal reference method 

GIS geographical information systems 

GLP good laboratory practice 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

8 

h hour 

HAGH Globe Highway (a monitoring site) 

IAF internal audit finding 

ICPMS/ICP-MS inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry 

IGA intergovernmental agreement 

ISO International Organization for Standardization 

IT information technology 

IUPAC International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry 

JLG John L. Guyton Supersite (aka, PXSS, Phoenix Supersite – a 

monitoring site) 

LAN local area network 

LC local conditions (aka, actual conditions) 

LCD liquid crystal display 

LIMS laboratory information management system 

L/min liters per minute 

m3 cubic meter 

max./min. maximum/minimum (thermometer) 

MDL method detection limit 

mm millimeters 

mmHg millimeters of mercury 

MIGC Miami Golf Course (a monitoring site) 

min minute 

mL milliliter 

mo month 

MO monitoring organization 

MQO measurement quality objective 

MSA metropolitan statistical area 

MSR management systems review 

μg/m

3 micrograms per cubic meter

NAAQS national ambient air quality standard 

NAREL National Air and Radiation Environmental Laboratory 

NATTS National Air Toxics Trends Stations 

NBS National Bureau of Standards (currently NIST) 

NCore National Core (monitoring network) 

NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology 

nm nanometer 

NPAP (EPA) National Performance Audit Program 

NPEP (EPA) National Performance Evaluation Program 

OAQPS (EPA) Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards 

OAR (EPA) Office of Air and Radiation 

ORD (EPA) Office of Research and Development 

ORIA (EPA) Office of Radiation and Indoor Air 

P&A precision & accuracy 

P&B precision & bias 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

9 

Pb Lead, a NAAQS criteria pollutant 

PCWRL Pima County Wastewater Reclamation Laboratory (unofficial 

acronym) 

PE performance evaluation

PEP Performance Evaluation Program (PM2.5/PM10/Pb) 

PM Project manager or particulate matter (depends on context) 

PM10 particulate matter, aerometric diameter ≤ 10 micrometers 

PM10 - 2.5 particulate matter, aerometric diameter 10 – 2.5 micrometer 

PM2.5 particulate matter, aerometric diameter ≤ 2.5 micrometers 

PO project officer 

PQAO primary QA organization 

PQL practical quantitation limit 

PT proficiency test 

PXSS Phoenix Supersite (aka, PXSS, JLG Supersite - a monitoring site) 

Qavg average flow rate 

QA quality assurance 

QA/QC quality assurance/quality control 

QAHBV2 Quality Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement 

Systems: Volume II: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Program 

(QAHBV2) (ed. 2008 or current) 

QAM quality assurance manager 

QAPP Quality Assurance Program or Project Plan 

QC quality control 

QAL quality assurance lead or leader 

QMP quality management plan 

RPD relative percent difference 

RO reporting organization 

RTI Research Triangle Institute (North Carolina) 

RTP Research Triangle Park (North Carolina) 

RWRD Regional Wastewater Reclamation Department (Pima County) 

R&P Rupprecht and Patashnick Co. (no longer in existence – currently 

Thermo) 

SIP state implementation plan 

SLAMS State and local air monitoring station 

SLB site logbook 

SOP standard operating procedure 

S/T/L State, tribal, and local 

TSA technical systems audit 

TSP total suspended particulate (any size limit) 

T&RH temperature & relative humidity 

USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency 

XRF X-ray fluorescence 

°

C degree Celsius or centigrade
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

10 

A.3 DISTRIBUTION LIST 

For the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality – Air Quality Division 

Theresa Rigney, Assessment Section Manager 

Michael Sundblom, Evaluation Unit Manager 

Mark Carrel, Air Monitoring Unit (AMU) Manager 

Ralph Lucero, Senior Technician, AMU 

Greg Kendal, Lead Pb Operator, AMU 

Kanika Simmons, Acting Supervisor, Air Filter Laboratory 

John Olasin, Manager, Data Management & Quality Assurance (DM&QA) Unit 

Ceresa Stewart, Lead QA/QC, DM&QA 

Andy Clifton, QA Auditor, DM&QA 

Heather Colson, Lead Pb Data Reviewer, DM&QA 

Jon Midgley, Lead Air Toxics Data Reviewer, DM&QA 

Vacant, Lead Data Collection System Administrator, DM&QA 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

11 

SECTION A. PROGRAM MANAGEMENT 

A.4 PROGRAM ORGANIZATION 

This Quality Assurance Program Plan (QAPP) describes ADEQ’s Lead (Pb) Monitoring 

Network which collects source-oriented and non-source-oriented measurements of airborne Pb 

particles. The purpose of this QAPP is to document the results of the technical planning process, 

to describe the associated environmental data operation (EDO) and its quality objectives to be 

achieved, and to identify key project personnel in one clear, concise, and complete document. 

The QAPP communicates to all parties the specifications used to implement and maintain the 

operation of the Pb network. Topics covered in the QAPP include: the sampling and analysis 

plan, air monitoring instrument operation and associated quality control requirements, data and 

measurement quality objectives, the types of assessments and reports to management planned, 

and how data collected will be managed. 

This QAPP will be updated periodically to reflect changes that have occurred to the Pb air 

monitoring network. Although a network’s regulatory purpose and data objectives do not change 

on a frequent basis, logistical changes can impact the operation of a specific air monitoring 

network from year to year. For a variety reasons, changes can occur to: the method type and/or 

manufacturer/make/model of the air monitor selected for use at an air monitoring station, the 

siting of an air monitor and its geographical location, the sample collection and shipment 

schedules, and numerous other operational or managerial processes. To ascertain the most 

current information regarding the Pb network and its sites, other documents such as the annual 

Air Monitoring Network Plan, associated Pb standard operating procedures (SOP) and 

instrument field sheets should be referenced. Each version of the Pb QAPP will document the 

purpose for such changes as a way of providing valuable historical information regarding the Pb 

air monitoring network to future employees. 

ADEQ is responsible for collecting air filter samples, arranging for sample analysis with 

independent laboratories, performing data review and validation on sample results, and 

uploading the Pb concentration data to the U.S. EPA’s national database, the Air Quality System 

(AQS). To effectively and efficiently produce Pb data of high quality that meets the intended 

needs of data users as prescribed by the EPA, field, laboratory, and data management procedures 

must follow quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) requirements established by the EPA and 

potentially other agencies or organizations including ADEQ. This QAPP and its associated 

SOPs cover the required QA/QC practices for each aspect of the Pb program. SOPs will be 

carefully followed and QA/QC principles and practices will be stringently applied throughout 

this EDO. In-house assessments of air monitoring programs are required by EPA and are 

conducted by ADEQ personnel. Assessments, or audits, will be conducted to assure that field, 

laboratory, and data management practices are following EPA or ADEQ-specific requirements. 

Contact information for key program personnel is provided in this document in the event 

questions arise or additional information is needed regarding elements of the Pb air monitoring 

network. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

12 

ADEQ will cooperate with all analytical laboratories regarding pertinent information concerning 

the collection, preservation, shipment, analysis, and reporting of Pb sample results. The Pb 

program differs from other ADEQ criteria pollutant air monitoring programs in that the Pb filter 

samples collected by ADEQ must be analyzed using a wet chemistry technique. ADEQ will use 

the services of two independent analytical laboratories for the Pb network, the Pima County 

Regional Wastewater Reclamation Department (RWRD), Compliance and Regulatory Affairs 

Office (CRAO) Laboratory, hereafter referred to as the Pima County Wastewater Reclamation 

Laboratory (PCWRL) in this document, and the Eastern Research Group (ERG), i.e., contract 

laboratories. The laboratories are performing work for ADEQ either under a service agreement, 

Intergovernmental Agreement (IGA), or EPA-sponsored contract and each is responsible for 

managing their own QA/QC programs as required by their Quality Manual and following their 

internal standard operating procedures (SOPs) which are referenced in this QAPP and provided 

as attachments. 

Unless circumstances suggest ADEQ should perform an audit of the independent laboratories, 

the plan is to assess the laboratories indirectly by way of other agencies’ audit reports, audits of 

data quality, etc. The PCWRL is periodically audited by the Arizona Department of Health 

Services (ADHS) and the ADEQ QA Team will review these audit reports as they become 

available. The ERG was selected as the analytical laboratory for the non-source oriented Pb 

sample because they currently perform analysis on the PM10 filter collected for the National Air 

Toxics Trend Stations (NATTS) program. ADEQ will work with EPA OAQPS and Region 9 to 

ensure ERG’s documentation and laboratory practices are fully evaluated; however, ADEQ does 

not plan to perform a TSA on ERG at this time, but to rely upon TSAs conducted by, or on 

behalf of, the EPA. The EPA Region 9 analytical laboratory will perform quarterly analyses of 

the collocated QA/QC Pb Performance Evaluation Program (PEP) samples collected by ADEQ. 

The Region 9 laboratory will perform analyses on the PEP sample collected annually by EPA. 

As with ERG, ADEQ does not plan on performing a TSA on the Region 9 laboratory, but to rely 

upon TSAs conducted by, or on behalf of, the EPA. Again, the SOPs for the analytical 

laboratories are provided as attachments to this QAPP. 

The ADEQ Air Assessment Section (AAS) is responsible for the Pb air monitoring network. All 

AAS personnel worked together as a team in launching this new network. Personnel from several 

Units within the AAS are involved with the network. Key responsibilities for each Unit are: 

 Within the Evaluation Unit (EU), an air modeler was responsible for identifying potential 

sites where the highest airborne Pb concentrations are expected using meteorological data 

collected by the source(s). A senior environmental engineer was responsible for finding 

physical locations that met EPA criteria and final sites were approved by EPA Region 9 

program representatives. 

 Within the Air Monitoring Unit (AMU), the manager and several personnel were 

responsible for selecting, testing, and installing the new high-volume total suspended 

particulate (TSP) Pb samplers at each source-oriented site. Technicians tested the new 

TSP samplers in-house before deploying to the air monitoring sites. Once installed at the 

sties, the technicians evaluated the new samplers’ performance in the field, performed 

trouble shooting on flow issues occurring at higher elevations, and developed the 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

13 

standard operating procedure (SOP) for properly operating the samplers and collecting air 

filter samples. The program’s lead technician/operator is responsible for the Pb TSP filter 

sample collection. For the non-source-oriented site, ADEQ was able to continue 

operating a low-volume PM10 sampler that was already in-place. A lead 

technician/operator is assigned to the collection of the PM10 Pb filter sample and the 

sampler’s operation. 

 Within the Air Filter Laboratory (AFL), the lab supervisor was responsible for 

developing the process and supporting SOPs to be used for preparing unexposed filters 

for sampling, sub-sampling (cutting filter samples into strips for analysis), shipping subsamples to the PCWRL, and archiving the remaining samples in case they are needed for 

future reference. The lab supervisor, or designee, also prepares and manages the shipment 

of the quarterly Pb PEP QA sample to the Region 9 laboratory and submits the PEP 

sample information to the RTI database. A senior laboratory analyst is responsible for 

support (backup) sample handling services when needed. 

 Within the Data Management & Quality Assurance (DM&QA) Unit, the selection of sites 

and the modeling results were reviewed by the Unit manager and toxics data reviewer 

who also prepares the agency’s network plans. The lead Pb data reviewer is responsible 

for monthly data validation, reporting the Pb data to the EPA’s Air Quality System 

(AQS), and developing SOP(s) for the validation and reporting procedures. The QA 

Auditor is responsible for performance evaluation (PE) audits on the samplers, the 

associated SOP, and coordinating the EPA PEP audits. The QA/QC Lead is responsible 

for maintaining the official, approved Quality Assurance Program Plan and serving as a 

backup field auditor. Both the QA Auditor and the QA/QC Lead are responsible for 

additional QA assessments, such as technical system audits and audits of data quality. 

The QA/QC Lead established the Pb Team and will be responsible for coordinating 

meetings as needed. DM&QA personnel also correspond with PCWRL personnel and 

review the laboratory reports as part of the data review and QA process. 

 The AAS Manager is responsible for securing program funding, serving as a liaison to 

EPA Region 9, and providing leadership and guidance to all Unit personnel involved with 

the Pb network. 

Table A.1 shows ADEQ personnel involved with the Pb air monitoring program and their 

responsibilities. Figures A.1 and A.2 provide organizational charts of the ADEQ Air Quality 

Division (AQD) personnel involved with the Pb program. As shown on the chart, the QA Team 

is housed in the DM&QA Unit and is independent from the Air Monitoring Unit which generates 

the Pb filter samples. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

14 

Table A.1 ADEQ Air Quality Division (AQD) Pb Program Personnel 

Lead (Pb) Ambient Air Monitoring Program 

Name and Title Role Responsibilities Contact 

Information 

Theresa Rigney, 

Environmental Program Manager 

Air Assessment 

Section 

Manager 

Program manager and liaison to 

Region 9 program lead 

602-771-2274 

tr3@azdeq.gov

Mark Carrel, 

Environmental Program Supervisor 

Air Monitoring 

Unit Manager 

Air Monitoring Unit operations and 

deliverables 

602-771-2359 

mwc@azdeq.gov

Randy Redman, 

Environmental Engineer 

Site 

Coordinator 

Site establishment and liaison to site 

owners 

602-771-2278 

rrr@azdeq.gov

Ralph Lucero, 

Environmental Program Specialist 

Senior, 

Monitoring 

Technician 

Air monitoring instrument support 602-771-2390 

rvl@azdeq.gov

Greg Kendall, 

Environmental Health Specialist, II 

Lead, Pb-TSP 

Site Operator 

QA Level 1 reviews, sample 

collection, instrument verifications 

and calibrations, troubleshooting 

602-771-2258 

gwk@azdeq.gov

Terry Taflinger, 

Environmental Program Specialist 

Lead, Pb-PM10

Site Operator 

and Service 

Report 

Reviewer 

Reviews all AMU field service 

reports for completeness and 

correctness 

602-771-2392 

tkt@azdeq.gov

Kanika Simmons (Acting), 

Environmental Program Specialist 

Laboratory 

Supervisor 

Pb filter handling, sub-sampling, 

shipping, receiving, and archiving 

602-771-2241 

ks5@azdeq.gov

Kanika Simmons, 

Environmental Health Specialist, II 

Laboratory 

Support Alternate for filter lab operations 602-771-2241 ks5@azdeq.gov

John Olasin, 

Environmental Program Supervisor 

DM&QA 

Manager 

Data Management and Reporting, 

QA/QC logistics and deliverables 

602-771-2345 

jro@azdeq.gov

Vacant, 

Environmental Program Specialist 

Lead 

Data Collection 

System 

Administrator 

Continuous data collection, DCS 

operations, QA Level 2 reviews 

Heather Colson, 

Environmental Health Specialist, II 

Lead, Pb Data 

Reviewer 

QA Level 3 Pb data reviewer and 

AQS data entry 

602-771-4488 

hc2@azdeq.gov

Jon Midgley, 

Environmental Program Specialist 

Toxics Data 

Reviewer & 

Network Plan 

Coordinator 

Pb data review support & network 

plan development and review 

602-771-2356 

jm9@azdeq.gov

Ceresa Stewart, 

Environmental Program Specialist Lead, QA/QC QA Team, QAPP, QA oversight; technical system audits (TSA) 

602-771-2297 

cs5@azdeq.gov

Andy Clifton, 

Environmental Health Specialist, II QA Auditor QA Team, air monitoring instrument audits and TSA support 

602-711-4382 

agc@azdeq.gov

Feng Mao, 

Environmental Program Specialist Air Modeler Prepare air models in support of 

identifying air monitoring sites 

602-711-4529 

mf8@azdeq.gov

Kami Budhu, 

Program and Project Specialist I 

Administrative 

Assistant Procurement of goods and services 602-711-2370 

kb2@azdeq.gov
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 20

15 

Figure A.1 Pb Air Monitoring Program Organizational Chart 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 20

16 

Figure A.2 ADEQ Air Quality Division Organizational Chart 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

17 

PCWRL is responsible for providing analytical laboratory services as stipulated in the IGA. 

Responsibilities include: analyzing Pb air filter samplers according to approved method EQL0510-191, archival of solubilized filter samples for a period of 30 days minimum and reporting 

analytical results in a timely manner to ADEQ. 

Table A.2 shows key personnel with PCWRL. 

Table A.2 Pima County Wastewater Reclamation Laboratory Personnel 

Program Title: Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Program 

Name and Title Role Responsibilities Contact Information 

Barbara Escobar, 

Laboratory Director 

Executive 

Project 

Director and 

Interagency 

Liaison 

Program Oversight & Contract 

Liaison 

Barbara.Escobar@wwm.pima.gov

(520) 724-6052 

Nancy Powell, 

Quality Assurance Officer 

Quality 

Assurance 

Officer 

Quality Management Plan, QA 

Oversight 

Nancy.Powell@wwm.pima.gov

(520) 724-6183 

Belinda Gamboa-Felix, 

Environmental Data 

Project Supervisor 

Data 

Management 

and Analytical 

Reports 

Report and data deliverables 

Belinda.GamboaFelix@wwm.pima.gov

(520) 724-6007 

Richard Aros, 

Chemical Specialist 

Inorganic 

Chemical Lab 

Supervisor 

Analytical laboratory logistics 

and deliverables 

Pb Prep Sample coordination 

Richard.Aros@wwm.pima.gov

(520) 724-6065 

Melissa Bomar, 

Laboratory Chemist Lead Analyst Sample preparation and analysis 

Bomar.Melissa@wwm.pima.gov

(520) 443-6062 

EPA Region 9 is responsible for the following activities in support of this program: 

• Reviewing, providing assistance with, and approving this QAPP. 

• Responding to requests for technical and policy information and interpretations. 

• Evaluating quality system performance through technical systems audits, performance 

evaluations, and network reviews as appropriate. 

• Making available to ADEQ the technical and quality assurance information developed by 

EPA, and making the ADEQ aware of any unmet quality assurance needs in a timely 

manner. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

18 

A.5 PROBLEM DEFINITION/BACKGROUND 

On November 12, 2008, the Final Rule for lowering the National Ambient Air Quality Standards 

(NAAQS) for ambient airborne concentrations of Pb from 1.5μg/m3 to 0.15μg/m3 for both 

primary and secondary standards was published in the Federal Register (see 73 FR 67052). The 

revised NAAQS became effective on January 12, 2009. Stationary sources are thought to be the 

major emitter of airborne Pb particles, but mobile sources contribute as well. Monitoring and 

quality assurance requirements for Pb are found in 40 CFR Parts 53 and 58. There are no 

anticipated end dates for the air monitoring of Pb particulates under either standard. Lead is one 

of six criteria pollutants regulated by the EPA under the NAAQS. 

The primary standard was revised to better public health, especially in “sensitive” populations 

which include asthmatics, children, and the elderly. An array of adverse health effects can be 

attributed to Pb exposure including neurocognitive and neurobehavioral effects in children. 

Initially, Pb monitoring was required near sources that emit more than one ton of Pb per year. 

EPA later revised the Pb monitoring requirements to include monitoring near sources that emit 

more than 0.5 tons of Pb per year. 

To comply with the current primary NAAQS, ADEQ will operate two source-oriented sites east 

of the Phoenix metropolitan area near the towns of Hayden and Miami. The sites are near copper 

smelting facilities operated by the American Smelting and Refining COmpany (ASARCO), Inc. 

and Freeport McMoRan, Inc., respectively. Tables and figures showing maps and metadata for 

these sites can be found in Section B. The mining and smelting operations release Pb particulate 

into the atmosphere. The rationale for siting stations in their current location can be found in 

Attachments A and B. 

ADEQ started monitoring for ambient Pb in these two areas at the beginning of the 4th quarter 

2010. The EPA required Pb monitoring at the beginning of 2010, but ADEQ funding limitations 

delayed the purchase of the new instrumentation until the summer of 2010. In addition to 

ADEQ’s Pb sampling near Hayden, additional EDOs under the direction of EPA Region 9 are 

ongoing in a portion of the area which is designated as a Superfund site. 

In addition to the required monitors near sources of Pb, EPA‘s revised lead (Pb) ambient air 

monitoring requirements also require Pb monitors to be placed in large urban areas. Pb monitors 

are required at NCore sites that are located within Core Based Statistical Areas (CBSAs) with a 

population of 500,000 people or more. To meet this requirement, ADEQ will ascertain Pb 

concentrations in the Phoenix metropolitan area at ADEQ’s NCore site: the JLG Supersite, also 

known as (aka), Phoenix Supersite. The Pb concentrations generated from the JLG Supersite will 

come from the speciated PM10 filter sample used for metals’ analyses for the National Air Toxics 

Trends Stations (NATTS) program. Therefore, the collection of Pb samples at the JLG Supersite 

will satisfy monitoring requirements for the Pb NAAQS and the NATTS programs. 

It is worth noting that a PM10 filter sample has been collected at JLG since January 2005 and 

analyzed using an inductively coupled plasma with mass spectrometry (ICPMS) analytical 

method specified by the NATTS program. However, the analytical method employed by the 

contract laboratory at the time was not necessarily approved by the EPA’s Office of Research 

and Development (ORD) as currently required for the detection of airborne Pb concentrations 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

19 

that are used in comparison to the NAAQS. The ERG’s ICPMS analytical method was approved 

in June 2012 and this designation was posted in the Federal Register (see 77 FR 32632) as per 

EPA regulations 40 CFR Part 53. Although the earlier analytical method(s) is essentially the 

same, using Pb data obtained from JLG prior to June 2012 may not be advisable depending on 

how the data will be used. If such data become of interests for purposes other than NATTSrelated information, EPA should be consulted regarding suitability of use. 

The ADEQ serves as the Primary Quality Assurance Organization (PQAO) for any primary and 

secondary NAAQS Pb air monitoring data collected throughout the State of Arizona with the 

exception of Maricopa and Pima Counties. Maricopa and Pima Counties are each designated as a 

PQAO by EPA Region 9, and they are responsible for all aspects of their Pb air monitoring 

network. 

A.6 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION 

The principal objective of the Pb network is to measure the concentration of Pb in ambient air at 

two different types of monitoring sites: source-oriented and non-source-oriented. 

For source-oriented Pb monitoring, ambient air samples will be collected onto 8” X 10” fibrous 

glass filters using high-volume TSP samplers as required by EPA. Samples will be collected on 

the EPA 1/6 day national air monitoring schedule which is found at: 

http://www.epa.gov/ttn/amtic/calendar.html. See Attachment C for the 2013 schedule. 

Collocated samples will be collected on every 1/6 sample run day and one of the non-required 

collocated samples per quarter will be used for the EPA Pb PEP program. The PCWRL will 

analyze samples using the EPA approved method “EQL-0510-191; Determination of Lead 

Concentration in TSP by Inductively Coupled Plasma Mass Spectrometry (ICP-MS) with Heated 

Ultrasonic Nitric and Hydrochloric Acid Filter Extraction”. 

For non-source-oriented Pb monitoring, ADEQ will use a low-volume sampler to collect a PM10 

filter sample at JLG Supersite, ADEQ’s NCore site. Samples will be collected onto a 

polytetrafluoroethelyne (aka, Telfon®) filter on the EPA 1/6 day national air monitoring 

schedule. Collocated samples are not required at JLG and ADEQ does not currently plan to 

collect them. The ERG will analyze samples using the EPA approved method “EQL-0512-202, 

Determination of Lead in PM10 by Inductively Coupled Plasma Mass Spectrometry (ICP-MS) 

with Hot Block Dilute Acid and Hydrogen Peroxide Filter Extraction”. 

Meteorological measurements will also be collected at the Pb sites in support of the Pb program. 

Data generated from these instruments may provide useful information regarding the source or 

origin of Pb in ambient air. Monitoring methods and objectives for meteorological monitoring 

will be addressed in a separate QAPP.
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

20 

A.7 QUALITY OBJECTIVES and CRITERIA 

Quality objectives and associated criteria establish the foundation upon which air monitoring 

data collection operations are conducted. For air monitoring organizations to consistently and 

confidently produce and report data of a known quality that also compare to each other, a 

number of decisions regarding how the data will be collected and evaluated must be made prior 

to launching major air monitoring programs. Statistical goals and a host of operational criteria 

are established for field, laboratory, and data validation operations. Over time as air monitoring 

instruments become more sophisticated and regulatory limits for pollutants potentially decrease, 

these goals and criteria are reviewed and adjusted as needed by air quality professionals from 

EPA and the monitoring organizations to ensure high quality data are produced for use by 

decision makers. 

Two types of quality objectives are commonly developed and applied to ambient air monitoring 

programs: data quality objectives (DQOs) and measurement quality objectives (MQOs). These 

objectives are defined below; but in general, they establish and provide a means to control the 

error in data at or below a level determined to be acceptable, or tolerable, to the decision maker 

(customer) who uses the data to make decisions regarding the publics’ health and welfare. If 

data were to contain a level of error that exceeds what is tolerable, the decisions made could 

either invoke compliance actions that were not necessary or fail to invoke appropriate 

compliance actions to protect publics’ health and welfare; neither produces a desirable outcome. 

The basic idea is that if we follow established MQOs, the data are expected to meet any 

established DQOs. But, to truly know if DQOs are being achieved, an assessment must be 

performed where the data produced are evaluated against the DQOs. More information on 

assessments is provided in Section C. However, it is important to note that this comparison of 

data to the DQOs is the final step in completing the quality system cycle for an ambient air 

monitoring operation. DQOs are evaluated and amended over time as needed to reflect realistic 

goals. Figure A.3 shows the quality assurance life cycle’s stages that are applied to ambient air 

monitoring programs to help ensure data produced meet their objectives. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

21 

Figure A.3. The Ambient Air Quality Monitoring QA Program 

Source: The EPA Quality Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement Systems: Volume 

II: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Program (2008 version) 

It is worth noting that the Pb regulations found in 40 CFR Part 50 Appendix B and G were not 

updated prior to the 2008 changes to the NAAQS. However, the EPA Office of Air Quality 

Planning and Standards (OAQPS) held a number of conference calls and provided a number of 

technical notes regarding changes to the Pb monitoring program which are reflected in this 

QAPP. The technical notes and additional information can be referenced on the EPA’s 

Technology Transfer Network’s Ambient Monitoring Technology Information Center’s 

(AMTIC) Lead Monitoring website. The technical note on “Quality Assurance Issues” contains 

information on the DQO and MQO goals. 

In addition, at the time this QAPP was written, an update to the “Pb High Volume (TSP) 

Validation Template” provided in the Quality Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution 

Measurement Systems: Volume II: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Program (QAHBV2) 2008 

version was in development but had not been released. Upon establishing an operating history 

with the new TSP samplers, we compared our observations gained from operating the TSP 

samplers to the new MQOs and the existing data validation template found in the QAHBV2. 

Based on the experience gained from operating the TSP samplers at the source-oriented stations, 

ADEQ customized a validation template to reflect the acceptable range of criteria to be used for 

sample validation. ADEQ’s validation template is provided in this QAPP. ADEQ personnel feel 

confident that following best practices and the approved operating criteria will ensure any error 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

22 

from field operations will remain within tolerable levels and that the data we generate is of high 

quality. 

In addition, all laboratories seeking to perform analytical services for the Pb samples must have 

to have their procedure/method approved by EPA to ensure tolerable levels of error from 

laboratory practices are not exceeded. 

Data Quality Objectives

The DQOs are defined as the qualitative and quantitative statements derived from the DQO 

planning process that clarify the purpose of the study, define the most appropriate type of 

information (data) to collect, determine the most appropriate conditions from which to collect 

that information, and specify the tolerable levels of potential decision errors. DQOs are based on 

the data requirements of the user, or decision maker, who needs to feel confident that the data 

used to make environmental decisions are of adequate quality. DQOs assess the adequacy of 

data (new or existing) in relation to the intended use. ADEQ has developed the following 

objectives for the Pb program. 

The EPA publishes DQOs for air monitoring programs collecting data used for comparison to the 

NAAQS as well as other types of air monitoring programs. EPA used the DQO process to 

determine the appropriate precision and bias MQOs for the Pb program, but at the time this 

QAPP was written, no broad DQO statements were written for the Pb program similar to other 

programs such as the NATTS. Therefore, the ADEQ developed the following objectives for the 

data collected from the Pb monitoring network. The objectives are to: 

 Determine total suspended particulate (TSP) or PM10 concentrations of airborne Pb for 

comparison to the NAAQS 

 Ascertain the impact regulated sources have on air quality in their 

vicinity 

 Provide an estimate of the reasonableness of source-oriented sites 

selected based on air shed models and to adjust site locations if needed 

 Determine the level of ambient airborne Pb occurring in the Phoenix 

Metropolitan area 

 Support the development and implementation of a SIP (if required) 

 Produce high quality data for decision makers (data users) such as public 

health officials assessing the potential ill health effects associated with 

Pb 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

23 

Measurement Quality Objectives

MQOs are designed to evaluate and control various phases of the measurement process to ensure 

that total measurement uncertainty is within the range prescribed by the DQOs. ADEQ will 

adhere to the MQOs developed by the EPA. EPA intends to assess the following goals on three 

years of data at the PQAO level of aggregation. 

The EPA’s MQOs for the Pb program (source-oriented/TSP samplers) are: 

 Precision goal is ≤ 20% coefficient of variation (CV) for a 90% confidence limit. The 

measure of precision will be determined from the Pb concentration of the collocated TSP 

filter samples and will only include Pb concentration data > 0.02 μg/m3. 

 Overall absolute bias upper bound goal is ≤ 15% at the 95% confidence limit. The 

measure of absolute bias will be determined by the field-portion of the Pb PEP audit 

program for the TSP samplers. The EPA, or their contractor, will collect a filter sample 

on a regularly scheduled collection day using an EPA-selected TSP sampler that will be 

temporarily collocated at one of the source-oriented sites. It is worth noting that as per 

the EPA issued “Technical Note – Pb Monitoring Implementation Strategy Quality 

Assurance Issues”, “this process does not suggest that the Pb-PEP sampler or lab 

technique is superior to those used by the monitoring organization; it simply allows for a 

better comparison of differences should they exist.” 

The tests above help determine measurement uncertainty that could be introduced into the 

sample collection process beginning with the unexposed filter setup through analysis at the 

laboratory. To date, the EPA has not established a Pb PEP requirement for the collection of Pb 

samples using the low-volume PM10 samplers as ADEQ is performing at the NCore site. 

Intercomparision tests for Pb sample collection using this method will be implemented as 

required if added in the future. 

In addition to the EPA’s MQO’s, ADEQ plans to evaluate additional information from data 

routinely collected in the Pb program to further evaluate how well other quality control checks 

perform over time. ADEQ plans to use the statistics provided by the AMP 255 Report to 

determine how well we meet the following metrics. The use of this information is voluntary and 

for in-house goals only. 

ADEQ’s supplemental MQOs for the Pb program (source-oriented/TSP samplers) are: 

 For flow rate verifications, an annual absolute bias goal of ≤ 7% based on all TSP flow 

rate verifications that pass flow rate acceptance criteria. If a sampler fails a verification 

check, the flow rate value for that check will not be averaged into the annual bias 

statistic. 

 For the quarterly Pb audit strips, a bias goal of ± ≤ 10% will be targeted. 

These goals will be evaluated periodically by EPA and ADEQ. It is anticipated that EPA will 

assess the nation-wide MQO goals on three years of data at the PQAO level of aggregation. 

ADEQ plans to assess these goals both annually by way of the data certification process, and on 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

24 

a three year basis, by way of the EPA’s report. ADEQ’s in-house goals will be monitored on an 

annual basis. As QA/QC data are collected and evaluated over the course of the Pb program, 

MQOs may be revised or updated based on the initial results. 

Data Quality Indicators

To help assess how Pb data compare to the established DQOs and/or MQOs, data quality 

indicators (DQI) are used. DQIs provide additional information used for evaluating the quality 

of data. The EPA provides a software program that produces the AMP 255 Report which is a 

report on some of the DQIs. In addition, EPA posts an annual DQI report on AMTIC which 

ADEQ will begin utilizing more frequently to assess how well the Pb program is meeting certain 

DQIs. This report is located at: EPA - TTN - AMTIC Quality Indicator Assessment Reports. 

ADEQ will enter the information provided from flow rate verifications, the Pb PEP program’s 

collocated sample results, and performance evaluation audits into the program which calculates 

statistical results for precision and bias. Some DQIs must be assessed manually by technical 

personnel. 

DQIs for the Pb program are: 

 Representativeness – is a measure of the degree to which data accurately and precisely 

represent a characteristic of a population, parameter variations at a sampling point, a 

process condition, or an environmental condition. Representativeness is controlled 

largely by the site location. 

 Precision – is the measure of mutual agreement among individual measurements of the 

same property usually under prescribed similar conditions. This is the random component 

of error. Precision is estimated by various statistical techniques using some derivation of 

the standard deviation (based upon monitoring calibration and verifications). Precision is 

determined using collocated sampling results and routine verifications. 

 Bias – is the systematic or persistent distortion of a measurement process which causes 

error in one direction. Bias will be determined by estimating the positive and negative 

deviation for the true value as a percentage of the true value. There are different ways to 

assess bias. Bias can be determined by an assessment of the comparability between 

routine flow rate verifications and routine PE audits. The Pb PEP program can also 

provide a measure of bias. 

 Detectability – is the determination of the low range critical value of a characteristic that 

a method specific procedure can reliably discern. The method sensitivity for the analysis 

of Pb samples using ICPMS is adequate for determining Pb at concentrations equal to, or 

less than, 5% of the NAAQS (0.15 μg/m3

). The type of air sampler and filter media 

selected to collect Pb samples can affect comparability. The Pb TSP samplers collect 

particulate matter with aerometric diameter of up to 50 micrometers and the PM10 

sampler collects particulate matter with aerometric diameter of up to 10 micrometers. 

 Comparability (reporting units and analysis) – Pb concentrations will be reported in 

micrograms/meter cubed (μg/m3) as required by EPA for air monitoring organizations. 

Monitoring measurement uncertainty also ensures data are comparable with other 

agencies. 

 Completeness – a measure of the amount of valid data obtained from the measurement 

system compared to the amount that was expected to be obtained under correct, normal 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

25 

conditions. The minimum data completeness requirement set by EPA is 75% for a rolling 

three-month period. ADEQ is targeting 85% completeness for a rolling three-month 

period. 

A variety or errors can result in a sample being missed or an analytical result not being available. 

These include: 

1. Sampling error such as instrument failure or malfunction

2. Collection error such as damaging a filter during retrieval

3. Shipping error such as a shipment being lost 

4. Laboratory error such as a filter being damaged prior to analysis

5. Quality assurance/quality control error such as PE audit failures and analytical laboratory 

criteria not being met

All monitoring instruments will be operated within the acceptance criteria defined by ADEQ, 

which meet or exceed the minimum EPA requirements. Operating criteria for the TSP samplers 

are found in Section B on Table B.12. In addition, some of this information is shown on the 

“ADEQ Pb High-Volume (TSP) Validation Template” found in Section D. This template is used 

for the validation of data. 

Additional information concerning ADEQ’s air monitoring plan per site can be found under 

Sampling Methods on Table B.4 and under Analytical Methods on Table B.5. If any instrument 

fails its verification, calibration, or performance evaluation (PE) audit, AMU will take the 

appropriate actions to correct instrument performance as quickly as possible to prevent missing 

scheduled sample collection days.

A.8 SPECIAL TRAINING/CERTIFICATIONS 

The TISCH HIGH-VOL+ TSP air samplers purchased by ADEQ for source-oriented Pb 

monitoring had not been operated by AQD prior to 2010. In previous years, early versions of 

high-volume TSP samplers were used for particulate air monitoring. However, use of those 

samplers was discontinued years ago due to more sophisticated low-volume samplers becoming 

the required method for particulate matter sampling and the requirement to sample for airborne 

Pb being lifted after sufficiently low levels of Pb were detected in Arizona for a suitable period 

of time. 

ADEQ conducts on-the-job training as the primary means of training personnel. In general, 

AMU’s plan is for new personnel to work with experienced personnel for a period of about one 

to three months. Before working independently, new personnel must exhibit, to a technician with 

more seniority in AMU, the knowledge, skill, and ability needed to successfully operate an air 

monitoring instrument(s). Personnel have adequate time to review instrument manuals, 

monitoring literature, and EPA regulations. Technical personnel have access to the ADEQ 

QMP, QAPPs, and SOPs as well as other guidance such as the manufacturer’s operating 

manuals. Management will provide sufficient time for personnel to read and understand these 

documents. AQD strives to provide professional development to employees whenever possible. 

Training includes courses, workshops, conferences, or trade shows. In addition, employees 

participate in webinars provided by EPA and complete self-instructional courses available 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

26 

through EPA’s Air Pollution Training Institute (APTI). Each employee’s professional 

development is reviewed annually by the unit manager. 

A.9 DOCUMENTATION AND RECORDS 

Personnel within the AAS use our shared network for storing documents electronically in 

addition to maintaining hard copies of program-related documents. The network drive is backed 

up daily by ADEQ Information Technology. Documents are stored for a minimum of five years. 

The modeling reports developed by the Evaluations Unit for source-oriented site selection are 

provided in Attachments A and B and electronic copies are found in each sites respective folder 

at: J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\MONITORING UNIT\SITE_LOG\ADEQ Active Sites. 

AMU service documents, otherwise known as field sheets, related to the operation of air 

monitoring sites and instruments are generated and stored in hardcopy site files and/or 

electronically in each site’s folder at: J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\MONITORING 

UNIT\SITE_LOG\ADEQ Active Sites. Field sheets include: site logs, instrument logs, 

communication logs, instrument verification and calibration sheets, site and instrument change 

forms, and field service reports. The hardcopy reports are reviewed and approved by the AMU 

Manager and/or the field service report reviewer then routed to the QA/QC Lead for review and 

dissemination to the Pb data reviewers for use during data review and validation. DM&QA uses 

these documents for Level 3 data validation. 

The AFL manages the ADEQ LeadTSP Air Sampling Record, i.e., a form associated with each 

sample that combines chain-of-custody (COC) and field data information. An original and two 

copies are produced with each form using no-carbon-required sheets. The original accompanies 

the sample when it is sent to the analytical laboratory. A copy is maintained by the AMU 

operator and by AFL along with the shipment records. 

In addition, the QA Auditor submits the PE audit field sheets to the QA/QC Lead for review and 

dissemination to the Pb data reviewer(s). The QA Team will submit any technical system audit 

(TSA) reports to the DM&QA Unit Manager for approval. Once approved, the report will be sent 

to the AAS Manager and the AMU Manager for review. 

Section D contains more detailed information regarding how data will be managed from the Pb 

network. The source-oriented Pb concentration data and its associated quality control data will 

be archived by ADEQ in the Air Assessment Ambient Database (AAAD) for future reference by 

the agency and other interested parties. Data will be uploaded to the EPA AQS database as 

required by EPA. Non-source-oriented Pb concentration data and its associated quality control 

data will be stored in AAAD, but the uploading to AQS may be a shared task with ERG. Also, it 

is possible that the process for uploading this non-source-oriented data may change over time. 

Table A.3 shows a summary of documents stored by ADEQ and their locations. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

27 

Table A.3. Summary of ADEQ Documents and Records 

Type of Record Medium Data Storage Location(s) Responsibility 

AQS Reports Electronic J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\DATA MANAGEMENT 

AND QA UNIT\DM\Programs\NAAQS\Lead DM&QA 

Calibration and 

verification records 

Hardcopy and 

electronic 

DM&QA Site File or 

J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\MONITORING 

UNIT\SITE_LOG\ADEQ Active Sites 

and DM&QA Site File 

AMU and 

DM&QA 

Certificates for all 

instruments and 

standards 

Hardcopy and 

Electronic 

DM&QA Site File, AMU instrument files 

J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\MONITORING 

UNIT\SITE_LOG\ADEQ Active Sites and 

AMU and 

DM&QA 

Corrective Action 

Reports 

Hardcopy and 

Electronic 

DM&QA Site Files or 

J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\DATA MANAGEMENT 

AND QA UNIT\Quality Assurance\Corrective 

Actions 

QA Team 

Custody and field data 

forms 

Hardcopy and 

Electronic 

AMU COC Files or 

J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\DATA MANAGEMENT 

AND QA UNIT\DM\Programs\NAAQS\Lead 

AMU, DM&QA, 

and PCWRL 

Data Review/Validation 

forms and notes Electronic J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\DATA MANAGEMENT 

AND QA UNIT\DM\Programs\NAAQS\Lead DM&QA 

Downloaded files from 

samplers with QC data Electronic 

J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\MONITORING 

UNIT\Airlab\Field Instruments\Field Instrument Data 

(Palm Data)\Lead Sites 

AMU 

Lab validated data sets 

sent from the laboratory 

to ADEQ including 

metadata 

Electronic J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\DATA MANAGEMENT 

AND QA UNIT\DM\Programs\NAAQS\Lead DM&QA 

Maintenance and 

service records Hardcopy AMU Instrument File and DM&QA Site File AMU and 

DM&QA 

Pb QAPP Hardcopy and 

electronic 

Hardcopies provided to AMU and DM&QA staff 

and 

J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\QUALITY ASSURANCE 

DOCUMENTS\QAPPs & SOPs\QAPPs 

QA Team 

Quality Assurance 

Audit Records 

(includes all audit 

reports, e.g., PE audit, 

TSA, ADQ, etc.) 

Hardcopy and 

electronic 

DM&QA Site Files 

and 

 J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\MONITORING 

UNIT\SITE_LOG\ADEQ Active Sites 

DM&QA 

Raw Data Electronic J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\DATA MANAGEMENT 

AND QA UNIT\DM\Programs\NAAQS\Lead 

DM&QA and 

PCWRL 

Sample Preparation 

notes 

Hardcopy and 

Electronic 

Notes stored at PCWRL and available upon request 

by ADEQ PCWRL 

Shipping and receiving 

records Hardcopy AMU Shipping File AMU/AFL 

Site and instrument 

logbooks Hardcopy 

Site logbooks (SLB) remain at site until closure 

unless storage space is not available – then retired 

SLBs will be stored at AMU; and 

a copy of SLB entries is stored in DM&QA site 

folders. 

Instrument logbook travels with sampler until retired 

– then in AMU 

AMU and 

DM&QA 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

28 

Type of Record Medium Data Storage Location(s) Responsibility 

Site Information Hardcopy and 

Electronic 

Network Plan 

J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\DATA MANAGEMENT 

AND QA UNIT\DM\Docs\AQD\Reports 

And 

J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\MONITORING 

UNIT\SITE_LOG 

AMU and 

DM&QA 

Site Photographs Hardcopy and 

Electronic 

Network Plan 

J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\DATA MANAGEMENT 

AND QA UNIT\DM\Docs\AQD\Reports 

And 

J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\MONITORING 

UNIT\SITE_LOG 

AMU and 

DM&QA 

SOPs Hardcopy and 

Electronic 

Hardcopies provided to AMU and DM&QA staff 

and 

J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\QUALITY ASSURANCE 

DOCUMENTS\QAPPs & SOPs\SOPs\ADEQ Final 

SOPs 

QA Team 

Training records Hardcopy 

Unit Manager’s Staff Files and 

J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\QUALITY ASSURANCE 

DOCUMENTS\TRAINING_RECORDS\Internal 

(Employee) 

AAS 

Validation documents 

and notes Electronic 

J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\DATA MANAGEMENT 

AND QA UNIT\DM\Programs\NAAQS\Lead 

and 

J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\DATA MANAGEMENT 

AND QA UNIT\DM\Docs\AQD\Reports\Quarterly 

Data Review 

DM&QA 

The PCWRL, ADEQ’s selected laboratory for the source-oriented samples, maintains all 

laboratory records separately from ADEQ’s AAS. The type of records maintained, the location 

they are stored, and the person responsible for maintaining these records are listed with the table 

below. Table A.3 shows the documents and records that are generated in conjunction with the Pb 

program. Table A.4 shows the PCWRL documents and records generated for the Pb program. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

29 

Table A.4 Summary of PCWRL Documents and Records 

Type of Record Medium Data Storage Location(s) Responsibility 

Audit Records Hardcopy and 

electronic Arizona Department of Health Services ADHS Lab 

Licensure 

Calibration and 

verification records Electronic 

PCRWRD CRAO Lab 

ICPMS computer for each run - backed up on CD 

and/or network. 

Lab 

Richard Aros 

Certificates for all 

instruments and 

standards 

Hardcopy and 

Electronic 

PCRWRD CRAO Lab 

Attached to each standard in Element 

Lab - 

Richard Aros, 

electronic copies 

Control Charts Electronic 

PCRWRD CRAO Lab 

Hardcopy in Supervisor’s Office 

Hard copy only by Importing data into qc program 

and printing graphs. 

Audit Strips: Z:\Dir Div\CRAO\Lab Svcs\_Shared 

Data\Lab\Inorganic Unit\Inorganic Unit 

Available in Element under QA Admin-Control 

Charts 

Lab – Nancy 

Powell, hard 

copies 

Richard Aros, 

electronic copies 

Corrective Action 

Reports Electronic 

PCRWRD CRAO Lab 

X:\CRAO\Lab Svcs\_Shared Data\Lab\Corrective 

Action\Inorganic\EQL TSP air filters 

Lab – Nancy 

Powell 

Chains of Custody Hardcopy & 

Electronic 

PCRWRD CRAO 

 Files, Electronic PDF’d with Final Report 

Lab – Belinda 

Gamboa 

Data Review/Validation 

forms and notes 

Hardcopy and 

electronic 

PCRWRD CRAO Lab 

Hardcopies in Supervisor’s Office, Electronic 

Element Approvals 

Lab - Richard 

Aros & Nancy 

Powell 

Digestion Log Hardcopy and 

Electronic 

Notes stored at PCRWRD CRAO Lab 

 and available upon request by ADEQ 

Z:\Dir Div\CRAO\Lab Svcs\Shared 

Data\Lab\Inorganic Unit\Inorganic Unit\Digestion 

Logs\Pb Air Filters

Lab – Melissa 

Bomar 

Instrument logbooks Hardcopy PCRWRD CRAO Lab benchtop Lab – Melissa 

Bomar 

Maintenance and 

service records Hardcopy PCRWRD CRAO Lab in Instrument Logbooks 

Lab - Melissa 

Bomar & Belinda 

Gamboa 

Raw Data Electronic 

PCRWRD CRAO Lab Instrument based computers 

ICPMS computer and backed up on CD and/or on 

network 

Lab – Richard 

Aros 

SOPs Hardcopy and 

Electronic 

PCRWRD CRAO Lab Files 

Y:\Lab Svcs\_Shared Data\Lab\SOPs 

Lab 

QA/QC Unit 

Training records Hardcopy and 

Electronic 

PCRWRD CRAO Lab Files 

X:\CRAO\Lab Svcs\_Shared Data\Lab\training-files 

Lab – Nancy 

Powell 

Final Reports Hardcopy and 

Electronic 

PCRWRD CRAO Files 

X:\CRAO\Lab Svcs\_Shared Data\Lab\training-files 

Lab – Belinda 

Gamboa-Felix 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

30 

SECTION B. DATA GENERATION and ACQUISITION 

B.1 SAMPLING PROCESS (NETWORK) DESIGN 

Site Selection and Information

See Attachments A and B for source-oriented siting rationales. The siting of Pb samplers meets 

40 CFR Part 58 Appendix E. 

Source-Oriented Monitoring Sites

As stated in Section A, site selection was based on the location where the highest level of 

airborne Pb concentration is expected to occur, the potential for population exposures, and the 

feasibility of operating samplers. To determine locations that represent the highest concentrations 

of airborne Pb, dispersion modeling and existing environmental data were used. This information 

was compared to the location of the population and the ability to obtain power, avoid obstacles 

that obstruct air movement, provide sufficient security to ensure sample custody and integrity, 

and safe accessibility for personnel. A review of all factors combined with consultation from the 

Region 9 contact, yielded the following locations: 

1. Globe Highway (near ASARCO) 

2. Miami Golf Course (near Freeport-McMoRan) 

NCore (Non-Source-Oriented) Monitoring Site

Site selection was based upon the NCore requirements and the need for sampling to occur in 

CBSAs where the population is greater than 500,000 people. 

1. JLG Supersite (in Phoenix) 

 

See Tables B.1, B.2, and B.3 for site and metadata information and Figures B.1, B.2, and B.3 for 

photographs concerning the above sites. Although ADEQ has no plans to change the type of 

samplers collecting Pb filter samples at either the non-source-oriented or the source-oriented 

sites, a change is possible. Furthermore, air monitoring sites tend to be dynamic over time. It is 

possible that a site could move or that additional air monitoring instruments could be added to 

measure other pollutants. To view the most current information for a site’s configuration and the 

air monitoring instruments being operated by ADEQ, see ADEQ’s Annual Network Plan which 

is posted on ADEQ’s website at http://www.azdeq.gov/environ/air/assessment/links.html. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

31 

Table B.1 Site and Metadata Information for the Globe Highway Site 

Globe Highway

Site Purpose: NAAQS compliance network and a source permit requirement. 

This site is the location of the collocated TSP Pb monitors in Hayden, AZ. ASARCO mine also maintains a sulfur 

dioxide analyzer at the site. The site is located on the southwest end of a small canyon and is located 

approximately 1 km to the east/southeast of the ASARCO smelting facility. Due to its proximity to the end of the 

canyon, the site may be influenced by both broad and local meteorological conditions. 

Site Information

AQS ID None ADEQ ID 16593 

Address SR 77 Winkelman, AZ 85292 

County Gila Groundcover Gravel 

CBSA Payson Latitude 33.002 

Surrounding Area Desert/Residential Longitude -110.765 

Distance to road 5 m – W Elevation 602 m 

Traffic count n/a Site Established Date 01/01/1975 

Pb Monitoring Information

Monitor Pb TSP Wind Temp/RH 

Network SLAMS MET MET 

Objective Source Population Population 

Spatial Scale Middle Middle Middle 

Monitor Start Date 10/01/2010 04/15/2011 04/15/2011 

Instrument Tisch TE-8550-BL 

TSP 

RM Young 5103 

Anemometer 

Vaisala HMP155 

Probe 

Instrument Start Date 10/01/2010 04/15/2011 04/15/2011 

Instrument Location Platform Tower Tower 

Analysis method 

ICP-MS with 

Heated Ultrasonic 

Nitric and 

Hydrochloric Acid 

Filter Extraction 

(TSP) None None 

Method code 191 40 -- 

Sampling schedule 1 in 6 Continuous Continuous 

Sampling duration 24 hour Hourly Hourly 

Sampling season All year All year All year 

Probe height from ground 2.5 m 10 m 2 m 

Probe distance from structure -- -- 1 m 

Distance from obstructions 3.7 m -- 32 m 

Distance from trees 1.5 m -- 36 m 

Unrestricted airflow degrees 330° 360° 360° 

Distance between collocated monitors 1.8 m -- -- 

In climate-controlled shelter? N N N 

Flow-rate verification frequency Every 12 days -- -- 

Monitor audit frequency Quarterly Annual Annual 

PEP audit monitor? Y -- -- 

Data submitted to AQS? Y N N 

Data submitted to AirNOW? N N N 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

32 

Figure B.1 Photographs of the Globe Highway Site 

Site Photos

Aerial view of Globe Highway Shelter, towers, and TSP monitors at Globe Highway – 

5/10/2011 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

33 

Table B.2 Site and Metadata Information for the Miami Golf Course Site 

Miami Golf Course

Site Purpose: NAAQS compliance network and a source permit requirement. 

This site is the location of the TSP-Pb monitor in Miami, AZ. PM10 is also monitored by both Freeport McMoRan 

and ADEQ at this site. The site is located near the Cobre Valley Country Club with residential areas to the south 

and east and the Freeport McMoRan facility approximately 2 km to the west/southwest. 

Site Information

AQS ID 04-007-8000 ADEQ ID 16629 

Address SR 188 and US 60 Miami, AZ 85539 

County Gila Groundcover Gravel 

CBSA Payson Latitude 33.4190 

Surrounding Area Residential Longitude -110.8296 

Distance to road 230 – E Elevation 1000 m 

Traffic count n/a Site Established Date 01/01/1997 

Pb Monitoring Information

Monitor Pb TSP Wind Temp/RH 

Network SLAMS MET MET 

Objective Source Population Population 

Spatial Scale Middle Middle Middle 

Monitor Start Date 10/01/2010 06/08/2011 06/08/2011 

Instrument Tisch TE-8550-BL 

TSP 

RM Young 5305 

Anemometer 

Vaisala HMP 155 

Probe 

Instrument Start Date 10/01/2010 06/08/2011 06/08/2011 

Instrument Location Platform Tower Tower 

Analysis method 

ICP-MS with 

Heated Ultrasonic 

Nitric and 

Hydrochloric Acid 

Filter Extraction 

(TSP) None None 

Method code 191 40 -- 

Sampling schedule 1 in 6 Continuous Continuous 

Sampling duration 24 hour Hourly Hourly 

Sampling season All year All year All year 

Probe height from ground 3.5 m 10 m 2 m 

Probe distance from structure -- 1 m 

Distance from obstructions -- -- -- 

Distance from trees 4 m 10 m 5 m 

Unrestricted airflow degrees 180° 360° 90° 

Distance between collocated monitors -- -- -- 

In climate-controlled shelter? N N N 

Flow-rate verification frequency Every 12 days -- -- 

Monitor audit frequency Quarterly Annual Annual 

PEP audit monitor? Y -- -- 

Data submitted to AQS? Y N N 

Data submitted to AirNOW? N N N 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

34 

Figure B.2 Photographs of the Miami Golf Course Site 

Site Photos

Aerial view of Miami Golf Course 

Fenced Miami Golf Course site – 05/2011 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

35 

Table B.3 Site and Metadata Information for the JLG Supersite 

JLG Supersite 

Site Purpose: NAAQS compliance network, NCore, PAMS, NATTS, STN, AQI forecasting, monitor urban haze, 

and meteorological support. 

The site was established to represent air quality in the central core of the Phoenix metropolitan area. The 

surrounding area is primarily residential neighborhoods, with I-17 approximately 1.6 km to the west. This is also 

an IMPROVE protocol site. 

Site Information

AQS ID 04-013-9997 ADEQ ID 16328 

Address 4530 N. 17th Ave. Phoenix, AZ 85015 

County Maricopa Groundcover Gravel 

CBSA Phoenix-Mesa-Scottsdale Latitude 33.5038 

Surrounding Area Residential Longitude -112.0957 

Distance to road 8.5 m – E Elevation 354 m 

Traffic count 20,214 – Campbell Ave. Site Established Date 07/01/1993 

Pb Monitoring Information

Monitor Pb PM10 Wind Temp/RH 

Network SLAMS/NCore Met/NCore Met/NCore 

Objective Population Population Population 

Spatial Scale Neighborhood Neighborhood Neighborhood 

Monitor Start Date 01/01/2005 07/01/1993 07/01/1993 

Instrument R&P Partisol 2000 RM Young 5103 

Anemometer 

Rotronics MP101A 

Probe 

Instrument Start Date 01/01/2005 07/01/1993 01/15/2010 

Instrument Location Metal Roof Tower Tower 

Analysis method 

ICP-MS with 

Heated Hot Block 

in Dilute Acid and 

Hydrogen Peroxide 

Filter Extraction 

(PM10) None None 

Method code 202 40 -- 

Sampling schedule 1 in 6 Continuous Continuous 

Sampling duration 24 hour Hourly Hourly 

Sampling season All year All year All year 

Probe height from ground 5 m 10 m 2 m 

Probe distance from structure -- -- 1 m 

Distance from obstructions 8 m 8 m 8 m 

Distance from trees 5 m 5 m 5 m 

Unrestricted airflow degrees 210° 360° 210° 

Distance between collocated monitors -- -- -- 

In climate-controlled shelter? N N N 

Flow-rate verification frequency Monthly -- -- 

Monitor audit frequency Biannual Annual Annual 

PEP audit monitor? N -- -- 

Data submitted to AQS? Y N N 

Data submitted to AirNOW? N N N 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

36 

Figure B.3 Photographs of the JLG Supersite 

Site Photos

Aerial view of JLG Supersite Eastern side of JLG Supersite – 09/2008 

Monitoring Plan

As stated under the program’s description, the monitoring plan is to measure airborne Pb near 

regulated sources emitting 0.5 tons/year (tpy) or more and the in the Phoenix metropolitan area, 

which is a CBSA with greater than 500,000 population. Continuous meteorological data will also 

be collected at each site. Measurement error will be kept at minimum by following the 

established acceptance criteria for air monitoring instruments found in Section B7. There is no 

anticipated end date for operating the Pb network. 

Each calendar year, a total of 60 - 61 routine samples will be collected on the primary samplers 

following the 1/6 day monitoring schedule, aka, sample run day. A total of 60-61 collocated 

samples will be collected on the secondary sampler at the collocated Globe Highway site. 

ADEQ plans to collect collocated samples on each 1/6 sample run day because it is easier to plan 

for and provides additional samples at minimal costs. ADEQ may elect to revert to the EPA 1/12 

day schedule for collocation in the future. 

Each quarter, one of the collocated filter samples collected on a non-required 1/6 day monitoring 

schedule will be used for the EPA’s Pb PEP. ADEQ’s plan is to use the first non-required 1/6 

collocated sample for the PEP. If for any reason the Pb PEP sample is not successfully collected 

on that day or this filter is not used for any other reason, ADEQ will default to using the next 

non-required collocated sample available. ADEQ will continue to default to the next possible 

1/6 sample run day that is not a required 1/12 sample run day in the event collection problems 

arise. An example of the national monitoring schedule is provided in Attachment C. Near the 

beginning of each calendar year, the annual schedule will be obtained from EPA here: 

http://www.epa.gov/ttn/amtic/calendar.html. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

37 

To meet ADEQ’s in-house goal of 85% data completeness for sample collection, only two (2) 

filter-based samples can be missed for each three-month period. To meet the minimum 

requirement of 75% data completeness, only three (3) filter-based samples can be missed. 

Completeness will be based on rolling three-month periods, rather than calendar quarters. 

Make-up Samples

The EPA makeup sample requirements for the Pb program are aligned with the PM10 and PM2.5 

requirements. Makeup samples will be collected according to the following guideline: 

If a TSP or the low volume PM10 sampler fails to collect a valid sample at a site on the regularly 

scheduled 1/6 sample day run day, then a makeup sample will be collected at the site prior to the 

next run day if possible using the unsampled filter provided for the next scheduled run (a 

replacement filter will be obtained for the next scheduled run day), OR on the 7th day following 

the missed event. 

Since sequential samplers are not in-use, meeting the makeup requirements could pose logistical 

challenges in the field. Timely communication among the Pb Team regarding any sample loss 

from the field is important and will allow field personnel to plan for makeup samples as needed 

providing as much leeway as possible. 

Any additional, valid samples collected outside the makeup sample timeframe requirements will 

be considered extra samples. The Pb concentrations from these samples are useful and will be 

used in design value calculations that are comparable to the Pb NAAQS; however, extra samples 

can not be used for data completeness purposes. 

Field Blanks

TSP and PM10 field blanks will be collected for each sampler at a frequency of 10%. A field 

blank will be collected on the 10th run day following the start of sampling for each calendar year. 

Site Accessibility

The source-oriented sites are located near or adjacent to major state highways making them 

easily accessible for service and sample collection. The NCore site is located close to ADEQ’s 

Main Office in downtown Phoenix which allows easy access to the site. However, it is possible 

that sample collection could be interrupted if a site becomes temporarily inaccessible due to a 

variety of unusual circumstances that may include road closures, a wildfire, or a hazardous 

condition that was not previously present. If this occurs, ADEQ personnel will not attempt to 

access a site for sample collection or any other purpose until the area has been cleared and 

reopened by the proper authorities. Field personnel will report the site closure information to 

their direct supervisor and the program manager will be alerted to the incident as well. Each 

incident of site inaccessibility and the need for possibly establishing an alternate site or 

relocating an existing site will be handled on a case-by-base basis. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

38 

B.2 SAMPLING METHODS 

Lead (Pb) Air Sample Collection 

To ascertain the levels of airborne Pb, filter-based samplers will be used. 

For source-oriented sampling:

ADEQ will use high-volume total suspended particulate (TSP) samplers to collect filter-based 

samples from midnight to midnight every sixth day following the EPA’s Monitoring Schedule. 

These samplers meet EPA’s requirements for the collection of Pb samples. AMU personnel will 

maintain and operate these samplers according to AMU’s SOP. The QA Auditor will audit the 

samplers according to the QA SOP for this sampler. Each TISCH TSP sampler contains a 

microprocessor with the ability to store sample run summary data and 5-minute interval data, a 

scan diskette for data backup and retrieval, a pump, a step-up transformer (added per the 

manufacturer’s recommendation to achieve the required flow rate due to altitude at the sourceoriented sites), and an automated mass flow controller. Menu-driven software is used to program 

these samplers so they operate according to the required sampling schedule. These samplers do 

not use size-selective inlets and can collect particles up to 50 micrometers (μm) in aerometric 

diameter depending on meteorological conditions. The samplers will operate in Actual 

Conditions (AC), aka, Local Conditions (LC). Again, Table B.4 shows the air monitoring 

instruments and the sample collection plan for each site. 

Samples will be collected onto 8” X 10” fibrous glass filters supplied annually by the EPA. 

These filters are assumed to meet all regulatory and acceptance criteria established by EPA prior 

to receipt. AFL will receive these filters and prepare them for sampling by assigning sample 

identification numbers to each filter, loading the filters into each sampler’s filter holder cassette, 

and preparing the associated ADEQ LeadTSP Air Sampling Record for each sample to be 

collected. The filters will not be weighed before or after sampling to determine a PM 

concentration because ADEQ does not currently own a microbalance that can accommodate the 

8” X 10” filter size. ADEQ may elect to weigh filters in the future. AFL will receive exposed 

sample filters from the field operator, sub-sample each filter, and prepare and coordinate 

shipments of Pb filter sample strips to PCWRL. Sub-sampling refers to the process of cutting the 

filter into strips that are to be used for laboratory analyses. AFL’s processes follow AFL SOPs 

and all ADEQ SOPs are included as attachments to this QAPP. 

For the non-source-oriented sampling:

ADEQ plans to use a low-volume PM10 sampler to collect filter-based samples of particulate 

matter containing particles up to 10 μm in aerometric diameter on the same monitoring 

scheduled cited above. The sampler was operated in standard conditions initially, but the 

sampler’s operating mode was changed from standard conditions to local conditions in midSeptember 2012. This change improved the efficiency of determining and reporting each filter 

sample’s Pb concentration and it better aligned the comparability of the Pb/NATTS filter sample 

with other monitoring organizations around the country. The sampler will be operated according 

to AMU’s SOP; and, the QA Auditor will audit the sampler according to the QA SOP. Samples 

will be collected onto 47 mm Teflon® filters. These samples will not be sub-sampled before 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

39 

shipping to ERG. The sampler produces sample summary and 5-minute interval data that will be 

downloaded and reviewed as part of the QA process. 

Sample volume is provided by each sampler in the summary data. Interval data files are checked 

to ensure that an over or under run did not occur. Sample volume is periodically checked by 

hand using the following equation: 

Sample Volume = (Collection Time) (Average Ambient Flow Rate) 

Table B.4 Lead (Pb) Air Monitoring Plan per Site 

ADEQ 

Site 

(Abbreviation) 

Instrument 

(Quantity/Type/ 

Operating 

Mode/Designation) 

Measurement Collection 

Media 

Collection 

Frequency 

Duration & 

Time 

Annual 

Quantity 

of 

Samples 

Planned 

Scale 

1/TISCH HIGHVOL+ 

TSP/AC/Primary 

8” X 10” 

fibrous glass 

filter 

1/6 day 

23 – 25 hours 

midnight to 

midnight 

60-61 

1/ TISCH HIGHVOL+ 

TSP/AC/Secondary 

Pb particles up 

to 50μm 

aerometric 

diameter 

depending on 

meteorological 

conditions 

8” X 10” 

fibrous glass 

filter 

1/6 day 

23 – 25 hours 

midnight to 

midnight 

60-61 

(30-31 are 

required 

on 1/12 

day 

schedule; 

4 are PEP; 

remainder 

are extra 

samples) 

1/RM Young 

Model 5103/Wind 

Monitor/ 

Continuous 

Wind speed 

and direction 

Direct read - 

electronic 

communicat

ion to data 

logger 

Hourly values 

with 5 second 

max wind 

speed 

N/A 

HAGH* 

1/Vaisala HMP 

45C T&RH 

Sensor/Continuous 

Temperature 

and relative 

humidity 

Direct read - 

electronic 

communicat

ion to data 

logger 

Hourly values N/A 

Middle 

1/TISCH HIGHVOL+ 

TSP/AC/Primary 

Pb particles up 

to 50μm 

aerometric 

diameter 

depending on 

meteorological 

conditions 

8” X 10” 

fibrous glass 

filter 

1/6 day 

23 – 25 hours/ 

midnight to 

midnight 

60-61 

MIGC 

1/RM Young 

Model 5103/wind 

monitor/Continuou

s 

Wind speed 

and direction 

Direct read - 

electronic 

communicat

ion to data 

logger 

Hourly values 

with 5 second 

max wind 

speed 

N/A 

Middle 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

40 

ADEQ 

Site 

(Abbreviation) 

Instrument 

(Quantity/Type/ 

Operating 

Mode/Designation) 

Measurement Collection 

Media 

Collection 

Frequency 

Duration & 

Time 

Annual 

Quantity 

of 

Samples 

Planned 

Scale 

1/Vaisala HMP 

45C T&RH 

Sensor/ 

Continuous 

Temperature 

and relative 

humidity 

Direct read - 

electronic 

communicat

ion to data 

logger 

Hourly values N/A 

1/Thermo Partisol 

2000 FRM/AC/ 

Primary 

Pb particles up 

to 10μm 

aerometric 

diameter 

depending on 

meteorological 

conditions 

47 mm 

Teflon® 

filter 

1/6 day 

23 – 25 

hours/midnight 

to midnight 

60-61 

1/RM Young 

Model 5103/wind 

monitor/ 

Continuous 

Wind speed 

and direction 

Direct read - 

electronic 

communicat

ion to data 

logger 

Hourly values 

with 5 second 

max wind 

speed 

N/A JLG 

1/Rotronics 

MP101A T&RH 

Sensor/ 

Continuous 

Wind speed 

and direction 

Direct read - 

electronic 

communicat

ion to data 

logger 

Hourly values N/A 

Neighborhood 

*Collocated Site Key: HAGH = Globe Highway 

 MIGC = Miami Golf Course 

 JLG = JLG Supersite (aka, PXSS) 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

41 

B.3 SAMPLE HANDLING AND CUSTODY 

Sample handling and custody is one of the most important aspects of a quality system. Sample 

handling procedures must be consistently followed to provide data meeting the DQOs. 

Currently, EPA does not require that Pb filter samples be collected within a certain timeframe, or 

that they be chilled to a specific temperature, or analyzed within a certain number of days 

following collection. ADEQ plans to collect filter samples within 6 days following each run day, 

usually within 48-hours. The samples will be handled as carefully as possible to prevent loss of 

particulates from the filters. Shipments of TSP sample strips and 47mm Telfon® filters to the 

analytical laboratories will be done in a timely manner to ensure adequate time for analysis, data 

validation and reporting. 

To protect a sample from tampering and to ensure that a sample’s history and integrity is known, 

a chain-of-custody accompanies each sample. The ADEQ LEADTSP Air Sampling Record serves 

as the chain-of-custody (COC) as well as the sample collection data card for each TSP sample 

generated. The ADEQ PM10 Air Sampling Record is used for the same purpose for the Pb 

samples collected at the NCore site. 

A sample is considered to be in custody if it is in one’s actual physical possession, is stored in a 

secured area restricted to authorized personnel as found with the AFL or AMU office/lab/shop 

area, or when it is in view after being in one’s possession such as when a sample is being 

relinquished for shipping or analysis at an analytical laboratory. 

To ensure sample integrity, security measures have been taken to prevent unauthorized persons 

from tampering with a site or the air monitoring instruments. Site access is limited to authorized 

ADEQ, county, or mine personnel. Each sampler’s shelter door is kept locked except during 

service or filter changes. Site configurations vary, but each site is protected from trespassers or 

unauthorized persons using some combination of security mechanisms such as signage/no 

trespassing posts, fencing that may have an upper perimeter barrier such as barb or razor wire, or 

a raised platform with locked door or chain. If a site is gated; it is padlocked. In the event 

security becomes an issue at a site, ADEQ will implement more stringent security mechanisms. 

To prevent loss of material from the exposed TSP filter samples, the plan is to cover the exposed 

TSP filters with a filter holder faceplate following the retraction of the sample saver shield and to 

remove the filters as soon as possible following sampling. Then, the filter cassette holder is 

carefully removed from the sampler, placed into a plastic zipper storage bag, and then placed 

into a site-specific transport case which further protects the sample from disturbance during 

transport to AFL. For the exposed PM10 filters removed from the low-volume sampler, the plan 

is to enclose the filter sample in a plastic case, aka, clam shell, prior to transporting to AFL. 

More details concerning filter handling and custody can be found in the SOPs which are 

provided as attachments. 

To prevent sample contamination, each filter cassette holder, filter holder faceplate, and filter 

ring assembly is cleaned following sample collection and prior to the next unexposed filter being 

prepared for the next sample run day. The Pb TSP operator cleans dust from the surface inside 

the TSP samplers and from the TSP sample saver shield prior to each sample collection. The 

tools used for sub-sampling, i.e., cutting a filter into strips for analysis, the 8”X10” TSP filter 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

42 

samples are cleaned following each use. The low-volume sampler’s inlet and interior are 

checked for debris or dust after each sample run and cleaned as needed by the operator. 

B.4 ANALYTICAL METHODS 

Laboratory Analyses

For source-oriented TSP Pb filter samples:

The AFL receives blank fibrous glass filters used for sampling from the EPA each calendar year. 

Unexposed filters are prepared for the AMU operator by AFL personnel. AFL receives the 

exposed filter samples from the AMU operator after sampling. AFL personnel cut the TSP filter 

samples into strips (sub-sample), verify information on the COC/data information sheets, and 

ship samples with all required documentation to the PCWRL on a monthly basis to the address 

shown below. The frequency of shipments will be adjusted as needed. PCWRL plans to provide 

the laboratory analysis results on a monthly basis. 

Pima County (PC) CRAO Lab 

3035 W. El Camino Del Cerro 

Tucson, AZ 85750 Phone: 520-443-6052 

For NCore PM10 Pb filter samples:

The AFL receives blank Teflon® filters used for sampling from the EPA each calendar year. 

Unexposed filters are prepared for the AMU operator by AFL. AFL receives the exposed filter 

samples from the AMU operator after sampling. AFL personnel verify information on the 

COC/data information forms using the sampler’s summary and interval data, and ship samples 

with all required documentation to the ERG laboratory on a monthly basis to the address below. 

The frequency of shipments will be adjusted as needed. ERG plans to provide the laboratory 

analysis results on a monthly basis. 

Eastern Research Group 

601 Keystone Park Drive, Suite 700 

Morrisville, NC 27560-9998 Phone: 919-468-7800 

For the quarterly collocated TSP Pb PEP filter samples: 

The AFL prepares the unexposed filters for collocated sampling for the AMU operator. AFL 

receives the exposed filter samples from the AMU operator after sampling. AFL personnel 

verify information on the COC/data information form, and ship each sample and all required 

documentation to the Region 9 laboratory on a quarterly basis. The filters are not sub-sampled, 

but shipped whole to the address below. Additionally, AFL personnel submit the COC 

information electronically to the RTI database. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

43 

USEPA Region 9 Laboratory 

Bldg. 201 

1337 South 46th St 

Richmond, CA 94804-4600 Phone: 510-412-2389 

The analytical laboratories quality manuals and/or SOPs are found as attachments within this 

QAPP. Each analytical laboratory uses an EPA-approved method for analyzing the Pb filter 

samples. In Arizona, a state statute contains a provision that any laboratory performing analysis 

for environmental compliance purposes be licensed by the Arizona Department of Health 

Services (ADHS) for the analytical method. Table B.5 shows the approved EPA analytical 

method or equivalency method for determining the concentration of Pb in TSP and PM10 samples 

as well as the ADHS license number. Currently, only the PCWRL falls subject to the licensure 

requirement. To date, Pb concentrations measured at the JLG Supersite are considerably lower 

than the NAAQS. As stated previously, ADEQ measures Pb at this site to satisfy the EPA 

requirements for an NCore station within a CBSA having a population of 500,000 or more. If Pb 

concentrations measured at the JLG Supersite start approaching the Pb NAAQS, the need for 

ERG’s method to be licensed by the Arizona Department of Health Services will be reviewed 

again. 

Table B.5 Analytical Methods for Pb Samples 

Parameter EPA Method Licensure# Analytical Method Laboratory 

TSP Pb – applies 

to routine 

primary & 

secondary 

samples, blanks, 

audit strips 

EQL-0510-191 AZ Dept. of 

Heath 

Services - 

#AZ0159 

Determination of Lead 

Concentration in TSP by 

Inductively Coupled 

Plasma Mass Spectrometry 

(ICP-MS) with Heated 

Ultrasonic Nitric and 

Hydrochloric Acid Filter 

Extraction 

Pima County 

Wastewater 

Reclamation 

Laboratory, 

Tucson, AZ 

TSP Pb – applies 

to the quarterly 

Pb PEP sample 

generated by 

ADEQ 

and 

the annual 

collocated PEP 

filter sample 

generated by 

EPA 

EQL-0710-192 Not 

applicable 

since 

concentration 

is not used 

for 

comparison 

to the 

NAAQS 

Heated Nitric Acid Hot Block 

Digestion and ICP/MS 

Analysis for Lead (Pb) on 

TSP High-Volume Filters 

US EPA 

Region 9 

Laboratory, 

Richmond, 

CA 

PM10 Pb – 

applies to 

routine primary 

samples and 

blanks 

EQL-0512-202 Applicability 

being 

determined 

Determination of Lead in 

PM10 by Inductively Coupled 

Plasma Mass Spectrometry 

(ICP-MS) with Hot Block 

Dilute Acid and Hydrogen 

Peroxide Filter Extraction 

Eastern 

Research 

Group, 

Morrisville, 

NC 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

44 

B.5 QUALITY CONTROL 

Quality control (QC) is the overall system of technical activities that measure the attributes and 

performance of a process against established standards to verify that performance meets the 

stated requirements established by the decision maker or data user. Information on data 

validation and verification can be found in Section D. 

To assure the quality of data from air monitoring measurements, two distinct and important 

interrelated functions must be performed. One function is the control of the measurement process 

through broad quality assurance (QA) activities such as establishing policies and procedures, 

developing DQOs, assigning roles and responsibilities, conducting QA oversight and technical 

system reviews, and implementing corrective actions. 

The other function is the control of measurement error by implementing specific quality control 

checks at established frequencies to ensure the samplers operate within specified criteria. QC 

procedures include, but are not limited to: periodic (typically annual) NIST-traceable 

certification of calibration standards/references (aka, calibrators) used for testing samplers and 

supporting meteorological instruments; regularly scheduled calibrations, verifications, and PE 

audits; collocation of samplers and participation in the national EPA Pb PEP. The analytical 

laboratories perform extensive QC functions on a regular basis that support the analytical 

instrumentation as well. 

Section B of this QAPP contains supporting QA/QC information regarding specifications and 

performance criteria for the samplers. In addition, the “ADEQ Pb High-Volume (TSP) 

Validation Template” (see Table D.3.) and the EPA “PM10 Filter Based Local Conditions 

Validation Template” (see QAHBV2) provide additional information used by ADEQ during the 

data validation process to ensure the accuracy of Pb concentrations released to the public and 

used for NAAQS compliance purposes. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

45 

B.6 INSTRUMENT TESTING, INSPECTION, AND MAINTENANCE 

The purpose of this element is to discuss the procedures planned for verifying that all 

instruments and equipment are properly maintained and operate within acceptable performance 

levels. Prior to being deployed to a site, air monitoring instruments are tested in the AMU Shop 

to verify that they are working properly and that they meet the operating criteria. 

The main component of ensuring correct instrument operation is through routine verifications. 

As mentioned previously, the frequency of TSP sampler verifications may change once the Pb 

program is well established, but the procedures used to perform the verifications are anticipated 

to remain essentially the same. The flow rate for a TSP sampler is verified by using a water 

manometer following ambient temperature and pressure verifications. All this information is 

used in a calculation to determine the flow rate, and the flow rate calculated is compared to the 

set point of the instrument. Refer to the AMU’s SOP and Table B.12 for details pertaining to the 

verification process and acceptance criteria. 

For Pb measurements at source-oriented sites, ADEQ plans to use only high-volume TSP 

samplers that meet 40 CFR Part 50 Appendix B specifications. Currently, Pb samplers do not 

have manufacturer-specific federal reference method (FRM) or federal equivalent method (FEM) 

designations. Instruments are properly operated and maintained following 40 CFR Part 50 

Appendix B, manufacturers’ requirements, and recommendations of technical personnel from the 

EPA and ADEQ’s AAS. Table B.6 shows specifications of TSP samplers. 

Table B.6 High-Volume TSP Sampler Specifications 

Criteria Acceptable Range Citation/ 

Information 

Design Criteria 

 seal filter to housing without leaks 

 filter convenient to change 

 adjustable flow rate 

Operational Flow Range  Operate within 1.1 to 1.7 m3

/min (39 – 60 CFM) 

Operational Set Point  1.13 m3

/min (actual conditions) (40 CFM) 

Part 50 App B 

sec 7.2.1 

Motor  Capable of reliably operating for continuous 24 hr 

periods 

Part 50 App B 

sec 7.2.4 

Sampler Shelter 

 Rectangular with gabled roof 

 Protects filter from precipitation/weather 

 Exhaust discharge 40 cm from inlet 

 Designed to minimize collection of dust by 

incorporating a baffle between exhaust and the 

supporting surface 

 Filter in horizontal position at least 1 m above 

supporting surface 

Part 50 App B 

sec 7.3.1 

Sample Cover 

 Uniform inlet on all sides 

 Air velocity between 20 and 35 cm/sec (0.66 - 1.15 

ft/sec) 

 Recommended velocity 25 cm/sec ±2 (0.82 ft/sec +2) 

Part 50 App B 

sec 7.3.2 

Filter Exposed Area 

(nominal)  406.5 cm2 (63 in2

) Part 50 App B 

sec 7.1.2 

NOTE: Above criteria verified prior to purchase and startup of sampler/sampling 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

46 

For Pb measurements at the NCore site, ADEQ plans to use only low-volume samplers that have 

received the EPA’s federal reference method (FRM) or federal equivalent method (FEM) 

designation for Pb-PM10 sampling. Air monitoring instruments must meet strict criteria in order 

to obtain the FRM or FEM designation from EPA. ADEQ plans on conducting flow rate, 

pressure and temperature verifications on the low-volume PM10 sampler at the NCore site every 

four weeks. These verifications are performed using a NIST-certified flow, barometric pressure 

and temperature digital calibrator. ADEQ technicians and operators possess a strong 

understanding of how to operate these samplers because the instruments have been used by 

ADEQ for the collection of PM10 and PM2.5 filter samples for many years. Refer to the AMU’s 

SOP for details pertaining to the verification and calibration processes. 

Inspection and acceptance of filter sample media is also performed. To prevent an interruption 

in the collection of Pb filter samples and to ensure DQIs are met, ADEQ strives to keep critical 

supplies and consumables in stock such as fibrous glass and polytetrafluoroethelyne filters, 

calibrators (standards/references), spare parts for instrumentation, and if possible, backup 

samplers and meteorological monitors. Supplies and consumables are inspected for defects prior 

to use and their availability in-house is monitored by the AMU personnel. 

Inspection of Field Items

There are several items that need routine inspection in the field before and after a Pb sample has 

been collected. Table B.7 shows the inspections performed in the field before and after TSP 

sample collection. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

47 

Table B.7 Inspection of Field Items for TSP Sample Collection 

Item Inspection 

Frequency 

Inspection 

Parameter 

Action if Item 

Fails Inspection 

Documentation 

Requirement 

Filter holder cassette 

including the 

following 

components: 

 2-part metal 

frame 

 (2) Thumb 

(finger) nuts 

 Metal wire 

mesh filter 

holder support 

screen 

 (2) 8x10” 

silicon 

gaskets 

Before and 

after each run 

Any damage 

(warps, cracks, 

other signs of 

wear) 

AND 

Visible 

particulate or 

foreign objects 

Replace 

Clean with a cloth 

using amended 

water or other 

surfactant solution 

such as Windex 

Document in sampler 

and site logbooks; on 

AMU Field Service 

Report and/or other 

AMU form 

Same as above 

Filter Holder 

Faceplate 

Before and 

after each run 

Any damage Replace Document in sampler 

and site logbooks and 

AMU Field Service 

Report 

Filter holder gasket 

(rubber gasket located 

between filter holder 

and blower motor) 

Semiannually Any damage Replace Document in sampler 

and site logbooks; on 

AMU Field Service 

Report and/or other 

AMU form 

Fibrous glass filter Before and 

after each run 

Any damage or 

anomalies 

Replace Document on AFL Air 

LeadTSP Sampling 

Record and/or other 

AMU form 

Table B.8 shows the inspections performed in the field before and after PM10 sample collection. 

Table B.8 Inspection of Field Items for Pb PM10 Sample Collection

Item Inspection 

Frequency 

Inspection 

Parameter 

Action if Item 

Fails Inspection 

Documentation 

Requirement 

47mm filter holder 

(plastic ring, plastic 

clam shell) 

Before and 

after each run 

Cleanliness 

(Visible 

particulate) 

Damage (warps, 

cracks, other 

signs of wear) 

Rewash or 

Replace 

Document in laboratory 

logbooks 

Teflon® filter Before and 

after each run 

Any damage or 

anomalies 

Replace Document on AFL Air 

PM10 Sampling Record 

and/or other AMU form
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

48 

Preventative Maintenance of Field Items

There are many field items associated with preventative maintenance of a successful field 

program. Table B.9 details the maintenance checks of the Pb samplers. Details on maintaining 

the samplers can be found in the associated ADEQ SOPs and manufacturer’s operating manuals. 

Table B.9 Preventative Maintenance of Field Items 

Instrument Item Maintenance Frequency Responsible 

Party 

Location 

Maintenance 

Performed 

Filter holder 

cassette silicon 

gaskets 

Replace every 3 years 

OR 

Replace if found 

compromised in any way 

during routine inspection or 

when leak is present 

AMU Operator 

OR 

AFL Supervisor 

or support analyst 

AFL 

Rubber filter 

holder gasket 

Replace annually AMU Operator 

or Technician 

In field at site 

Wire mesh filter 

holder support 

screen 

Clean monthly AMU Operator 

OR 

AFL Supervisor 

or Support 

Analyst 

AMU Shop 

CPU backup 

power battery 

Replace bi-annually AMU Operator 

or Technician 

In field at site 

Sampler hood 

and sampling 

chamber 

Clean before and after each 

sample collection event 

AMU Operator In field at site 

Brushless motor Replace every 8 years or 

sooner if motor function is 

compromised 

AMU Operator 

or Technician 

In field at site 

or in AMU 

Shop 

TISCH HIGHVOL+ 

Control and 

pump box 

Clean monthly AMU Operator 

or Technician 

In field at site 

Inspect Sampling 

Chamber 

Clean as needed after use 

Inspect Filter 

Cassettes for 

contamination 

Each filter sample setup 

Rubber Lip Seal Each time filter is exchanged 

Clean PM10 inlet, 

check o-ring(s) 

Every 14 days of inlet usage 

Replace large inline filter Every 6 months of sampler 

operation 

Clean air inlet 

screens

Every 6 months of sampler 

operation

Thermo 

Partisol 2000 

FRM 

Check battery 

voltage 

Every 6 months 

AMU Operator 

or Technician In field at site 

NOTE: Adjustments to routine, preventative maintenance frequencies will be made as 

needed based on site conditions. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

49 

B.7 INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION AND FREQUENCY 

Calibration is defined as the comparison of a measurement standard, instrument, or item with a 

standard or instrument of higher accuracy to detect and quantify inaccuracies and to report or 

eliminate those inaccuracies by adjustment. Use of the term “calibration” indicates that an 

adjustment either in the instrument or the software occurred. EPA recommends that adjustments 

be minimized to prevent introducing measurement uncertainty and that verifications, “checks 

without correction”, be used to confirm whether or not an instrument is operating within the 

acceptable operating range. 

The purpose of calibration is to minimize bias. Typically, calibration activities follow a two-step 

process. 

1. Certifying the calibration standard and/or transfer (working) standard against an 

authoritative standard, usually the NIST. 

2. Comparing the routine sampling or analytical instrument against a calibration or transfer 

standard. 

The following calibrations are typically performed in the field: 

 Verification/calibration of volumetric flow rate of each sampler against the transfer 

standard; 

 Verification/calibration of sampler temperature and pressure sensors against the working 

temperature and pressure standard; and 

 Verification/calibration of sampler’s internal clock against a NIST-traceable timepiece 

such as a cell phone, GPS, or atomic watch. 

For the TISCH HIGH-VOL+ TSP samplers, the primary standard used for calibration is an 

orifice (top hat) manufactured by TISCH. A water manometer will be used to verify and calibrate 

the instrument’s flow rate. Flow verifications are performed manually by the field technicians 

and are conducted in ambient conditions. Flow calibrations are initiated by field technicians, but 

the calibration process is an automated process. Due to instrumentation limitations, calibrations 

are performed in standard conditions. Prior to the auto-calibration procedure, the calibration flow 

range in standard conditions (SC) is entered by the technician so that the equivalent ambient flow 

range brackets the set point equally on both sides. The flow range may vary from site to site, 

based on differences in ambient temperature and pressure. See AMU’s SOP for exact calibration 

flow ranges for sites with TSP samplers. The equivalent ambient flow rates were calculated for 

each site, based on typical measurements of temperature and pressure. The calibration flow rates 

are determined by the digital manometer within the instrument. While the digital manometer 

cannot be verified during the calibration process, it is verified during the flow verifications. If the 

on-board digital manometer is out of tolerance during the flow verification, a Pcal (inches of 

water) calibration is conducted. For more details on the calibration procedure, see the AMU SOP 

in the attachments. A digital temperature and pressure device will be used for verifying ambient 

temperature and barometric pressure. One-point temperature and pressure verifications are 

conducted at the same frequency as the flow verifications. The high frequency of one-point 

verifications allows for an assessment of the temperature and pressure sensors over a wide range 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

50 

of ambient conditions as they are conducted throughout the year. Standard materials and/or 

apparatus used for Pb TSP sampler calibration and verification are shown in Table B.10. 

Table B.10 Standard Materials and/or Apparatus for TSP Sampler Calibration and 

Verification 

Parameter 

M=Material 

A=Apparatus 

Std. 

Material 

Std. 

Apparatus 

Mfr. Name Model# Acceptance 

Criteria

Variable 

Control 

Settings

Flow Rate 

A 

A 

M+A 

A 

M 

M 

NA 

NA 

NA 

NA 

NA 

Fibrous 

Glass 

Orifice (top 

hat) 

Roots Meter 

Water 

manometer 

Syringe 

Tubing 

8”X10” 

TISCH 

Dresser 

Dwyer 

Any 

Any 

Any 

#TE-5025 

(or 

equivalent) 

#5M125 

30” 

NA 

NA 

NA 

Annually 

NISTtraceable 

certification 

Every 3 years 

NISTtraceable 

calibration at 

minimum 

Use with low 

resistance 

fluid 

1/8” ID or 10 

gauge 

No visible 

damage 

MFC Set 

Point 

NA 

NA 

NA 

NA 

NA 

Temperature 

A NA Digital 

standard 

BGI, BIOS, 

or other 

comparable 

manufacturer 

tetraCal® 

or 

equivalent 

digital 

standard 

Annual NISTtraceable 

certification 

NA 

Pressure 

A NA Digital 

standard 

BGI, BIOS, 

or other 

comparable 

manufacturer 

tetraCal® 

or 

equivalent 

digital 

standard 

Annual NISTtraceable 

certification 

NA 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

51 

For the low-volume PM10 sampler, the standard materials and apparatus used for verifications, 

calibrations, and audits is found in Table B.11. 

Table B.11 Standard Materials and/or Apparatus for PM10 Low-Volume Sampler 

Calibration and Verification 

Parameter 

M=Material 

A=Apparatus 

Std. 

Material 

Std. 

Apparatus 

Mfr. Name Model# Acceptance 

Criteria

Variable 

Control 

Settings

Flow Rate 

A 

M 

M 

NA 

NA 

Teflon®

Digital 

standard with 

Venturi 1 (6-

30 L/m) 

Tubing 

47mm 

diameter 

BGI, BIOS, 

or other 

Comparable 

manufacturer 

Any 

Any 

tetraCal®

or 

equivalent 

digital 

standard 

NA 

NA 

Annually 

NISTtraceable 

certification 

1/4” ID 

No visible 

damage 

NA 

NA 

NA 

Temperature 

A NA Digital 

standard 

BGI, BIOS, 

or other 

comparable 

manufacturer 

tetraCal®

or 

equivalent 

digital 

standard 

Annual NISTtraceable 

certification 

NA 

Pressure 

A NA Digital 

standard 

BGI, BIOS, 

or other 

comparable 

manufacturer 

tetraCal®

or 

equivalent 

digital 

standard 

Annual NISTtraceable 

certification 

NA 

For the Pb TSP samplers, ADEQ may conduct calibrations more frequently than required by 

EPA because ambient temperature and barometric pressure vary significantly from season to 

season throughout the state. Acceptance criteria for calibrations, verifications, and audits of the 

TSP samplers are found in Table B.12 and the ADEQ Pb Validation Template found in Section 

D. The associated SOPs are included as attachments. Parameters of the ADEQ Pb TSP samplers 

that are subject to routine calibrations, verifications, and audits in the field include:

 Flow rate 

 Ambient temperature 

 Barometric pressure 

 Date/Time 

Table B.12 shows the acceptance criteria for the TSP Pb samplers ADEQ plans on operating for 

the Pb network. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

52 

Table B.12 Acceptance Criteria for Operating HIGH VOL+ TSP Lead (Pb) Samplers in 

Actual Condition 

Criteria Frequency Acceptance Range Corrective Actions 

Monitoring Instrument

Average Flow Rate (FR) Every 24 hours of operation Set Point: 1.13 m3

/min (40 

CFM) 

If sampler fails to 

maintain FR 

troubleshoot/repair/cali

brate 

Standards (Reference) 

Flow Rate 

 TISCH Orifice (Top Hat) 

 

Digital Temperature Probe 

Digital Pressure Probe 

Certified annually to a NISTtraceable primary standard 

Certified annually to a NISTtraceable primary standard 

Resolution 0.02 m3

 / min 

± 2% reproducibility 

± 0.5 oC accuracy 

± 5 mm Hg accuracy 

Ensure annual 

certification is 

completed and repair or 

replace references as 

needed 

Verification/Calibration

One-point (QC) Flow Rate 

Verification 

Date and Time 

Temperature Verification 

Pressure Verification 

Leak Check 

5 point PCal (in H2O) 

Multi-point Flow Rate 

Verification/Calibration 

Prior to every other sample 

collection event 

(may be reduced after 

operating history is 

established) 

Same as above 

“ 

“ 

“ 

Performed prior to 

flow rate calibration if needed 

Annually, at minimum; 

upon installation; 

after repair; 

following flow rate failure; 

when action level is triggered 

In Actual Conditions: 

Action Level: ±5% 

difference from std 

Failure Level: ±7% 

difference from std 

± 2 min 

± 2oC 

± 10 mmHg 

Audible check with 

faceplate blocked 

± ≤ 5% difference 

5 points over operating 

range of ~1.02 – 1.25 

m3

/min (36 – 44 CFM) 

R-value limit of ≥0.99 (as 

per manufacturer’s 

recommendation) 

If failure occurs, adjust, 

repair, or replace unit. 

Respond to Auditor 

using Corrective Action 

form 

Adjust or replace 

“ 

“ 

“ 

“ 

See AMU’s-SOP for 

calibration range in 

standard conditions 

Performance Evaluations 

ADEQ PE Audits 

Each Sampler 

EPA Pb PEP

Quarterly; 

Near beginning of program; 

upon instrument change-out; 

following corrective action; 

and 

prior to sampler removal 

Annually - 1 field audit 

Quarterly - 1 collocated filter 

sample 

± 10% of audit standard and 

design value (40 CFM) 

95% CL Absolute bias ± 

15% 

If sampler fails audit, 

Submit Corrective 

Action form and audit 

field sheet to QA/QC 

Lead, DM&QA and 

AMU Managers 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

53 

ADEQ plans on following the required acceptance criteria for these checks and the associated 

frequencies shown on the “PM10 Filter Based Local Conditions Validation Template”. 

Additional information concerning acceptance criteria for calibrations, verifications, and audits 

are shown in Table B.13. The associated AMU and QA SOPs are included in the attachments as 

well. Parameters of the low-volume PM10 sampler that are subject to routine calibrations, 

verifications, and audits in the field include:

 Flow rate 

 Ambient temperature 

 Barometric pressure 

 Date/Time 

Table B.13 shows the acceptance criteria for the low-volume PM10 samplers ADEQ plans on 

operating for the Pb network. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

54 

Table B.13 Acceptance Criteria for Operating Partisol 2000 FRM Samplers in Local 

Conditions 

Criteria Frequency Acceptance Range Corrective Actions 

Monitoring Instrument

Average Flow Rate (FR) Every 24 hours of 

operation 

Set Point: 16.7 l/m 

If sampler fails to 

maintain FR 

troubleshoot/repair/ 

calibrate 

Standards (References) 

Digital Flow Rate Meter 

Digital Temperature Probe 

Digital Pressure Probe 

Certified annually to a 

NIST-traceable primary 

standard 

Certified annually to a 

NIST-traceable primary 

standard 

Resolution 0.02 l/m 

± 2% reproducibility 

± 0.5oC accuracy 

± 5 mm Hg accuracy 

Ensure annual 

certification is 

completed and repair or 

replace references as 

needed 

Verification/Calibration

One-point (QC) Flow Rate 

Verification 

Date and Time 

Ambient Temperature Verification 

Filter Temperature Verification 

Barometric Pressure Verification 

External Leak Check 

Multi-point Flow Rate 

Verification/Calibration 

Every four weeks 

Same as above 

“ 

“ 

“ 

“ 

Annually, at minimum; 

upon installation; 

after repair; 

following flow rate 

failure; when action level 

is triggered 

In Local Conditions: 

Action Level: ±3% 

difference from std 

Failure Level: ±4% 

difference from std 

± 2 min 

± 2oC 

± 2oC 

± 10 mmHg 

<126 mmHg/60 sec 

5 points over operating 

range of 15 to 18.3 l/m 

within ± 2% difference of 

transfer standard 

If failure occurs, adjust, 

repair, or replace unit. 

Respond to Auditor 

using Corrective Action 

form if failed audit is 

involved 

Adjust or replace 

“ 

“ 

“ 

“ 

If multipoint 

verification does not 

pass; recalibrate; if 

sampler does not hold 

calibration; change out 

with different sampler 

and contact Thermo 

Performance Evaluations 

ADEQ PE Audits of Sampler Semi-annual; 

Near beginning of 

sampler startup; 

upon instrument changeout; following corrective 

action; and 

prior to sampler removal 

± 4% of audit standard and 

± 5% of design value (16.7 

l/m) 

If sampler fails audit, 

Submit Corrective 

Action form and audit 

field sheet to QA/QC 

Lead, DM&QA and 

AMU Managers 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

55 

Table B.14 shows a summary of quality control procedures and their acceptance criteria for 

PCWRL analysis. 

Table B.14 Summary of Quality Control Procedures for the PCWRL 

Criteria Frequency Acceptance Range Corrective Actions 

Verification/Calibration 

Calibration - standards at 1, 5, 

25, 50, 75, and 100ppb 

Every Run R2 = 0.998 or greater 

The lowest standard must 

recover ±15% of the 

expected value and the 

remaining must recover 

±10% of the expected 

values to be acceptable 

Must meet criteria to 

continue, if fails make 

adjustments to system 

and reanalyze 

calibration curve until it 

meets criteria 

Initial Calibration Verification 

(ICV) – must be from second 

source 

Immediately following 

calibration ±10% to continue 

Must pass to continue, 

if fails make 

adjustments to system, 

recalibrate and 

reanalyze. 

Initial Calibration Blank (ICB) Immediately following 

calibration and ICV 

<Reporting Limit to 

continue 

Make adjustments to 

system, reanalyze. 

LLCV Low Level Calibration 

Verification (LLCV) – 

Concentration shall not be more 

than 3X the lowest calibration 

standard and at a level not used 

in calibration curve. 

Following ICV and ICB and at 

the end of each run 

±30% of the expected 

values to continue 

The problem must be 

corrected and the 

instrument re-calibrated 

and the analysis 

repeated. The analysis 

may be restarted at the 

last passing set of the 

LLCV/CCV/CCB 

Continuing Calibration 

Verification – (CCV) 

Following ICV, and every 10 

extracted samples, and at the 

end of the run 

10% of the expected values 

to continue 

The problem must be 

identified, corrected 

and the analysis 

restarted at the point 

where the last set of 

LLCV/CCV/CCB 

passed. 

Continuing Calibration Blank – 

(CCB) 

Following ICV, and every 10 

extracted samples 

<Reporting Limit to 

Continue 

The problem must 

identified, corrected 

and the analysis 

restarted at the point 

where the last set of 

LLCV/CCV/CCB 

passed 

Quality Control 

Laboratory Reagent Blank - 

(LRB)

Once per batch <Reporting Limit If the result of the LRB 

is greater than the 

reporting level, then the 

source of contamination 

must be identified and 

corrected.. 

Laboratory Fortified Blank – 

(LFB), 

Once per batch ±20% If the result of the LFB 

is outside the 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

56 

Criteria Frequency Acceptance Range Corrective Actions 

acceptance criteria, the 

problem must be 

identified, corrected 

and the LFB reprepped/re-analyzed. 

Internal Standard - All samples and QC Samples 

 

Must meet recovery 

between 70% and 120%. 

If matrix effects are 

suspected the sample 

must be diluted and 

reanalyzed. Dilution is 

continued until the 

internal standard falls 

within the range. Ratio 

must fall within 0.833-

1.42 to pass 

Spike – Concentration should 

be near calibration curve 

midpoint. 

Once per Batch ±20% of expected value Document any nonconformance, qualify 

samples appropriately 

Duplicate Once per Batch ≤ 20% RPD Document any nonconformance, qualify 

samples appropriately. 

Serial Dilution – Concentration 

of 10X the lowest standard. 

Five fold dilution. 

Once per Batch ±10% of undiluted result If the serial dilution 

fails, physical or 

chemical interferences 

should be suspected. 

Qualify sample results 

appropriately 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

57 

Table B.15 shows a summary of quality control procedures and acceptance criteria for ERG 

metals analysis. 

Table B.15 Summary of Quality Control Procedures for the ERG 

Source: The ERG Quality Assurance Project Plan, Category 1, 2012 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

58 

B.8 INSPECTION/ACCEPTANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR SUPPLIES AND 

CONSUMABLES 

The purpose of this element is to establish and document a system for inspecting and accepting 

all supplies and consumables that may directly or indirectly affect the quality of the Pb Program. 

The ADEQ Pb monitoring network relies on various supplies and consumables that are critical to 

its operation. This section details the supplies/consumables, their acceptance criteria, and the 

required documentation for tracking this process. 

Sampling Media Supplies

On an annual basis, EPA will provide 8”X10” fibrous glass filters to be used for the collection of 

routine TSP Pb samples, collocated and PEP TSP Pb samples, and TSP Pb field blanks. 

Similarly, EPA also provides ADEQ an annual allotment of 47mm Teflon® filters. AFL will 

collect the shipment upon arrival at the ADEQ Building Shipping & Receiving Office. Typically, 

EPA provides an ample supply of filters; however, AFL will inspect the shipment to ensure the 

number of filters shipped is adequate for the year. If filters are consumed at a faster rate than 

anticipated for any reason, AFL will contact the currently designated EPA representative and 

request additional filters. In the event the annual allotment of filters is exhausted at an unusually 

high rate, the QA Team will help determine the root cause of excessive filter use and identify any 

corrective actions needed to return the Pb network to the normal EPA monitoring schedule. 

To prevent damaging the brittle, fibrous glass filters before or after sampling, a second filter 

holder cassette and faceplate were purchased for each sampler to allow filter setup and removal 

from the cassette to occur in an indoor environment free of wind gusts and dust. In addition, the 

duplicate filter holders and faceplates allow the operator to easily set-up a makeup sample run if 

needed without having to handle exposed and unexposed filters in the field which reduces the 

opportunity for contamination or physical damage to the filter. The QA Auditor also has a 

separate filter holder cassette and faceplate which are dedicated to QA and used to protect filter 

integrity while a PE audit is being conducted. 

Unexposed and exposed filters are visually inspected several times during the sample collection 

process to verify that the filter is without damage or defects including pin holes, tears, and 

uneven thickness. Filters are examined when loaded into the filter holder cassette, upon 

installation and removal from the sampler, and during sub-sampling prior to shipment to the 

analytical laboratory. 

Table B.16 shows the critical field supplies for the Pb network. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

59 

Table B.16 Critical Field Supplies and Consumables 

Area Item Description Vendor 

Windex

Citrus Cleaner 

Used for cleaning - 

surfactant-based cleaning 

solutions

Canned Air 

Iso-propanol or Ethanol 

Paper Towels 

Medium-size, soft paint brush 

Used for cleaning - debris 

removal and/or drying 

General Supplies apparatus/material 

Powder-free anti-static gloves 

Used to protect sample 

integrity during filter 

change-out and operator 

from exposure to settle dust 

components 

Grainger, Costco, 

Home Depot, 

Tritec, etc.

Combo Philips/Flat-head 

screw driver 

Channel lock pliers 

Crescent wrench 

5/16” nut driver 

Used during routine service 

checks and repairs 

TISCH, Grainger, 

Home Depot, etc 

6 feet of: 1/8” tubing with tfitting 

Water manometer with 

colored, low resistance fluid 

TISCH, Grainger, 

Home Depot, etc 

Digital Temperature and 

Pressure sensor/calibrator BGI, BIOS, etc. 

Orifice and resistance plates TISCH 

TISCH HIGHVOL+ Sampler 

Back-up fibrous glass filter for 

calibration/verification/audit 

checks 

Used during 

calibration/verification 

process 

EPA 

Digital Flow, temperature and 

pressure sensor/calibrator BGI, BIOS, etc. 

Multimeter 

O-ring lubricant 

O-ring/seal package (part#59-

005514) 

Foam fan cover for filter/pump 

compartment 

Grainger, Home 

Depot, etc 

47 mm Teflon® test filter for 

calibration/verification/audit 

checks 

EPA 

THERMO 

Partisol 2000 FRM 

Sampler 

47 mm sealed test cartridge for 

leak checks 

Used during 

calibration/verification 

process 

Modified in-house 

by AMU 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

60 

B.9 NON-DIRECT MEASUREMENTS (Data from other Sources) 

This element addresses data to be used in the Pb program that is not obtained by direct 

measurement from the ADEQ Pb network. These data are obtained from non-measurement 

sources and historical or concurrently acquired databases not under the direct control of ADEQ. 

Chemical and Physical Properties Data

Chemical and physical properties data and values of fundamental constants are often needed in 

ambient air studies. Examples of acceptable sources for fundamental units and constants and the 

relationships between metric and U.S. or British units are: 

 National Institute of Standards and Technology (available online at www.nist.gov) 

 International Organization for Standardization (ISO) (available online at 

www.iso.ch), International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC) (available 

online at www.iupac.org), American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 

(www.ansi.org), and other national and international standards organizations 

 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (available online at www.epa.gov) sources 

 Current editions of handbooks on chemistry and physics such as the Handbook of 

Chemistry and Physics (CRC Press). 

Sampler Operation and Manufacturers’ Literature

Important information is found in the manufacturers’ literature and operating manuals. Manuals 

for the Pb samplers, the devices used to verify a sampler’s proper operation (temperature sensors, 

pressure gauges, and flow meters) and to calibrate it, data acquisition devices (laptop computers 

and the programs they contain), and all analytical instrumentation used in the laboratory will be 

available. 

Geographic Location

Another type of data that will commonly be used is geographic information. For identifying the 

location of sampling sites, conventional longitude and latitude coordinates, or universal 

transverse mercators (UTMs) are reported in EPA’s AQS database. 

Historical Monitoring Information

Historical monitoring data and summary information derived from previous data may be used in 

conjunction with current monitoring results to calculate and report trends in pollutant 

concentrations. In calculating historical trends, it is important to verify that historical data are 

fully comparable to current monitoring data. If different methodologies were used to gather the 

historical data, the biases and other inaccuracies will be described in reports using those data. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

61 

External Monitoring Databases

Data from the EPA AQS database may be used in published reports with appropriate caution. 

Care must be taken in reviewing/using any data that contain flags or data qualifiers. If data are 

flagged, such data shall not be utilized unless it is clear that the data still meet critical QA/QC 

requirements. It is impossible to assure that a database such as AQS is completely free from 

errors including outliers and biases, so caution and skepticism is called for in comparing data 

from other reporting agencies as reported in AQS. Users should review available QA/QC 

information to assure that the external data are comparable with the measurements and that the 

original data generator had an acceptable QA program in place. 

Meteorological Data from Other Sources

Meteorological data from sources such as the National Weather Service, National Climate Data 

Center, and other regional climate centers may be used to provide information required when 

developing monitoring sites, computing corrections needed to convert form standard conditions 

to actual conditions, and to support analysis and monitoring efforts. These data are not reported 

to AQS and are identified if they are used in monitoring or reporting. 

Data Used to Establish this Network

To ascertain the geographical areas where the highest concentration of airborne Pb is expected to 

occur, several non-ADEQ data sources were utilized. These data were obtained from ambient air 

quality and meteorological monitors operated by local facilities. The ADEQ QA Auditor 

performs annual PE audits on these facility-operated monitors to verify the quality of these data. 

Also, ADEQ often utilizes meteorological data collected by the National Weather Service 

(NWS) to aid in the understanding of the relationship between ambient air quality concentrations 

and meteorological phenomena. AAS personnel have reviewed the QA/QC measures associated 

with NWS data and have found them to be acceptable. In addition, EPA-approved dispersion 

modeling was used to assist in the siting of Pb monitors, particularly for the Miami area. The 

AERMOD dispersion model, utilizing facility and NWS data, was utilized to determine the area 

of maximum Pb concentrations in the Miami area. ADEQ strives to approve all environmental 

data and computer software that are to be used to aid in the monitoring effort, though sometimes 

data of lesser quality are the only information available. For these cases, the limitations and 

precautions are considered throughout the decision making process. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

62 

B.10 DATA MANAGEMENT 

Data management (DM) describes how the data are handled through the collection, analysis, 

validation, and reporting processes; and, it identifies responsibilities and requirements during 

each process. DM begins with sampling activities and includes any or all of the following 

operations and their documentation: data recording, transformation, transmittal, reduction, 

validation, analysis, storage, and retrieval. DM also includes an overview of any mathematical 

operations and analyses performed on raw (“as-collected”) data. The handling of data is covered 

in ADEQ and PCWRL SOPs found as attachments to this QAPP. 

Data Flow and Management

Data collected from ADEQ-operated instruments in the Pb network will consist of measurements 

from filter-based samplers operating on an every sixth day (1/6) schedule and from 

meteorological instruments generating hourly measurements. The DM&QA Unit will apply 

accepted QA/QC procedures to the Pb and meteorological data. 

Source-oriented samplers

For Pb data from the TSP samplers operated by ADEQ’s AMU, interval and sample summary 

data are scheduled to be downloaded following each sample run day during filter changes and 

transferred to the appropriate folder in the shared network drive. A Level 1 QA check is 

performed on the filter samples prior to them being prepped and shipped to the analytical 

laboratory. This check involves review of the interval data by the AMU lead operator or AFL 

supervisor to verify that the sampler operated within acceptance criteria and each filter sample 

was not exposed to air flow before or after the scheduled sample collection day. In addition, the 

summary data for each sample run day is checked to verify the information provided on the 

corresponding ADEQ LeadTSP Air Sampling Record sheet is correct. Following analysis, 

PCWRL performs verification and validation on Pb concentration data prior to sending results in 

μg/m3 and μg/strip to DM&QA. This constitutes the Level 2 validation. PCWRL assigns the 

appropriate validation flag to data as needed. The data are submitted in electronic AAAD format 

on a monthly basis. These data are then loaded to ADEQ’s AAAD by the DM&QA Lead Pb 

Data Reviewer, who then performs Level 3 validation on the data. Upon completion of the Level 

3 validation, the data are then transferred to the EPA AQS database. 

Non-source-oriented samplers

For Pb data from the low-volume PM10 samplers operated by ADEQ’s AMU, interval and 

sample summary data are scheduled to be downloaded weekly during filter changes and 

transferred to the appropriate folder in the shared network drive. A Level 1 QA check is 

performed on the filter samples prior to them being prepped and shipped to the analytical 

laboratory. This check involves review of the interval data by the AMU lead operator or AFL 

supervisor to verify that the sampler operated within acceptance criteria and each filter sample 

was not exposed to air flow before or after the scheduled sample collection day. In addition, the 

summary data for each sample run day are checked to verify the information provided on the 

corresponding ADEQ PM10 Air Sampling Record sheet is correct. Following analysis, ERG 

performs verification and validation on Pb concentration data prior to sending results in μg/m3 to 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

63 

DM&QA. This constitutes the Level 2 validation. The ERG assigns the appropriate validation 

flag to data as needed. The data are submitted in electronic Excel file on a monthly basis. These 

data are then reviewed by the DM&QA lead Pb data reviewer or the lead air toxics data 

reviewer, who then performs Level 3 validation on the data. Upon completion of the Level 3 

validation, DM&QA staff report any discrepancies noted in the monthly report to ERG, and 

provide approval for ERG to load the data to the EPA AQS database. Having ERG load these 

data to the AQS database does raise some concerns about data ownership. These concerns are 

being investigated by ADEQ, ERG, and EPA staff to allow maximum flexibility to the PQAO. 

SOPs will be updated to reflect any changes in these data reporting procedures. 

Meteorological Measurements

For meteorological data, ADEQ has established electronic communication with the 

meteorological instruments using a DCS data logger system. DM&QA personnel will perform all 

levels of data validation on wind direction, wind speed, ambient temperature, and relative 

humidity data. Figure B.4 shows the data collection system hardware architecture for retrieving 

continuous data. 

Other measurements

If secondary Pb or meteorological data are used, DM&QA will be responsible for determining if 

it meets EPA and/or internal standards for quality. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 20

64 

Figure B.4 Continuous Data Collection System Hardware Architecture 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

65 

Data Management Responsibilities by Entity

DM activities and responsibilities at ADEQ for the Pb network will be shared by the AMU, AFL, 

and the DM&QA Units. 

Air Monitoring Unit Responsibilities

The AMU is responsible for: 

 set-up, operation, maintenance, and take-down of the ADEQ air monitoring and 

meteorological instruments and the three monitoring sites (MIGC, HAGH, JLG) 

 documenting all instrument verifications, calibrations, maintenance, change-outs, instrument 

and site log books, site information forms; and, providing such reports to DM&QA for QA 

purposes 

 transporting unexposed filters and exposed filter samples to and from sites; loading and 

unloading of filters into samplers; and, providing sample collection information in the field 

portion of the ADEQ LeadTSP Air Sampling Record and/or the ADEQ PM10 Air Sampling 

Record form for each sample 

 downloading of data from filter-based samplers and transferring such files to proper ADEQ 

network drives 

 ordering and managing air monitoring instruments, supplies and consumables 

 responding to corrective action notices generated by the QA Auditor for failed PE audits 

 site maintenance unless the site is not owned by ADEQ – then ADEQ will work with site 

owner regarding any changes or upgrades needed 

 reporting and documenting any changes to a monitoring site to management 

The AMU will follow good data practices by: 

 filling out all hand-recorded documents completely, accurately, and legibly 

 verifying all hand-recorded documents 

 maintaining the site and instrument logbooks 

 using consistent naming conventions for each site 

 storing electronic and hard copy documents in AMU and/or with DM&QA 

 communicating status of air monitoring to management 

Good data management practices also include personnel accountability for completion of 

specific tasks. Therefore, all field sheets, ADEQ LeadTSP Air Sampling Record and PM10 Air 

Sampling Record forms, shipping documents, etc., will be reviewed by the appropriate AAS 

personnel member for correctness and completeness, including any required signatures or 

initials. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

66 

Air Filter Laboratory Responsibilities

The AFL is responsible for: 

 pre-sampling - for all three monitoring sites setting-up filters in the filter cassette holders for 

each sampler and initializing ADEQ LeadTSP Air Sampling Record and the ADEQ PM10 Air 

Sampling Record for each sample and field blank collected 

 post-sampling – removing exposed filter samples and field blanks from the filter cassette 

holders 

 sub-sampling filter samples and shipping sample strips along with all needed paperwork to 

PCWRL 

 shipping PEP Pb filter samples to the USEPA Region 9 analytical laboratory 

 keeping relevant correspondence including emails, shipping records, copies of ADEQ 

LeadTSP Air Sampling Records (COC/data form), and other documents as needed 

The AFL personnel will follow good data practices by: 

 reviewing all ADEQ LeadTSP Air Sampling Record and the ADEQ PM10 Air Sampling 

Record information for completeness and correctness 

 developing and using consistent identification numbers for filter samples and blanks 

 storing hard copy documents (COC, shipping schedules and records, etc.) in the 

appropriate files 

 communicating with management 

Good DM practices rely upon personnel accountability for completion of specific tasks. To 

ensure good DM practices are continuously employed, documentation, such as ADEQ LeadTSP 

Air Sampling Records and the ADEQ PM10 Air Sampling Records, shipping documents, etc., 

and required signatures/initials, is routinely reviewed by AAS personnel for correctness and 

completeness. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

67 

Data Management & Quality Assurance Unit Responsibilities

The DM&QA Unit is responsible for conducting PE audits and TSAs, reviewing all field sheets, 

managing and reviewing all data, performing final validation of all data and reporting data to 

EPA’s AQS database. Specific responsibilities for the Pb network are: 

 collecting site and instrument metadata and entering it into AAAD 

 reviewing PCWRL and ERG data results for the filter samples and blanks from the three 

monitoring sites 

 loading of lead concentration and meteorological data into DCS, AAAD and AQS 

 overseeing the automated Level 1 QA procedures performed within the AAAD 

 performing Level 2 and 3 QA of the meteorological data in AAAD 

 verifying deliverables needed from PCWRL and ERG for Pb concentration data 

 performing Level 3 QA on Pb concentration data results, 

 loading Pb data into AAAD (TSP data only) 

 reporting any changes needed with Pb concentration data to ERG (PM10 data only) 

 reporting to the ADEQ program manager when review, loading, and reporting of each 

batch of data is completed 

 maintaining files containing all hard copy field sheets, instrument checks, audit reports, 

site and instrument change forms, etc. 

 PE audits of TSP and PM10 samplers and meteorological equipment 

 generating and tracking of any corrective actions for monitoring instruments and data 

 preparing metadata and quality assured data summaries for delivery to the program 

managers 

 overseeing and evaluating PE and PEP results to ensure high degree of data quality 

The validated data deliverables from the PCWRL will be provided in the appropriate units and 

format for loading into the AAAD. DM&QA provided the format and specific variables 

required. 

As stated above, good data management practices also include personnel accountability for 

completion of specific tasks. DM&QA will follow good data practices and document the data 

management processes by: 

 verifying any electronic data entry of files during loading into AAAD and other software 

applications for analysis 

 developing and using consistent naming conventions for each data set 

 storing hard copy documents from the AMU personnel 

 providing reports to management 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

68 

Contract Laboratories’ Data Management Responsibilities

Details regarding the laboratories internal data management procedures are described in their 

respective QM and SOPs which are found in the Attachments. The contract laboratories, 

PCWRL and ERG, are responsible for: 

 processing the collected samples and blanks 

 validating the sample and blank results 

 transforming the results into AAAD format (PCWRL only) 

 delivering the results in a timely manner to ADEQ 

 storing the data and associated documents 

 uploading data to AQS (ERG only) 

The PCWRL uses a Laboratory Information Management Systems (LIMS) to store sample 

metadata, analysis, flags, and any additional information available for validation of the sample 

results. The laboratory must retain any data review documents provided by ADEQ. ADEQ 

expects the PCWRL to follow EPA and ADHS guidelines such as good laboratory practices. 

They are also expected to follow good data management practices regarding sample 

identification and tracking, data entry, verification, storage and security. The laboratory is 

responsible for integrating field data from the ADEQ LeadTSP Air Sampling Record with the 

analyzed data from the filter samples. The laboratory is also responsible for maintaining sample 

analysis and COC information. The ADEQ AMU with support from AFL will follow their usual 

procedures for providing preliminary Level 1 sample validation of filter samples prior to the 

filter samples being sub-sampled and sent to PCWRL. PCWRL will conduct Level 2 QA reviews 

of analytical results prior to sending the data to DM&QA Unit for review and entry into the 

AAAD. 

The ERG also uses a LIMS to facilitate data storage, retrieval, analysis, and reporting. Each 

PM10 Pb filter sample received will be logged into the system. The ADEQ PM10 Air Sampling 

Records are reviewed to verify that all data entry is complete as well. Sample tracking and COC 

information are entered into the LIMS system as shown in Figure B.5. All LIMS users must be 

authorized by the ERG Program Manager. The LIMS aides in maintaining data quality by 

generating data summaries, QC charts, flags, and other graphs in a consistent manner. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

69 

Figure B.5 ERG’s Data Management and Sample Flow Diagram 

 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

70 

Data Management Responsibilities by Activity

Pre-sampling and Start-up Activities

For source-oriented sampling: 

The AMU will set-up three TISCH HIGH-VOL+ TSP samplers at two monitoring sites, perform 

initial and subsequent calibrations, and verify flow rates prior to every other run until otherwise 

approved by the AAS Manager. AMU will set-up the meteorological instruments needed at the 

sites and perform initial and subsequent calibrations and precision checks. 

The DM&QA will conduct PE audits on all of the instruments near the beginning of monitoring 

activities; quarterly thereafter on samplers; annually on meteorological instruments. DM&QA 

personnel will perform site evaluations on an annual basis. DM&QA personnel will enter the 

required information in DCS, AAAD, and AQS, and establish file folders for hard copy field 

sheets. 

The AFL will obtain and prepare the unexposed fibrous glass filters to be used in the samplers. 

The AFL will establish an ADEQ LeadTSP Air Sampling Record for all TSP Pb filter samples and 

blanks. The AFL will set-up and adjust as needed a shipping schedule for sending the TSP Pb 

filter samples and field blanks for ICPMS analysis with PCWRL. All required supporting data 

will also be sent to the laboratory. 

For non-source-oriented sampling: 

The AMU plans to operate a Partisol 2000 FRM low-volume PM10 filter-based sampler at the 

JLG Supersite for Pb measurements. Initially, the sampler was operated in standard conditions, 

but was changed to operating in local conditions in September 2012. AMU will perform initial 

and subsequent calibrations and verify flow rates once every four weeks. AMU will operate 

meteorological instruments that meet NCore height requirements and perform initial and 

subsequent calibrations and precision checks. 

The DM&QA plans to conduct PE audits on the sampler once every six months and annually on 

meteorological instruments. DM&QA personnel will perform site evaluations on an annual 

basis. DM&QA personnel will enter the required information in DCS, AAAD, and AQS; and, 

establish file folders for hard copy field sheets. 

The AFL will obtain and prepare the unexposed 47mm Teflon® filters to be used in the sampler. 

The AFL will establish an ADEQ PM10 Air Sampling Record for all PM10 Pb filter samples and 

blanks. The AFL will set-up and adjust as needed a shipping schedule for sending the PM10 Pb 

filter samples and field blanks for ICPMS analysis with ERG. All required supporting data will 

also be sent to the laboratory. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

71 

Sample Collection Activities 

The AMU operator or their designee will collect the prepped, unexposed filters/filter cassette 

holders and their associated ADEQ Air Sampling Record forms from AFL and load the TSP and 

PM10 samplers per the EPA Monitoring Schedule for 1/6 day collection. The AMU operator or 

their designee will collect filters/filter cassette holders after the sampling has completed and fillin the ADEQ Air Sampling Record forms. The AMU operator or their designee will download 

summary and interval data from the Pb samplers. The AMU operator or their designee will return 

filters and ADEQ Air Sampling Record forms to AFL. The downloaded electronic data files will 

be reviewed and loaded to the designated location(s) on ADEQ’s network drives. 

AFL Laboratory Supervisor or their designee will process the Pb filter samples and blanks from 

the samplers following procedures found in the Attachments. AFL personnel will ship filter 

strips to PCWRL and ERG for analysis on a monthly basis or other timeframe as needed. 

The AMU operator or their designee will download summary and interval data files from the 

samplers onto laptops, thumb drives, palm pilot or other suitable electronic device and copy to 

the ADEQ network drive. Data downloads are schedule to occur after each sample run day at 

source-oriented sites and weekly at JLG. 

The AMU operator or their designee will perform a Level 1 review of the sample summary and 

interval data files. The Lead Pb Data Reviewer or their designee will perform Level 3 validation 

on the Pb data once it is received from PCWRL. The Lead Air Toxics Data Reviewer will 

provide data review support as needed. 

AMU will perform routine maintenance, verifications, and calibrations. DM&QA QA Auditor 

will perform routine PE audits on air monitoring instruments in the Pb network on a regular 

basis. 

AFL will ship Pb filters to PCWRL and ERG for ICPMS analysis on monthly basis, or other 

frequency if needed. 

The Lead Continuous Data Reviewer or their designee will load files from meteorological 

instruments into DCS and then AAAD and will do a Level 2 QA check on data and report the 

results to DM&QA Unit Manager. 

Post Sample Collection Activities

DM&QA Auditor will perform final PE audits on samplers and meteorological instruments prior 

to their shutdown. AMU will remove equipment from monitoring sites. DM&QA will verify 

presence of field documents for completion of Level 3 QA review. The DM&QA Lead Pb Data 

Reviewer or their designee will load the final data into AAAD and into AQS.
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

72 

Data Management Practices

This section describes the data handling practices that will be followed by ADEQ. The data 

handling practices followed by the PCWRL, ERG, and the Region 9 laboratories are described in 

detail in their respective quality manuals and SOPs. 

Manual Data

In general, whenever data are recorded by hand, manually copied or entered into an electronic 

medium, the personnel member performing the operation and, if possible, the personnel member 

receiving the data, must verify that the operation was performed correctly. Manual data checks 

include: 

 verifying that the information was recorded or copied correctly (e.g. from instrument 

screens to field sheets) 

 verifying that handwriting is legible and handwritten numbers are clearly identifiable 

 verifying that documents have been dated and signed or initialed as required 

 verifying that the documents have been filed in the appropriate location 

Field records are reviewed for completeness and accuracy and initialed by the Lead Service 

Report Reviewer, the Lead for QA/QC, and the Lead Pb Data Reviewer. 

Electronic Data 

All electronic files must be visually inspected by opening the files and viewing the records. This 

includes files downloaded from samplers and dataloggers, files from the AFL, and files received 

from the contract laboratory. The purpose of this inspection is to: 

 verify that the file can be opened and is readable 

 verify that all deliverables have been received per the contract 

 verify that the dataloggers have been correctly programmed 

 identify the format of the data prior to loading into a database or software application 

It is best to inspect these files as soon as possible after receiving the files, especially if data 

review will not occur immediately. Any questions or problems that arise during this inspection 

can be resolved in a timely manner. 

In general, when electronic data are copied or saved to another file format or loaded from one 

software application to another, the person performing the operation must verify that the data 

have transferred correctly. Checks on electronic data operations include: 

 verifying that the data are in the correct fields 

 verifying that the old and new files have the same number of records 

 verifying that formats are correct (i.e., leading zeroes are included and the data are rounded 

or truncated to the correct number of decimal places) 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

73 

 verifying that the files are in the correct locations 

Sample and Data Tracking and Documentation

The following information and documents are used by ADEQ to track and control the movement 

and handling of samples and data, to ensure proper procedures are followed, and to support the 

data review and validation processes. 

Site and Metadata Information

The representativeness of a site or monitor can be the most important factor when making 

decisions about the data collected from that site or monitor. The metadata associated with the site 

or monitor serves as the documentation of this representativeness. All necessary site and 

instrument information (e.g., site location, sampler siting information, date(s) of sampler 

installation and/or removal, etc.) is recorded in a Site Information and Metadata File which is 

maintained by the DM&QA Unit. Site and instrument change forms are used to document 

changes. In addition, logbooks are kept at each site and with each Pb sampler for use by the field 

technicians to record all activities at each site visit and note any problems. Site and metadata 

information for the three sites generating data for this network is shown in Tables B.1, B.2, and 

B.3 and on Figures B.1, B.2, and B.3. 

Chain-of-Custody & Field Data Forms

A chain-of-custody (COC) will be used with each Pb filter sample and blank generated by 

ADEQ. Both the COC and field data information for each sampling event are recorded on the 

appropriate ADEQ Air Sampling Record form. The COC portion tracks who is in possession of 

and responsible for the filter. The COC originates with the first party responsible for the filters. 

For the Pb network, the COC for the Pb filters will be initiated by AFL personnel. 

The field data portion provides critical sample collection information which is needed for 

calculating the Pb concentration for each sample. The ADEQ LeadTSP Air Sampling Record has 

specific spaces for each item below. The handwritten notations on the forms provide critical 

information including, but not limited to the following: 

 site, date, and time that sampling actually occurred 

 total volume sampled 

 minimum, maximum, and average temperature, flow rate, and barometric pressure (BP) 

during the sampling period 

 identification numbers for samples and blanks, and 

 operators’ names and free-form notes regarding any irregularities 

Examples of these forms and additional information regarding their use are provided in the AFL 

& AMU SOPs found in the attachments. Completed ADEQ Air Sampling Record forms will be 

made available to the PCWRL, ERG, and DM&QA personnel validating Pb data. A copy of each 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

74 

ADEQ Air Sampling Record is retained by ADEQ and checked to ensure that all information is 

complete, accurate, and legible prior to samples being shipped for analysis. 

Shipping and Handling Records

The ADEQ AMU/AFL will maintain shipment records. 

Data Corrections

Following good data management practices helps to ensure that mistakes will either be avoided 

or found and corrected early in the process. Occasionally, however, errors will be made and 

overlooked, or problems discovered at a later date. In such cases, it may be necessary to change 

data after it has been uploaded to the AAAD or AQS. The DM&QA Unit is responsible for 

making the changes in these databases for TSP data. 

The DM&QA Unit is responsible for communicating changes needed to PM10 Pb data to ERG, 

and ERG is responsible for making changes to Pb data in the AQS. The DM&QA data reviewers 

are responsible for checking that requested changes were made successfully. 

Data Storage and Retrieval 

Data management includes storing and archiving all data, data files and any related documents 

needed to ensure data quality. Table B.17 summarizes the specific ADEQ records and documents 

and the Unit responsible for storing them. The contract laboratories’ data storage and retrieval 

techniques are described in their respective QM and SOPs. 

The analyzed data will be kept in AAAD. In addition, the analyzed data will be kept in the 

original electronic form produced by the contract laboratories and stored on ADEQ AQD’s 

network drive. A brief description of the AAAD database is provided below. 

AAAD

The AAAD is the central data repository for data collected and used by the AAS. The AAAD is 

an Oracle relational database built by ADEQ’s Information Systems Development Unit (ISDU) 

and put into production in July 2002. It contains both continuous data from the DCS and noncontinuous data from filters, canisters, and cartridges (FCC). The AAAD also contains 

instrument information and has graphics capability to assist users in quality assurance data 

review. AAAD is linked to the ADEQ AZURITE database which contains place information for 

the monitoring sites. 

Access to the AAAD is controlled by a valid User ID and password. There are also six user roles 

which control user privileges including table access, screen access, and the ability to insert, 

update and delete data and metadata. User roles are assigned by the database administer (the 

DM&QA Unit Manager). In addition, the AAAD is linked to ADEQ’s central AZURITE 

database which contains ‘Place’ and ‘Customer’ information. The user role to access the ‘Place’ 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

75 

information required for the AAAD is assigned by ADEQ’s Information Technology Section 

(ITS) after the user has completed an in-house training course. 

The AAAD database is housed on the ADEQ Oracle server kept in the ITS server room. The ITS 

has daily, weekly, and monthly back up procedures as well as back-up power support to the 

server room. The Oracle server is inside the ADEQ firewall and protected with antivirus and 

other security software. The ITS has Oracle database administrators with 24-hour/7-day access to 

identify any server issues. The back-up and security procedures of the ITS are described in the 

ADEQ QMP. 

The AAAD was designed to store up to ten years of data online with older data rolled off to 

archive storage space. Archived data will be kept in simple text-delimited files that can be 

accessed via special request to the ITS. These procedures have not been finalized and may be 

part of the current ISDU development of an AZURITE data warehouse. 

Table B.17 Summary of Data Records Stored at ADEQ 

Type of Record Medium Data Storage Location or 

Responsibility 

Completed COC and field data forms Hardcopy and 

electronic AMU and DM&QA 

Site and instrument logbooks Hardcopy DM&QA 

Shipping and receiving records Hardcopy AMU/AFL 

Certificates for all instruments and standards (e.g., 

NIST or manufacturer's certificate) Hardcopy AMU and DM&QA 

Instrument calibration and verification records Hardcopy AMU and DM&QA 

Instrument maintenance and service records Hardcopy AMU and DM&QA 

Downloaded files from monitors with QC data Electronic AMU 

(computer - network drive) 

QA records, including PE audit and technical system 

audit reports 

Hardcopy and 

electronic DM&QA 

Lab validated data sets sent from the laboratory to 

ADEQ including metadata Electronic DM&QA 

(computer – network drive) 

Data Review forms Hardcopy and 

electronic DM&QA 

Quality Assured Data Electronic 

(AAAD) DM&QA 

AQS Reports Hardcopy and 

electronic DM&QA 

Purchasing records Hardcopy AMU and AAS 

Correspondence between ADEQ and the PCWRL Electronic AMU and DM&QA 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

76 

Correspondence and business records with 

subcontractors involved with the program 

Hardcopy and 

electronic AMU and AAS 

Training records Hardcopy AAS 

Correspondence and reports with subcontractors 

performing data analysis (if applicable) 

Hardcopy and 

electronic DM&QA and AAS 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

77 

SECTION C. ASSESSMENT AND OVERSIGHT 

C.1 ASSESSMENTS and RESPONSE ACTIONS 

This element describes the external and internal checks planned for the Pb network to ensure 

that: 

 elements of the QAPP are correctly implemented as prescribed, 

 the data generated are of high quality and meet the needs of users, and 

 response/corrective actions, when needed, are implemented in a timely manner and their 

effectiveness is confirmed. 

An assessment, for this QAPP, is defined as an evaluation process used to measure the 

performance or effectiveness of the quality system for a monitoring network, its sites, and 

various measurement phases of the EDO. The results of assessments indicate whether the QC 

efforts are adequate or need to be improved. To ensure the adequate performance of the quality 

system, ADEQ and EPA Region 9 plan to perform assessments on the ADEQ’s various air 

monitoring networks periodically. 

Assessments of External, Auxiliary Organizations

As stated in Section A, ADEQ does not plan to independently perform assessments of the 

contract laboratories, but technical personnel will work with EPA as needed to evaluate the 

laboratories practices. ADEQ plans to review assessment reports generated by other government 

agencies as a means to evaluating laboratory performance periodically. The QA information 

received from the ERG and PCWRL will be reviewed on a regular basis when batches of data 

are submitted for Level 3 validation. 

Assessments of ADEQ Program Activities

Surveillance

Surveillance is the continual monitoring and analysis of records to ensure that specified 

requirements are being fulfilled. On a routine basis, AMU and DM&QA personnel review log 

books and instrument service reports (calibrations, verifications, PE audits, instrument change 

forms, and corrective action reports, etc.) generated from the operation and maintenance of the 

Pb samplers to verify that the acceptance criteria are being met. In addition, ADEQ plans to 

review the electronic data files from the Pb samplers before and after sample collection to ensure 

that the samplers operated correctly. 

Technical Systems Audits (TSAs) 

A TSA is a thorough and systematic on-site qualitative audit, where facilities, equipment, 

personnel, training, procedures, and record keeping are examined for conformance to the QAPP 

and governing EPA regulations. 40 CFR Part 58 requires EPA to conduct TSAs on air 

monitoring organizations under their jurisdiction. EPA may opt to use the services of a third 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

78 

party contractor for external TSAs. The EPA Region 9 plans to conduct a comprehensive TSA 

on ADEQ’s air monitoring program every three years. ADEQ also plans on conducting a 

comprehensive TSA on a three year schedule. However, an internal TSA may be conducted 

more frequently or a TSA may be conducted on a specific air monitoring network if requested by 

management or if the QA Team has reason to believe an assessment is needed on a specific 

network. 

Typically, the AAS QA Team, which is comprised of the QA/QC Lead and QA Auditor, 

conducts TSAs as a joint effort, but it is possible that the TSA may be conducted by one QA 

Team member. In addition, the QA Team anticipates that other AAS personnel or technical 

experts will want to participate on internal TSAs and may be needed as participants on occasion. 

Therefore, the members of an Audit Team may vary from TSA to TSA. 

To increase uniformity of a TSA, the QA Team plans on using a checklist and/or questionnaire. 

The checklist and/or questionnaire may be amended overtime in order to ascertain information 

more precisely. Although the TSA is comprehensive, each TSA may be tailored toward specific 

issues currently under focus. These items may include emerging issues at a local or national 

level or requests for more information regarding a specific air monitoring network from 

management or the EPA. 

TSA activities commonly involve: 

 visiting air monitoring sites, 

 reviewing records such as logbooks, service reports on air monitoring instruments and 

NIST-traceable certifications of calibration standards/references, 

 interviewing key personnel (individuals involved with planning, laboratory and field 

operations, QA/QC, data management, and reporting), and 

 evaluating data for accuracy. 

 

For the Pb network, there are three distinct service areas that will be reviewed: 

 Laboratory – filter ordering and receiving, pre-sampling filter and chain-of-custody 

setup, post-sampling filter cutting, shipping, archiving; third party audits of contract 

laboratories will also be reviewed 

 Field – station and sampler siting and operation, filter sample collection, sample 

handling during change out and transport 

 Data Management – metadata and pollutant data collection, flagging, editing, 

validation, security, archiving, and uploading to AAAD and AQS databases. 

ADEQ’s air monitoring program and its quality system are ultimately evaluated against the EPA 

regulations, 40 CFR Parts 50 and 58, any applicable State of Arizona rules and regulations, and 

ADEQ’s QAPPs and Quality Management Plan. The QA Team is available to help identify 

solutions to audit findings and usually meets with the audited group as needed to help identify 

solutions that will yield a positive result for all concerned. Findings and recommendations 

identified during both the external and internal TSAs are reported in a formal report. Usually 

findings and recommendations derived from the TSA process fall into major and minor 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

79 

categories. These findings and recommendations as well as the solutions implemented are 

recorded. This preserves valuable historical information pertaining to the air monitoring 

program’s networks. 

Any deficiencies that are deemed “serious” meaning there is reason to believe that the quality of 

pollutant data is being significantly compromised and the matter needs immediate attention from 

management, will be identified using a specific form. The ADEQ Internal Audit Finding (IAF) 

form will be used to present such findings to the audited group and their management at the TSA 

debriefing (See Figure C.1). An IAF form will be generated for each serious deficiency and it 

will clearly identify pertinent information such as: pollutant(s) impacted, estimated time period 

of deficiency, site(s) affected, and reason of action. During the debriefing discussion, evidence 

may be presented that reduces the significance of the finding; in which case, the finding may be 

removed. If the audited group is in agreement with the finding, the discussion is documented 

and the form is signed by the organization’s director, or their designee, during the exit interview. 

If a disagreement occurs, the Audit Team will record the opinions of the audited group and set a 

time at some later date to address the finding at issue. The Audit Team and the audited group 

may work together to solve required corrective actions. An ADEQ Internal Audit Response 

(IAR) form (Figure C.2) will be initiated by the audited group’s unit or section managers in 

response to each ADEQ IAF generated that can not be resolved at the debriefing. 

It is customary for both external and internal TSAs to end with a closing or debriefing meeting 

with key personnel and management. This provides a forum for discussion with auditors 

regarding positive observations as well as the findings and recommendations geared toward the 

continuous improvement of an air monitoring network and the data it produces. If needed, an 

attempt will be made to rank the findings in order of their potential impact on data quality if 

needed. 

The major post-audit activity is the preparation of the TSA report. The Audit Team will prepare 

the TSA report that includes a written executive summary of findings covering the following 

service areas: laboratory, field, and data management. To prepare the TSA report, the Audit 

Team will compare observations with collected documents and results of interviews and 

discussions with key personnel. The audit findings, both accomplishments and deficiencies, will 

be discussed in adequate detail in the written report. ADEQ plans to use information gleaned 

from TSAs as well as other types of audits to improve QAPPs and SOPs in order to produce the 

highest quality data possible. See Section C.2 for more on the TSA report. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

80 

Figure C.1. ADEQ Internal Audit Finding Form 

ADEQ Internal Audit Finding 

Audited Unit/Team: ______________________________________________________ 

Audited Activity: Audit Date: Finding #: _______________ 

Finding: 

___________________________________________________________________________________ 

 Discussion: 

Audit Team Lead Signature: __________________________ Date: ______________ 

Audited Unit Supervisor Signature:____________________ Date: ______________
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

81 

Figure C.2 ADEQ Audit Response Form 

ADEQ Internal Audit Finding Response Form 

Audited Unit/Team:______________________________________________________________ 

Audited Activity: ____ Audit Date: ________ Finding #: __________ 

 

Finding: 

Cause of the problem: 

Actions taken or planned for correction: 

Responsibilities and timetable for the above actions: 

Prepared by: Title________________ Date: _____________ 

Audited Unit Supervisor: Title _______________ Date: _____________ 

 

Audit Team Lead: Date: _____________ 

Remarks: 

 

 Is this audit finding closed? When? 

 File with official audit records. Send copy to Auditee 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

82 

Audits of Data Quality

An audit of data quality (ADQ) reveals how the data are handled, what judgments were made, 

and whether uncorrected mistakes were made. ADQs can often identify the means to correct 

systematic data reduction errors and they may help to identify improvements needed in a 

network’s operations. ADQ are detailed evaluations of a small percentage of the data reported to 

the EPA’s national database and include an evaluation of both the raw data and the supporting 

documentation. The QA Team plans on conducting an ADQ once every 6 months on the various 

types of data generated by the AAS’s air monitoring program or more frequency if requested by 

management. 

The auditor or QA Team will devote sufficient time and effort to this activity to ensure a clear 

and complete understanding of data flow and the associated documentation is well-founded. 

Pertinent ADQ questions will appear on the TSA checklist or questionnaire to ensure that the 

data maintain their integrity at each level of validation. The ADQ may serve as an effective tool 

for organizing the extensive amount of information to be gathered during a TSA from the 

laboratory, field, and data management functions. The ADQ will have the same 

reporting/corrective action requirements as the TSA. The QA/QC Lead and QA Auditor plan to 

conduct an ADQ in conjunction with a TSA. The EPA Region 9 QA Office may also conduct 

ADQs. The ADQ should not be confused with the data quality assessment (DQA). 

Data Quality Assessments

A DQA is a statistical analysis of air quality, or other environmental data, that is used to 

determine whether data generated by a particular air monitoring network have met the 

established DQOs and MQOs, and in doing so, are of adequate quality for use by decision 

makers. The DQA process is discussed in detail in Section D.3 of this QAPP. 

Management Systems Review (MSR)

An MSR is a qualitative assessment of a data collection operation or organization to establish 

whether the prevailing quality management structure, policies, practices, and procedures are 

adequate for ensuring the type and quality of data needed are obtained. MSRs are conducted or 

lead by the ADEQ QA/QC Unit Manager and are targeted for every three years. The reviewer(s) 

will ensure that sufficient management controls are in-place and carried out by the organization 

to adequately plan, implement, and assess the results of the program. The QA activities for all 

criteria pollutants including Pb should be part of the MSR. The ADEQ QA/QC Unit will report 

the findings to the AAS Manager within sixty (60) days of completion of the MSR. The report 

will be appropriately issued to ADEQ Directors. Follow-up and progress on corrective action(s) 

will be tracked, documented, and filed appropriately as per AAS’s corrective action plan.

Performance Evaluation

The EPA defines a performance evaluation (PE) as a type of audit in which the quantitative data 

generated in a measurement system are obtained independently and compared with routinely 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

83 

obtained data to evaluate the proficiency of an analyst, or laboratory. Laboratories analyzing 

both type of Pb filter samples, TSP and Teflon®, will participate in a proficiency test (PT) on a 

quarterly basis where 6 filters strips of a known concentration are analyzed and reported to EPA. 

ADEQ will monitor how well the analytical laboratories perform. 

In addition, the DM&QA QA Auditor performs independent audits, or QC checks (verifications), 

using a different NIST-traceable calibration standard, or reference, on both the TPS and PM10 Pb 

samplers. ADEQ PE audits are conducted once a quarter by the QA Auditor. These checks do 

not generate Pb data; but they provide assurance that air monitoring instruments are performing 

as shown during regular verification checks performed by the AMU technicians. The main 

components audited are: site conditions and an air monitor’s flow rate, ambient temperature, and 

ambient pressure. 

ADEQ’s Pb TSP samplers are required to participate in the EPA Pb Performance Evaluation 

Program (Pb PEP) which is part of the EPA’s National Performance Evaluation Program 

(NPEP). The QAHBV2 provides the following list of benefits derived from the NPEP: 

 Allows one to determine data comparability and usability across sites, monitoring 

networks (Tribes, States, and geographic regions), instrument and laboratories; 

 Provides a level of confidence that monitoring systems are operating within an 

acceptable level of data quality so data users can make decisions with acceptable 

levels of certainty; 

 Helps verify the precision and bias estimates performed by monitoring organizations; 

 Identifies where improvements (technology/training) are needed; and 

 Assures the public of non-biased assessments of data quality. 

PEP reports will be compiled by EPA and disseminated to air monitoring agencies. The EPA is 

applying the following two-part approach to the Pb PEP QA/QC process: 

1. One, annual, EPA-generated, collocated filter sample will be collected by an independent 

field auditor (EPA personnel or EPA contractor) who temporarily sites, an EPA-selected 

TSP audit sampler beside one of ADEQ’s TSP samplers at a source-oriented site. Then, 

a 24-hour collocated sample is collected on a regularly scheduled sample collection (run) 

day. The auditor then collects the audit, or PEP, filter sample and sends it in its entirety, 

i.e. does not sub-sample, to an independent laboratory for analysis. The ADEQ sampler 

audited is expected to vary each year and the EPA Region 9 Laboratory is analyzing the 

Pb PEP samples. 

2. One, quarterly, ADEQ-generated, collocated filter sample will be collected by an ADEQ 

operator in addition to the routinely required collocated filter samples. ADEQ submits 

the audit, or PEP, filter sample in its entirety to the EPA Region 9 Laboratory for 

analysis. The sampler used is the designated secondary sampler at the collocated Globe 

Highway site. NOTE: Collocated filter samples are required every other run day. ADEQ 

opted to collect a collocated filter sample on all sample run days which (1/6 day) because 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

84 

it was easier to plan and provided extra samples without significantly increasing time and 

effort by personnel. 

Table C.1. Summary of Assessments Planned by External Agencies 

Assessing Agency Type of Assessment Agency Assessed Frequency 

EPA Pb PEP ADEQ Annually 

EPA-generated TSP 

collocated filter sample ADEQ Annually 

ADEQ-generated TSP 

collocated filter sample ADEQ Quarterly 

EPA Pb PT Audit Strips (both TSP 

and Teflon®) 

PCWRL, ERG, 

R9 Lab Quarterly 

EPA DQA ADEQ Once every three 

years 

EPA Region 9 MSR or TSA ADEQ Once every three 

years 

ADHS MSR/TSA PCWRL Once every three 

years 

EPA PT for PM10 filter sample* ERG Periodically 

* - a NATTS-driven PT for the PM10 toxic metals filter sample 

Table C.2. Summary of Internal Assessments Planned by ADEQ 

Units Responsible Type of Assessment Frequency 

ADEQ QA/QC Unit MSR Once every three years 

DM&QA 

TSA 

DQAs (all data) 

ADQ 

PE Audits (flow rate) 

Once every three years 

Annually 

Semi-annually 

Quarterly 

DM&QA, AMU, and Evaluation Surveillance Ongoing 

DM&QA, AMU Air Monitoring Network Plan Annually 

DM&QA, AMU, and Evaluation Air Monitoring Network 5-

Year Assessment Report 

Once every five years 

beginning 2010 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

85 

C.2 REPORTS to MANAGEMENT 

Effective communication among all personnel is also an integral part of a quality system. 

Reports to management provide the opportunity to alert management of data quality problems, to 

propose viable solutions to problems, and to procure necessary additional resources. Routine 

reporting also provides a means for tracking the following: 

 adherence to scheduled delivery of data and reports; 

 documentation of deviations from approved QA and test plans, and the impact of these 

deviations on data quality; and 

 analysis of the potential uncertainties in decisions based on the data. 

The following sections describe the quality-related reports and communications to management 

necessary to support the Pb network operations and the associated data acquisition, validation, 

assessment, and reporting. 

Quarterly and Annual Data and QA Summary Reports

Data summary reports will be distributed quarterly to management to brief them on the status of 

the operations of the instrumentation as well as the status of data summary metrics in comparison 

to the NAAQS. These quarterly reports are based on quality assured Level 3 data. During the 

first year of Pb monitoring, monthly reports will also be provided to management to provide 

more timely updates on the overall operation of the instrumentation and the status of data 

summary metrics in relation to the NAAQS. These monthly reports are based on preliminary 

Level 2 data. 

Periodic assessments of the Pb data quality are required to be reported to EPA (40 CFR 58 

Appendix A). This requirement is fulfilled by the reporting of precision and bias data to the AQS. 

These precision and bias data are also taken into consideration when certifying the ambient Pb 

data as documented in the annual data certification package to EPA. The precision and bias data 

are obtained from: 

 AMU flow verifications (precision and bias checks) 

 QA Auditor flow rate audits (bias checks) 

 Routine collocated sample results (precision estimates) 

 Pb PEP audits and quarterly collocated PEP sample (bias estimates) 

 Quarterly audit strip analyses (bias estimates) 

Data from the AMU flow verifications and DM&QA flow rate audits are uploaded to the AQS 

once a quarter for the previous quarter. All precision and bias data for the calendar year must be 

entered before the annual certification deadline of the following year. 

DM&QA staff produce quarterly reports that document the data validation process and provide 

data summaries for various programs. The data validation and data summaries from the Pb-TSP 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

86 

samplers are included with the SLAMS filter-based particulate data report. The data validation 

and data summaries from the Pb-PM10 sampler are included with the speciation and toxics data 

report. The Pb data and QA summaries are included as a section within these reports. 

Information such as data completeness, NAAQS comparisons, collocation details, and a 

summary of quality assurance issues are contained within these reports. These reports are 

reviewed by the DM&QA Unit manager. 

Annual reports to management primarily include the annual data certification letter and the 

annual audit report. The data certification letter is a requirement that is due to EPA by May 1 of 

the following year for which the data have been collected. ADEQ’s DM&QA Unit includes an 

overall assessment of the data from all of the monitoring networks as an attachment to the annual 

data certification letter. This letter and accompanying report focuses on the quality assurance and 

data review aspects that are associated with ambient air quality monitoring. DM&QA personnel 

utilize the AQS AMP255 Data Quality Indicator Report to summarize and assess precision and 

bias information for each monitor ADEQ operates. If any significant issues arise throughout the 

year or during the annual review of the QA data, this is documented in the certification letter. 

At the end of each calendar year, an annual audit report is developed by the ADEQ AQD QA 

Team and distributed as above. This document describes the quality objectives for measurement 

data and how those objectives have been met. The QA Annual Report includes quality 

information for all data collected by each network, including Pb beginning in 2011. The Annual 

Audit Report includes, but is not limited to, the following QA information: 

 monitoring program overviews and updates on any changes to the audit program, 

 a summary of the flow rate and performance audits performed in that year for each 

network, and 

 a summary of any internal or EPA TSAs conducted during the year and any corrective 

actions taken in response 

For reporting measurement uncertainties, the QA Annual Report contains the annual AQS QA 

summary report and summary statistics of the following for each monitoring network or 

program: 

 Precision 

 Bias 

 Completeness 

 Timeliness 

Annual Monitoring Network Plan and Five-Year Network Assessment

Effective December 18, 2006, 40 CFR 58.10 requires states to complete an annual monitoring 

network plan and submit it to the EPA Regional Administrator for approval by July 1st of the 

following year. The monitoring network plan identifies the purpose of each monitor and provides 

evidence that the siting and operation of each monitor meets EPA requirements. It is used to 

determine how well a particular air monitoring network is achieving its required air monitoring 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

87 

objective(s) and what modifications are needed for it to continue or to better meet its 

objective(s). 

The annual monitoring network plan must be made available for public inspection (website, 

hardcopy posting in libraries and public offices, and/or newspaper listing) for at least 30 days 

prior to submission to EPA. Although not required, EPA recommends soliciting comments 

during the public inspection period. If an opportunity for public comment is provided, any 

comments received must be included in the network plan, and any changes made to the plan after 

the public comment period must be identified. 

Every 5 years, in addition to the annual plan, an assessment of the air quality network must be 

submitted to EPA Region 9. This five-year network assessment must determine 1) if the network 

meets the monitoring objectives defined in 40 CFR 58 Appendix D, 2) whether new sites are 

needed, 3) whether existing sites are no longer needed and can be terminated, and 4) whether 

new technologies are appropriate for incorporation into the ambient air monitoring network. This 

assessment must also include a review of existing and proposed sites to determine if areas with 

relatively high populations of susceptible individuals (i.e., populations with sensitivities such as 

children with asthma) are characterized. In addition to the requirements above, the five-year 

network assessment may also include 1) re-evaluation of the objectives and budget for air 

monitoring, 2) evaluation of a network’s effectiveness and efficiency relative to its objectives 

and costs, and 3) development of recommendations for network reconfigurations and 

improvements. The first assessment under these new regulations was due July 1, 2010. 

Technical System Audit Reports

External TSAs are scheduled to be conducted at least every three years by the EPA Region 9 

Office as required by 40 CFR Part 58. The report with the audit findings will be provided to the 

ADEQ AQD Director and forwarded to the AAS Manager. Internal TSA reports provided by the 

DM&QA QA Team will be provided to the AAS unit managers, AAS section manager, and 

made available to EPA personnel when they audit ADEQ or provided upon request. The reports 

will be filed appropriately. 

The internal TSA report will include: 



 audit title and any other identifying information such as an audit ID number; 

 audit team leaders, audit team participants and audited participants; 

 background information about the project, purpose of the audit, dates of the audit; 

particular measurement phase or parameters that were audited, and a brief description of 

the audit process; 

 summary and conclusions of the audit and corrective action requires; and 

 attachments or appendices that include all audit evaluations and audit finding forms. 

The goal is to have the TSA draft audit report prepared within thirty days (30) following the 

debriefing. The report will be made available to the audited group for comment. The audited 

group will have at least two (2) weeks to review the report and make comments. If the audited 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

88 

group has written comments or questions concerning the audit report, the Audit Team will 

review and incorporate them as appropriate, and subsequently prepare and resubmit a final 

report. The final report should be ready for distribution about sixty (60) days following the TSA 

debriefing. The report will include an agreed-upon schedule for corrective action implementation 

or follow-up meetings will be held to develop a schedule. 

Corrective Action Process and Performance-Related Records

A corrective action process (CAP) is in-place for the Air Assessment Section (AAS). 

The program ensures personnel have a means of communicating any perceived 

problems involving potential safety issues that may present a risk to the site technicians, 

operators, and auditors, or, operational or procedural problems that may adversely affect 

data in a number of ways. The CAP is geared toward problems, or deficiencies, to 

which no prescribed corrective action has been identified in SOPs or QAPPs. The CAP 

is a closed-loop system and is geared toward preventing recurrence of a problem by 

addressing its root cause. Failed PE audits fall under the CAP. For more information on 

the CAP, see AAS’s SOP which is included in the attachments. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

89 

SECTION D. DATA VALIDATION AND USABILITY 

D.1 DATA REVIEW, VALIDATION, and VERIFICATION REQUIREMENTS 

Data review is the set of verification and validation procedures used to examine the products of 

data collection and data processing to determine their quality and usability. It spans a wide scope 

of tests from low level checks on sample identity to high level checks on spatial and temporal 

comparability. The main goal of the review is to determine if the data products (measurements) 

are representative of their environment. This is accomplished through verification and validation 

of the preliminary data results with sample collection procedures, sampler operation, and 

laboratory processing. In general, whenever an operation affects the data product, verification 

and validation checks should be defined and implemented to ensure the operation was done 

correctly. 

Data review also provides feedback on the field and laboratory analysis activities; it identifies 

those data points that may indicate the need for corrective action to a field or laboratory 

procedure. Data are only invalidated when specific evidence exists that show a clear cause for 

the invalidation, i.e., a failed flow verification. Outliers not explained by instrument or 

processing errors are considered valid from an operations’ standpoint and require further 

investigation with meteorological, climatological, and other environmental information to 

determine what event they represent. However, if there is supporting information that indicates 

environmental data are not representative of the ambient environment, the data may be 

invalidated through a weight of evidence approach as long as it is thoroughly documented. More 

information regarding this approach is provided in data review SOPs. Ideally, data review is to 

be performed as soon as possible after data collection and on a regular schedule during the 

project to enable timely investigation of questionable data, to meet data reporting requirements, 

and to take corrective action. 

Data verification and validation are defined as follows: 

 Data Verification techniques confirm through provision of objective evidence that 

specified requirements have been fulfilled. Data verification ensures and documents that 

the data are what they purport to be; i.e., it verifies what was actually done and documents 

that the data fulfill applicable requirements. Data not meeting the requirements are to be 

identified and documented with the cause of the insufficiency. 

 Data Validation techniques confirm by examination and through provision of objective 

evidence that the particular requirements for a specific intended use are fulfilled. Data 

validation focuses on the particular data needs for a project and ensures that reported 

values meet the quality goals of the environmental data operations. The purpose of data 

validation is to verify that data values are representative of air quality conditions at a 

sampling station and to detect those data values that do not represent actual air quality 

conditions. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

90 

Data verification and data validation are typically sequential steps performed by different 

persons. Data validation begins with the outputs from data verification and, ideally, it is 

performed by a data reviewer independent of the data collector, data processor, and data user. In 

general, data verification techniques occur during the sample collection and processing phases of 

the project. Data validation techniques are then applied on the resulting data product, which 

requires review of information generated throughout the entire sample collection, sample 

analysis, and data handling process. Additional verification and validation checks can be created 

as necessary to check the results of any operation affecting the data product. 

Data review is not the same as data quality assessment or evaluation of the DQOs. Only after the 

data set has been reviewed, verified, and validated can it be fully assessed and/or used to address 

the specific scientific and regulatory questions embodied in the DQOs. The following sections 

describe ADEQ’s data review processes and requirements. The specific data review procedures 

used by the contract laboratories are not included here. 

The Data Verification and Validation Process 

Data verification and validation will be performed by both the contract laboratories and by 

ADEQ. AMU personnel will review summary and interval data for each sample collected and 

verify that the field data information matches the sampler’s record. AMU personnel verify that a 

valid sample was collected before processing the sample for laboratory analysis. The information 

on the COC is verified and reviewed before shipment of the sample to the ERG and PCWRL 

laboratory. These sample verification procedures constitute the level 1 review and validation. 

ERG and PCWRL will perform additional verification and validation procedures, most of which 

are specific to laboratory analysis procedures. These laboratory verification and validation 

procedures constitute the Level 2 review and validation. ADEQ is responsible for Level 3 

validation but will also perform additional Level 2 checks as a means of verifying the results 

obtained from the laboratory. Level 2 checks include verification of the processed data with the 

ADEQ Air Sampling Records and review of all flagged data including invalid and qualifier flags. 

Level 3 data validation will be performed to identify and validate outliers, monitor trends over 

time, and incorporate field QC checks into the data validation decision making process. 

The ERG and PCWRL will provide the validated filter data results from the ICPMS analyses for 

further validation by ADEQ. ERG and PCWRL provide the required deliverables in batches 

approximately 30 to 60 days after sample shipment based on the contract agreement with 

DM&QA at ADEQ. These deliverables include electronic files of: 

 raw and validated sample data in the laboratory’s format with detection limits or 

uncertainties 

 a definition list for all acronyms and abbreviations used by the laboratory 

 an index or key to identify sites, sample ids and sample dates 

 a list of flag definitions 

 any narratives by laboratory personnel 

 validated data in AAAD format (PCWRL data only) 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

91 

The DM&QA Unit will continue with Level 2 QA checks of the validated data by reviewing the 

data flags applied by the laboratory in the laboratory’s files. ADEQ will use its in-house records 

to examine data that have been flagged for attribution, sampler problems, and outliers. Questions 

about flags applied by the laboratory will be directed to the laboratory manager. 

The DM&QA lead Pb data reviewer and Air Toxics data reviewer will perform Level 3 QA on 

the Pb TSP and Pb PM10 data sets, respectively. The specific procedures used for data validation 

are described in the Pb and Air Toxics data validation SOPs found in the attachments. 

Data Review, Validation and the Air Assessment Ambient Database (AAAD)

Much of the data review and validation process is done within the AAAD. As discussed in 

Section B, AAAD offers some tools to assist data reviewers and validators throughout the data 

review and validation process. The degree to which each datum has been reviewed is 

documented in AAAD through the QA Levels. The QA Levels range from Raw to Final. The 

raw data are considered to be the original data derived from the instrumentation or laboratory 

analysis. Occasionally, transformations of the data are performed by DM&QA within AAAD. 

These data transformations typically occur during the AAAD automated upload and validation 

processes and only occur so that data reported from various instruments, laboratories, and 

agencies are of a common data format. While these data transformations may occasionally occur, 

the raw data files are always archived. 

Levels of Data Review

The data review procedure at ADEQ requires all data measurements to move through multiple 

levels of quality assurance. When each level of data review is completed, the data are assigned a 

Quality Assurance Level that is entered in the AAAD, ADEQ’s central data repository, along 

with the status (valid, invalid, or suspect) of the data at that level and a code or flag that further 

describes the status. The primary objective of each level of quality assurance is to examine the 

data results, to verify the measurements are what they purport to be, and to validate their quality 

in relation to the requirements of conformance to procedures, equipment operation, and 

environmental effects. Those measurements not meeting the requirements are assigned an invalid 

or suspect status with a reason code describing the nonconformance. 

AAAD flagging protocol requires a reason code for each sample value at each quality assurance 

level. The reason code format consists of a letter followed by a number or another letter 

depending on the code type. The data validation code types are shown in Table D.1. The unique 

combination of letters and numbers creates specific reason codes that further explain the status 

code. If additional explanation is needed, the comment field can be utilized. Each data record is 

comprised of a data value field, a QA status field, a reason code field, and a comment field. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

92 

Table D.1 Data Validation Code Types 

Data Field Letter Number or 

Letter QA Status Meaning 

Null B Number Invalid Sample not processed or 

determined invalid 

Data Value V Number Valid QA complete 

Data Value S Number Suspect Requires further QA 

Data Value Q Number or 

Letter 

Valid Letter or number following ‘Q’ is 

the AQS qualifier code 

In general, data are corrected, flagged, or invalidated based on the best assessment of the 

individual situation. Data corrections and flagging are noted in regular QC reports to 

management. Systematic problems that lead to unacceptably large biases are investigated and 

documented by DM&QA. Corrective actions are initiated as needed. 

Data completing all three levels of review and considered to be valid can be promoted to Level 

Final or can remain at Level 3. Promoting data to Level Final occurs on an annual basis and is 

associated with an overall review of QA/QC results and activities that occurred throughout the 

given year. This annual review and promotion of data to Level Final occurs during the data 

certification process. The primary documentation of this process occurs via the data certification 

letter and accompanying report(s), but this process may also be documented within the AAAD. 

A description of ADEQ’s QA Levels is listed in Table D.2. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

93 

Table D.2 ADEQ Quality Assurance Levels for Filter-based and Continuous Measurements 

QA Level QA Objective QA Results 

Raw Original unchanged sample data recorded at sampler or 

produced by laboratory analysis; to be archived. 

None 

1 

Data are reviewed (either manually or programmatically) 

to determine if: 

 sample value produced came from proper and 

assumed instrument 

 instrument producing sample value came from 

proper and assumed site 

 instrumentation problems occurred, as 

documented by instrument flags or error log 

Flag data as valid, invalid, or suspect. 

Add comments. 

Corrective actions taken if necessary. 

2 

Review Level 1 data to: 

 identify outliers or anomalous data (typically 

temporal-based) and make a preliminary 

validation decision. 

 identify media preparation problems, laboratory 

transformation problems, etc. 

Flag Level 1 data as valid, invalid, or 

suspect. 

Add qualifiers to valid and suspect 

data if necessary. 

If necessary, add comments to data 

values further explaining issues at 

hand. 

Initiate Corrective Action if necessary. 

3 

Review Level 2 data over longer periods of time (≥ one 

month for continuous data and ≥ three months for filterbased data). Additionally, Level 3 data review is intended 

to: 

 compare data both spatially and temporally 

 incorporate and verify the field generated QC 

results into the data review process 

 make a final determination on the validity of 

outliers identified during the Level 1-3 QA 

process 

 identify environmental events (natural or humancaused) with appropriate flagging protocol 

Flag Level 2 data as valid or invalid. 

Add qualifiers to valid data if 

necessary. 

If necessary, add comments that help 

explain validation rationale. 

Initiate corrective action if necessary. 

Final 

Field generated QC data associated with environmental 

data are reviewed annually for precision, bias, and 

completeness. This occurs as part of the data certification 

procedures. Certified data are promoted to Level Final. 

Promote Level 3 data to Level Final 

after performing annual certification 

procedures. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

94 

D.2 VERIFICATION and VALIDATION METHODS 

All data collected by the AAS must be reviewed and quality assured to the appropriate QA Level 

for the data type. These levels of quality assurance have the objective of reviewing the data at 

different scales to identify those measurements influenced by sampler problems, collection 

errors, or laboratory analysis errors. The remaining data are considered representative of their 

ambient environment; measurements above or below expected values are investigated to 

determine the nature of the environmental conditions they represent. 

Data verification and validation requirements and the multiple levels of quality assurance have 

been previously described in Section D.1. This section will describe the data review methods 

employed to verify and validate data at these levels and ensure that QA requirements have been 

met. These QA levels segregate the verification and validation checks to focus the data review in 

a particular way. QA Level 1 reviews the data from an individual sample at a single site. QA 

Level 2 focuses on internal and between sample consistency on a site by site basis; data may be 

reviewed over a week (continuous data) or in sample batches (FCC data) to examine the 

behavior of the data through time. QA Level 3 reviews the data over longer periods of time, 

investigating data behavior seasonally or annually or in comparison with historic data. QA Level 

3 also reviews the data spatially, looking at regional patterns and performs a final validation 

based on all information that was collected and documented during the sample collection and 

analysis process. 

Data Verification and Validation Processes

The complete data review process spans a wide scope of tests from low level verification checks 

on sample identity to high level validation checks on temporal and spatial comparability. For 

FCC samples, the process is a cooperative effort between laboratories, which conduct the 

chemical analyses and complete the first stages of data validation, and ADEQ, which conducts 

further validation and verification. For continuous measurements collected by the DCS, ADEQ is 

solely responsible for the data validation. FCC and DCS data are stored in the AAAD, the data 

repository for the AAS. As discussed in Section D.1, AAAD, and the tools within AAAD, is 

used to perform certain data review checks and to move the data through the QA Levels. The 

data review methods used by ADEQ are described in the following sections. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

95 

DCS Data Review Methods

The meteorological measurements collected at the Pb monitoring sites will be collected using the 

DCS. Each meteorological instrument is connected to a data logger that continuously records and 

calculates hourly averaged measurements. At least once per day, the DCS will poll each site, 

download data from the dataloggers, and store both raw data files and AAAD formatted data 

files on the ADEQ network drives for loading to the DCS and AAAD. The AAAD load and 

validation process performs Level 1 automated checks to verify the presence of all hours, all site 

and instrument metadata are accurate and exist in the database, conversion of units if necessary, 

and initial flagging of outliers. Level 2 data validation will be done by the lead continuous data 

reviewer as soon as possible after the load process to identify any problems with the data caused 

by the instruments (instrument failures, clock errors, power outages, etc.). The QA Level 3 

reviewer will incorporate the field QC checks into the data validation process, but at this time, 

does not perform the standard Level 3 data review procedure(s). As a result, the meteorological 

data are only validated through QA Level 2 in AAAD since they do not undergo the entire Level 

3 data review process. All data are assigned reason codes (flags) at each QA level. The comment 

field within AAAD is often utilized as a means of communication between the various data 

reviewers and QA levels. This field is also used to further clarify the use of flags during the QA 

process. 

DCS QA Level 1 Review

Loading data into the AAAD from the DCS is a two-step operation consisting of automated 

checks: 

1. Data Upload from DCS to AAAD using Oracle SQL Loader: The upload process verifies 

correct formatting of each data record coming from DCS; i.e., correct number of fields and 

valid data type in each field. If the record is incorrect, a file containing the invalid record is 

written back to the DCS. The lead continuous data reviewer or their designee checks the 

file and makes corrections and uploads the file or deletes the record. Valid records enter 

the AAAD staging table. 

2. Data Validation: The data in the staging tables are validated and moved to the database 

where they are accessed with the DCS Quality Assurance screen or the DCS Secondary 

Quality Assurance screen (Figure D.1). The original DCS value is displayed in the Raw 

Data section of the screen; the validated data are displayed in the lower portion of the 

screen at QA Level 1 with a QA status and QA reason code assigned. 

The following automated validation checks are performed: 

 check for missing observations and fill in the time period with a null value assigned 

for the raw value and the QA value at Level 1. A preliminary determination of the 

QA status and reason code is assigned 

 check for hour beginning or hour ending; adjust all data from hour ending instruments 

to hour beginning 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

96 

 convert English unit measurements to metric units 

 check screening limits for the parameter and assign Level 1 QA status of Suspect if 

outside the limits 

Figure D.1 AAAD DCS Secondary Quality Assurance Screen 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

97 

DCS QA Level 2 Review

QA Level 2 review will be done by the lead continuous data reviewer or their designee as soon 

as possible after loading the data into the AAAD. The Level 2 QA is performed to verify data 

collection by DCS and AAAD, to identify any values that are not representative of ambient 

conditions, i.e., data influenced by instrument checks or other outages, and to identify any 

problems in data collection. In addition to the data collection verification, Level 2 review 

includes a manual review of data on a scale of three to nine days. Typically, criteria pollutant 

data undergo Level 2 quality assurance procedures on a daily basis, while meteorological data 

and non-criteria pollutant data undergo Level 2 data review on a weekly or monthly basis. The 

Level 2 review includes the following steps: 

1. Check the AAAD DCS Upload Validation screen to verify upload and validation 

processes. Records appearing in this screen are in the AAAD staging tables and have not 

met the automated verification requirements. The deficiency will be identified, the records 

corrected or deleted, and the validation process run. 

2. Using the DCS Secondary QA screen, graph data and evaluate for outliers. Pay particular 

attention to data that were flagged and suspect during the Level 1 review. If invalid, enter 

the Level 2 status of invalid and assign the appropriate ‘B’ code using information from 

field reports, verbal communication, or email communication. Check flagged data and if 

valid, copy the data to Level 2 and assign the V1 flag. Promote the remaining data to Level 

2 using the appropriate reason code. 

DCS QA Level 3 Review

The QA Level 3 review is completed by the lead continuous data reviewer or their designee. 

Level 3 data review includes an evaluation of the data on longer temporal scales, usually on the 

order of months. The Level 3 data review process also serves as a final validation of data and 

incorporates the official field activity reports (and the instrument QC data) into the validation 

decision-making process. It is also during the Level 3 data review process that data are flagged 

with the appropriate qualifier flag, if needed. Most often, this includes flagging of data that have 

been influenced by natural or exceptional events. An Oracle Discoverer procedure is used to 

query AAAD and extract Level 2 data by parameter. The data review steps are: 

1. Review all field sheets associated with the parameters of concern. Verify that all 

instruments passed their QC checks. The QC checks that are considered during the Level 3 

data review process can be found in the critical criteria section of the validation template 

(see Table D.3). If a QC failure occurs, data should be invalidated back to the last 

successful QC check unless the QC data or ambient data indicate an exact point of 

instrumentation failure. 

2. Using the DCS Secondary QA screen or other graphical software, examine the parameters 

for a period of one to three months worth of measurements. Graph the Level 2 data and 

examine. The AAAD graphing tool will identify any data that were determined suspect 

during the level 2 validation process. Evaluate all data that are represented in the graphical 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

98 

plot. Check flagged and suspect data. 

3. Identify any additional anomalous data that were not identified during the previous QA 

level reviews. Communicate and coordinate with other data reviewers, air quality 

forecasters, and instrument technicians to determine validity of data. Other data sources 

may be utilized, such as the data from the NWS, to assist with the validation process. 

4. Perform spatial comparisons of the data parameters, when applicable. 

5. When completed, promote values in AAAD to QA Level 3 with appropriate status and 

reason codes. 

FCC Data Review Methods

The TSP and PM10 Pb data consist of discrete 24-hour samples. ADEQ plans to load the TSP 

data into the FCC section of the AAAD as stated previously. These data are loaded into the 

AAAD through the DCS computer, but do not become part of the DCS database. ERG and 

PCWRL perform extensive Level 1 and Level 2 checks on the data collection and ICPMS 

analysis results from the filter samples. The data are delivered to the DM&QA Unit for review 

and loading into the AAAD for Level 2 and Level 3 validation checks by the lead Pb data 

reviewer or their designee. At this point in time, the PM10 Pb data are not expected to be loaded 

to ADEQ’s internal database (AAAD). Instead, the data will be loaded directly to EPA’s AQS 

database by ERG after ADEQ and ERG perform all validation and ADEQ gives ERG the 

approval to load the data. This process may be reviewed and amended in the future. 

FCC QA Level 1 & 2 Review of Filter Lab and Contract Lab Files

Filter-based data undergo the majority of their Level 1 and 2 data review within a laboratory 

setting or out in the field. Unlike continuous data collection which goes through an automated 

validation process, the Level 1 and 2 data review and validation process for filter-based data is 

predominantly subjected to a manual review to verify the following: 

 For each sample, the chain-of–custody and field data forms are completely filled out and 

accurately document the transfer of filters throughout the data collection and analysis 

process 

 Filters have been analyzed for any deformities or anomalous particulate deposits and 

documented if any exist 

 Review the chain-of-custody and field data forms along with the electronic data to verify 

that the samplers operated for the desired amount of time and any instrumentation errors 

are documented 

 Confirm that the laboratory has provided all information a user would need to interpret the 

analysis results 

 Review and verify results of laboratory equipment calibrations 

In addition to the manual Level 1 and 2 validation procedures above, some automated validation 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

99 

procedures may also be incorporated. These include: 

 Continuous laboratory environment (verifying correct temperature and humidity during 

filter analysis) or analytical instrument monitoring (verifying calibration), 

 Similar to the DCS validation process, FCC data (Pb TSP) undergo an automated 

validation process that verifies the instrument and site metadata are accurate and exist 

within the AAAD 

The laboratories are primarily responsible for Level 2 validation and data review. This consists 

of verifying that all samples and analyses passed their QC criteria, or flagging those data that 

exceeded laboratory specific acceptance criteria. For a list of these laboratory specific acceptance 

criteria, see Tables B.14 and B.15. Upon receipt of the filter-based data from the laboratories, the 

lead Pb and/or air toxics data reviewer performs a final Level 2 review of the data checking for 

data formatting issues or ambiguities in the flags issued by the laboratory. 

FCC QA Level 3 Review 

The FCC Level 3 QA and data review procedures are similar to that of the DCS Level 3 

procedures. FCC Level 3 data review includes an evaluation of the data on longer temporal 

scales, usually on the order of months. The Level 3 data review process also serves as a final 

validation of data and incorporates the official field activity reports (and the instrument QC data) 

into the validation decision-making process. It is also during the Level 3 data review process that 

data are flagged with the appropriate qualifier flag, if needed. An Oracle Discoverer procedure is 

used to query AAAD and extract Level 2 data by parameter. The data review steps are: 

1. Review all field sheets associated with the parameters of concern. Verify that all 

instruments passed their QC checks. The QC checks that are considered during the Level 3 

data review process can be found in the critical criteria section of the validation template 

(see Table D.3). If a QC failure occurs, data should be invalidated back to the last 

successful QC check unless the QC data or ambient data indicate an exact point of 

instrumentation failure. 

2. Using the FCC Quality Assurance screen or other graphical software, examine the 

parameters for a period of one to three months worth of measurements. Graph the Level 2 

data and examine. The AAAD graphing tool will identify any data that were determined 

suspect during the level 2 validation process. Evaluate all data that are represented in the 

graphical plot. Check flagged and suspect data. 

3. Identify any additional anomalous data that were not identified during the previous QA 

level reviews. Communicate and coordinate with other data reviewers, air quality 

forecasters, instrument technicians, and laboratory personnel to determine validity of data. 

Other data sources may be utilized, such as the data from the National Weather Service, to 

assist with the validation process. 

4. Perform spatial comparisons of the data parameters, when applicable. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

100 

5. When completed, promote values in AAAD to QA Level 3 with appropriate status and 

reason codes. 

For additional details on the data review and validation process, refer to the DM&QA SOP(s) 

which is/are included as an attachment(s). 

D.3 RECONCILIATION and USER REQUIREMENTS 

On an annual basis and in conjunction with the data certification process, the ambient data 

collected by ADEQ and their associated QA/QC data are subjected to a data quality assessment 

(DQA). This DQA includes a final review of the ambient data (via a data summary review), a 

review of data completeness, and a review of the QA/QC data in comparison with the DQOs 

and/or MQOs that have been established. This DQA serves two primary purposes: 

1. Acts as a final validation of the ambient data which typically results in official 

certification of the data 

2. Serves as an overall assessment of data quality for a particular program or network by 

comparing the desired objectives with the actual results 

For criteria pollutant data, EPA’s Data Quality Indicator Report (AMP 255) is the primary 

statistical tool for relating the QA/QC results to each monitoring program’s DQOs and/or MQOs. 

If it is determined that ADEQ is continuously not meeting the DQOs and/or MQOs established 

in this QAPP for the Pb network, the AAS will re-evaluate any internal objectives for the Pb 

network. Based upon this evaluation, ADEQ AAS will identify improvements that can be made 

to the Pb network and/or determine if the internal DQOs are too stringent for the monitoring 

methodologies in-use. If ADEQ AAS determines that any internal DQOs or MQOs are too 

stringent, then AAS personnel will develop and implement more realistic internal objectives. If 

the national DQOs established by the EPA are not met, ADEQ AAS personnel will work with 

the EPA as needed to develop more realistic DQOs for the national Pb network. 

Once it has been determined that the Pb data collected by ADEQ meets the EPA’s requirements, 

the data can then be used to determine compliance with the NAAQS. 

Measurement Quality Objectives and Validation Templates

ADEQ expects EPA to provide a 3-year summary report regarding how well air monitoring 

agencies around the country met the established Pb MQOs. In the event the Pb MQOs are 

revised in the future, ADEQ plans to follow the most current MQO goals provided by EPA. 

ADEQ anticipates that the EPA will provide updates to the TSP validation template found in the 

QAHBV2 in 2013. However, at this time, ADEQ plans to use the Pb TSP validation template 

produced in-house and approved along with this QAPP in lieu of the EPA’s TSP template should 

there be a differences in acceptance criteria for operating the TSP samplers. As always, ADEQ 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

101 

will work with EPA to resolve any concerns that may arise from this plan. For the Pb PM10

samples, ADEQ plans on using the “PM10 Filter Based Local Conditions Validation Template” 

provided in QAHBV2. 

ADEQ developed the following in-house validation template for the Pb TSP samplers. The 

template establishes the information used to consistently validate Pb TSP mass concentrations 

collected by the agency and to ensure consistency with monitoring organizations across the US. 

This validation template has been developed based on the current state of knowledge. The 

template should evolve as new information is discovered about the impact of the various criteria 

on the error in the resulting mass estimate. Interactions of the criteria, whether synergistic or 

antagonistic, will also be considered and incorporated as seen fit when the impact of these 

interactions becomes quantified. Due to the potential misuse of invalid data, data values that are 

invalidated will not be uploaded to AQS, but a record or flag documenting the invalidation will 

be included in AQS. More detailed information including comments and the multiple levels of 

QA will be retained in the ADEQ AAAD database or on the ADEQ network drives. These data 

will be invaluable to the evolution of the validation template. 

There are three tables of criteria where each table has a different degree of implication about the 

quality of the data. The criteria and information included on the tables are derived from the TSP 

sampling method found in 40 CFR Part 50 Appendix B and 40 CFR Part 58 Appendix A, as well 

as analytical methods found in 40 CRF Appendix G, the “TSP Hi-Vol Compendium Method IO2.1”, and a few criteria that were provided by TISCH. 

The first table, which is colored purple, has the criteria that must be met to ensure the quality of 

the data. An example criterion is that the average flow rate for the sampling period must be 

maintained to within ±10% of the set point which is currently 40 CFM in actual conditions for 

the TSP samplers. The second table, which is colored yellow, has the criteria that indicate that 

there might be a problem with the quality of the data and further investigation is warranted 

before making a determination about the validity of the sample or samples. The third table, 

which is colored blue, has criteria that indicate a potentially systematic problem with the 

environmental data collection activity. Such systematic problems may impact the ability to make 

decisions with the data. An example criterion is that at least 75% of the scheduled samples for 

each quarter should be successfully collected and validated. 

To determine the appropriate table for each criterion for the ADEQ Pb TSP validation template, 

the ADEQ Pb Team members considered how significantly the criteria impact the resulting 

concentration. This was based on experience from Pb Team members, experience from EPA 

Region 9 and OAQPS, criteria contained in the 1977 Pb High Volume (TSP) Validation 

Template which was developed for sampling by TSP and analysis by atomic absorption, and 

feasibility of implementing the criterion. 

Criteria that were deemed critical to maintaining the integrity of a sample or group of samples 

were placed on the first table. Observations that do not meet each and every criterion on the 

Critical Criteria Table should be invalidated unless there are compelling reasons and 

justification for not doing so. Basically, the sample or group of samples for which one or more of 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 2012 

102 

these criteria are not met is invalid until proven otherwise. The cause of not operating in the 

acceptable range for each of the violated criteria must be investigated and minimized to reduce 

the likelihood that additional samples will be invalidated. 

Criteria that are important for maintaining and evaluating the quality of the data collection 

system are included on the second table, the Operational Criteria Table. Violation of a 

criterion or a number of criteria may be cause for invalidation. The decision should consider 

other quality control information that may or may not indicate the data are acceptable for the 

parameter being controlled. The reason for not meeting the criteria must be investigated, 

mitigated or justified. 

Finally, those criteria which are important for the correct interpretation of the data but do not 

usually impact the validity of a sample or group of samples are included on the third table, the 

Systematic Criteria Table. For example, the DQOs are included in this table. If the DQOs are 

not met, this does not invalidate any of the samples, but it may impact the error rate associated 

with the attainment/non-attainment decision. 

For each criterion, the tables include (1) the operational range that is acceptable, (2) the 

frequency with which compliance is to be evaluated, (3) the number of samples that are impacted 

if violation of a criterion occurs (possible values include single filters, a batch of filters, or a 

group of filters from a specific instrument), and (4) sections of 40 CFR that describe the 

criterion. The tables also indicate whether samples violating the criterion must be flagged before 

entering them into AQS. 
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 20

103 

The following Pb validation template is derived from information found in: 40 CFR Part 50 Appendices B and G, 40 CFR 

CFR Part 136, Federal Register 73 FR 66964, Draft Technical Notes developed by EPA OAQPS, PCWRL Method EQL-0

SOPs. Note that The TISCH TSP samplers are designed to be calibrated in the standard temperature and pressure 

verified and audited in ambient (actual) setting. Table D.3 ADEQ Pb High-Volume (TSP) Validation Template 

Criteria Frequency Acceptable Range Cita

CRITICAL CRITERIA- Pb in TSP

Sampling Period all filters 1440 minutes ± 60 minutes 

midnight to midnight 

P

P

Pa

Average Flow Rate every 24 hours of operation *1.13 m3/min (40 CFM) in Actual Conditions AVerification/CalibrationSystem Leak Check Every other sampling event Visual and Auditory Inspection FR Multi-point Verification/Calibration 

Quarterly – (Annually at 

minimum); 

After receipt, upon 

installation, after repair or 

motor maintenance, or failure 

of 1-point check, when action 

level is triggered 

5 points spanning range of 1.13 actual m3/min ± 10% 

R value > 0.99 

Pa

One-point Flow Rate Verification Every other sampling event 

(Quarterly in Part 58)

± 10% from transfer standard 

ADEQ Action Level ± 5% from transfer standard 

A

Part 58 

TSP Hi-Vol 

Filter Checks Verified for Each Sample Visual Defect Check (unexposed) all filters - Initial backlight inspection - no pinholes or 

imperfections 

- Visual inspection prior to shipping to analytical lab 

Pa

Sampling Instrument Verified prior to start of 

sampling 

See Pb QAPP in Element B.6 

* - Based on sampler air velocity being between 20 to 35 cm/sec
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 20

104 

OPERATIONAL EVALUATIONS TABLE Pb in TSP 

PrecisionCollocated Samples 15% of each method code in 

PQAO 

Frequency - every sampling 

event (may be reduce to 1/12 

days) 

CV ≤ 20% of samples> 0.02 μg/m3 Part 

Audits Semi Annual Flow Rate Audit Quarterly – (Semi-annually at 

minimum); near beginning of 

program; upon instrument 

change-out; following 

corrective action; and prior to 

sampler removal 

 15% of audit standard and design value Part 58, App 

Lead Strip Analysis 6 strips/quarter 

2/conc. ranges 

± 10% difference Part 

Blanks Field Filter Blank 10% < 10 μg/filter ADSampler Run Information (collected each run)Sample ID Record and verify filter ID PaVerify Run Conditions Based on flow verification during or after sampling PaTime, Flow, Temperature and Pressure 

Record and verify readings from the instrument Pa

Pa

Handling Filter handled only from the outer edges and folded in half 

lengthwise 

PaPa

Verification/Calibration Field Thermometer Every other sampling event ±2o C PaField Barometer Every other sampling event ±10 mm Hg Pa
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 20

105 

Verification/Calibration Standards and Recertifications – All calibration devices should have multi-point certifications against NIST Traceable staFlow Rate Transfer Std. (Orifice) 1/yr Connects without leaks 

Approximate range: 1.0 – 1.8 m3/min (~35 – 66 CFM) 

Resolution 0.02 m3/min 

 ±2% reproducibility 

Maximum pressure drop at 1.7 std m3/min; 50 cm H20 

PaPaPa

Field Thermometer 1/yr ± 0.5o C MField Barometer 1/yr ±5 mm Hg MFilter (Specs for Manufacturer) (Report to EPA and assess impact on data quality if noted.) 

Pa

Size all filters 20.3+0.2 cm x 25.4 +0.2 cm ParMaterial all filters Glass fiber Par

Par

Collection Efficiency all filters 99 % minimum ParPressure Drop Range all filters 42 – 54 mm Hg at 1.5 std m3/min ParpH all filters 6-10 ParIntegrity (may not need for Pb) all filters 2.4 mg maximum weight loss ParPin holes all filters none ParTear Strength all filters 500 g minimum for 20 mm strip ParBrittleness all filters No cracks or material separations after single lengthwise crease Part Lead Content all filters < 5 μg/filter ADEQ speci

than the NAA

flo

SYSTEMATIC CRITERIA - Pb in TSP

Data Completeness quarterly Rolling three -month mean (i.e., the 3-month data capture rate)

≥ 75% 

P

Filter Sample Recovery all filters Within 6 days of sampling Reporting Units all filters μg/m3 at local temperature and pressure. ParRounding Convention all filters Report data to 3 decimal places (data after 3 are truncated). ParDetection LimitICPMS Each analytical batch MDL of 0.00006 μg Pb/m3

PQL of 0.000018 μg Pb/m3
FINAL - ADEQ Pb Ambient Air Monitoring Network QAPP December 20

106 

Sampler MaintenanceSampler hood & sampling chamber Before and after each 

sampling event 

Inspect/Clean 

Motor/housing gaskets Annually Replace Brushless blower motor Every 8 years Replace Control and pump box Monthly Clean Filter cassette holder & sample saver shield 

Before and after each 

sampling event

Inspect/Clean 

SYSTEMATIC CRITERIA - Pb in TSP cont.

Analytical StandardsReagents  Nitric acid (HNO3)  Hydrochloric acid (HCl) 

Each analytical batch ACS reagent grade Pa

 Pb nitrate (Pb(NO3)2) Each analytical batch ACS reagent grade PaVerification/CalibrationClock/timer Verification Every other sampling event ±2 min/mo ParBiasPerformance Evaluation Program (PEP) 

Annually – 1 field audit 

Quarterly – 1 collocated filter 

sample 

95% CL Absolute bias 15% Part 

SD= standard deviation CV= coefficient of variation
Attachment A 

Rationale for the Hayden Globe Highway Station Siting 
Rationale for Sitting ASARCO Hayden Pb at Globe Highway Site 

ASARCO Hayden Pb monitor: Rationale for sitting ASARCO Hayden Pb monitor at 

Globe Highway Station based on discussion between ADEQ and EPA Region 9, March 

31, 2010. The following was prepared by Region 9: 

Source-oriented lead (Pb) monitoring is required for the ASARCO copper smelter in 

Hayden, Arizona. ADEQ chose the Globe Highway Station site after an analysis that 

considered source emission characteristics, past monitoring, and the topography and 

meteorology of the facility location. 

A 1987 source apportionment study using the Chemical Mass Balance model concluded 

that 80% of the PM10 Pb came from process fugitive emissions within the smelter 

("Source Apportionment of Suspended Particles and Toxic Elements in Hayden, Arizona, 

Final Report", NEA Inc., April 15, 1987). Direct observation by ADEQ staff confirmed 

that particulate plume emanates principally from the smelter building itself, rather than 

from other sources such as ore handling facilities or re-entrained dust from storage piles. 

Because of the high temperatures involved in the smelting process, this plume is buoyant 

and has substantial vertical velocity, reaching to 100 feet or more above ground level. 

Unlike for non-buoyant ground level plumes, the highest ground level concentrations 

from such a buoyant plume would not be expected to occur immediately adjacent to the 

facility. 

Because the bulk of SO2 emissions are also thought to be emitted as buoyant fugitives 

from the smelter building, 1970's monitoring of SO2 is relevant for Pb. (Since the stack is 

1,000 feet tall, SO2 impacts from stack emissions occur farther away and are diluted by 

the time stack plume reaches the ground.) At that time SO2 monitoring was conducted at 

twelve different monitor locations; Globe Highway Station was found to have the highest 

concentrations. Because of the similar emission characteristics of SO2 and Pb fugitives, 

this suggests Globe Highway may also have the highest concentrations for Pb. 

The ASARCO Hayden smelter is located in very complex terrain, with the Gila River 

making a winding semi-circle east to south of the facility, and intersected by the San 

Pedro River valley from the south. The facility itself is elevated relative to the valleys; 

there is a 200 foot hill just south of the facility, and mountains rising toward the 

north/northeast. The varied terrain causes complex wind flow. Within and adjacent to the 

river valleys, drainage winds tend to dominate at night under stable conditions, toward 

the west on the south and west of the facility, and toward the south on the east of the 

facility. However, given the buoyancy of the smelter building fugitive plume, and the 

facility's elevated location, emissions typically rise above these surface flows and would 

not be expected to result in high Pb concentrations. During the day under convective 

conditions, good vertical mixing causes polluted air to reach the ground. The vertical 

mixing also causes the flow to be coupled with winds aloft, which generally flow toward 

the east. As was the case for SO2, these are the conditions expected to lead to high Pb 

concentrations and that also carry the plume east, toward the Globe Highway Station. 
Should placement of another Pb-TSP monitor be possible, EPA supports placement west 

of the smelter building, to capture winds moving east to west over the smelter area. 
Attachment B 

Rationale for the Miami Golf Course Station Siting 
Lead (Pb) Modeling Analysis for FMMI Miami Smelter 

Executive Summary 

The purpose of this modeling was to evaluate the spatial distribution of lead 

concentrations from the vent fume stack at the FMMI Miami smelter. New requirements 

for source oriented ambient lead monitoring specify that the lead monitor should be sited 

at the location of the highest ambient level taking into account the potential for 

population exposure. The results indicated that the maximum impacts, based on the 

potential for human exposure, occurred nearby the FMMI facility. The modeled 

concentrations at the Golf Course site were higher compared to those of the Ridgeline site 

and the Townsite site. 

Modeling Methodology 

1. Model selection: Evaluation of the maximum ambient air quality impacts was 

conducted using AERMOD (User’s Guide for the AMS/EPA Regulatory Model – 

AERMOD, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality 

Planning and Standards, Emissions, Monitoring, and Analysis Division, Research 

Triangle Park, North Carolina, EPA-454/B-03-001, September 2004). 

2. Source characterization: According to Air Quality Control Permit No. 29622 For 

Phelps Dodge Miami, Inc. (now FMMI), two major sources of lead are the vent 

fume stack and the smelter’s fugitive emissions. The vent fume stack was 

modeled as a point source. The fugitive emissions were not modeled since 

detailed source information is not available. Moreover, it is believed that the 

impacts from the fugitive emissions are limited to the locations nearby the sources 

due to low release heights. 

3. Source parameters: The emission rate and the source release parameters are 

summarized in Table 1. Note that the modeled emission rate was based on the 

permit limits rather than the actual emission rate. Therefore, the predicted 

concentrations should not be considered accurate. However, the location where 

the maximum concentrations are likely to occur can be considered valid since the 

spatial distribution of particulates is largely a product of meteorological and 

dynamical drivers and not necessarily emissions. 

Table 1 Source Release Parameters Utilized in Lead (Pb) Modeling Analysis 

Source 

Description 

Emission 

rate 

(TPY) 

Stack 

diameter (ft) 

Stack height 

(ft) 

Stack exit 

velocity 

(ft/sec) 

Stack exit 

temperature 

(F) 

Vent Fume 

Stack 100 10 160 63 97 
4. Receptors: Modeling receptors were placed in locations in ambient air and no 

receptors were established within the process area of the facility (Figure 1). 

Moreover, receptors were not placed in the remote mountainous areas where there 

is no potential for population exposure. The following receptor grid density was 

used: 50 m spacing along the ambient area boundary, 100 m resolution from the 

ambient area boundary to 1 km, and 250 m resolution from the 100-m grid 

outward to 2 km. Preliminary tests indicated that the receptor grid was adequate 

for determining the maximum impacts and significant impact areas. 

Figure 1 Receptor Grid Used for Lead (Pb) Modeling Analysis 

5. Meteorological data: A one-year site specific meteorological data set was used. 

This data set, pre-processed by ADEQ, combines the surface observations from 

the FMMI facility site, the cloud cover data from the NWS Phoenix Airport 

(Surface ID 23183), and the upper air observations from the NWS Tucson Airport 

(Upper WBAN ID 23160). The wind rose plot is presented in Figure 2. 

6. Terrain data: USGS DEM (30 m) data were downloaded from the website of 

http://data.geocomm.com/dem/demdownload.html. The SDTS2DEM program 

was used to convert the DEM files from SDTS format to "native" format. 
AERMAP, the terrain pre-processor, was used to generate terrain base elevations 

for receptors and sources as well as hill height scaling factors for receptors. 

 

Figure 2 Wind Rose from FMMI On Site Tower (100 ft) 

7. Building downwash: Building downwash was not included since the building 

information is not available. 

8. Averaging time periods for modeling: The NAAQS for lead is based on a rolling 

3-month average. However, AERMOD is not able to directly calculate the 

concentration for the rolling 3-month average. To calculate the rolling 3-month 

averages, the monthly concentration output from AERMOD must be post 

processed by using LEADPOST. Since the purpose for this modeling analysis is 

not to demonstrate compliance with NAAQS, but to evaluate the spatial 

distribution of lead, only the annual and monthly average concentrations were 

reported. 
Results 

The spatial distribution for annual and monthly concentrations of lead is shown in Figure 

3 and Figure 4, respectively. For discussion purposes, the locations of the existing air 

quality monitors (Townsite, Ridgeline, and Golf Course) as well as schools are also 

presented in the figures. 

As indicated in Figure 3 and Figure 4, the maximum modeled ambient lead 

concentrations occurred east-northeast of the smelter. Two significant impact areas were 

identified; one is located approximately 0.5 miles eastside of the vent fume stack and the 

other is located approximately 1.5 miles northeast of the vent fume stack (nearby the golf 

course). All schools were outside of the two significant impact areas. 

The modeled annual and monthly concentrations at the Golf Course site were higher than 

those at the Townsite site and the Ridgeline site, mainly due to the fact that the Golf 

Course site is located in the downwind side of the prevailing wind direction from the 

smelter. The modeled results appeared to be supported by the PM10 monitoring data, 

which indicated that the PM10 concentration recorded at the Golf Course monitor is 

average 1.5 times higher than that from the Ridgeline monitor. 

Figure 3 Predicted Spatial Distribution of Lead (Pb) Annual Concentrations 
Figure 4 Predicted Spatial Distribution of Lead (Pb) Monthly Concentrations
Attachment C 

EPA Air Monitoring Schedule

Attachment D 

ADEQ AAS AMU-002 SOP 

Operating the TISCH HI-VOL Sampler 
Air Assessment Section 

Air Monitoring Unit

TITLE 

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGH-VOL+ SAMPLER 

FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP NUMBER VERSION DATE OF ORIGINAL 

ISSUE 

DATE OF CURRENT 

VERSION 

PAGE NUMBER 

AMU-002 1.0 01-Oct-2012 01-Oct-2012 1 of 33 

Table of Contents 

1.0 PURPOSE..................................................................................................................................................................2 

2.0 SCOPE & APPLICABILIITY......................................................................................................................................2 

3.0 REFERENCES...........................................................................................................................................................2 

4.0 ACRONYMS & DEFINITIONS...................................................................................................................................2 

5.0 HEALTH & SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ......................................................................................................................3 

6.0 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION .................................................................................................................................4 

6.0.1 VIEWING THE SAMPLER INTERFACE...........................................................................................................................4 

6.0.2 NOTATION ON THE HIGH-VOL+ ...............................................................................................................................5 

6.1 PROCEDURES FOR SAMPLER SETUP..............................................................................................................5 

6.2 INSTALLATION AT SITE....................................................................................................................................10 

6.3 SAMPLER CALIBRATIONS & VERIFICATIONS...............................................................................................10 

6.4 CALCULATIONS AND TOLERANCES IN ERROR............................................................................................17 

6.5 TROUBLESHOOTING & MAINTENANCE.........................................................................................................19 

6.6 SAMPLE COLLECTION AND FILTER EXCHANGE..........................................................................................21 

6.7 DATA & RECORDS MANAGEMENT .................................................................................................................24 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

2 of 33 

1.0 PURPOSE

To document the procedures to be used when operating the TISCH HIGH-VOL+ TSP sampler and 

collecting ambient air filter samples used to determine concentrations of airborne lead (Pb). 

2.0 SCOPE & APPLICABILIITY

The following procedures apply to anyone operating this sampler or involved with the collection of lead 

(Pb) samples. 

3.0 REFERENCES

Federal Register, 40 CFR Part 50 & Part 58– National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Lead; Final 

Rule November 12, 2008 

40 CFR Part 58 Appendix A, D, E 

TISCH Environmental HIGH-VOL+ Operator’s Manual Version 5 Firmware 

Quality Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement Systems, Volume II 

ADEQ AQD Quality Assurance Program Plan (QAPP) for Lead (Pb) Ambient Air Monitoring, Draft May 

2011 

ADEQ SOP - AFL-Pb-001: Loading Unexposed 8” X 10” High Purity Glass Microfiber Filter into the 

Sampler Filter Cassette 

4.0 ACRONYMS & DEFINITIONS

NIST – National Institute of Standards and Technology 

TSP – Total Suspended Particulate 

Site-Specific Transport Case – A rigid, black plastic case used to further protect the integrity of 

unexposed and exposed filter samples during transport. Each site has a case assigned to it. 

Sample Shelter – An aluminum enclosure consisting of the assembled gable roof and base platform, 

which houses the electrical components (like the control module and motor blower) and the sampling 

media. 

Control Module – The CPU that manages all of the variables for operating the system through the 

sampler interface. 

Sample Saver Shield – An automated cover inside the sample shelter that covers the filter before and 

after a sample is collected. 

Filter Holder Cassette – The 2-part framework casing outfitted with a rubber gasket and metal mesh 

screen that holds and supports the filter during sample collection. It is held together with two finger nuts 

on either side of the frame. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

3 of 33 

Filter Holder Faceplate - The protective shield that snaps onto the top of the filter holder cassette while 

the holder is being handled. This minimizes the possibility of filter damage while removing and 

installing the holder wing nuts that attach it to the instrument. The faceplate should be left on the filter 

holder until after the holder is properly secured to the instrument and then removed. 

Verification – an activity of using a certified calibration device to assure an instrument’s sensor(s) is 

operating within certain parameters. 

Calibration – an activity of using a certified calibration device to standardize or adjust the sensor(s) of 

an instrument so they operate within certain parameters. 

Certification – NIST-traceable performance evaluation of a calibration device to verify it operates at a 

certain level of quality. 

Calibration Standard/Reference Device – may be referred to as “calibrator”, “calibration device”. 

“standard” or “reference meter” used for the sampler fall into several categories that include: mass flow 

controllers (MFCs), flow measurement devices, barometric pressure measurement devices, and 

temperature measurement devices. Calibrators are certified annually to a NIST-traceable 

standard/reference of higher authority. 

Air Sampling Record – A document which contains pertinent data associated with a filter sample and 

chain-of-custody information. 

Chain-of-Custody (COC) – A document that tracks the location of a sample at all times and is used as 

evidence to support a sample’s integrity is intact. The COC is combined with the sample collection data 

on the ADEQ PM10 (or PM2.5) Air Sampling Record form. 

5.0 HEALTH & SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Follow safety precautions outlined below. 

 If a site is found damaged due to weather, vandalism, or other reasons and/or a health & 

safety concern is identified, contact the AMU Manager. 

 Do not proceed with work if hazardous conditions exist. 

 Employ normal safety measures to avoid electrical shock. 

 Do not stand in water when working with electrical equipment. 

 Use properly grounded electrical cords and extensions. The power source for this sampler 

must be a 3-wire grounded circuit. 

 Use caution when working on elevated surfaces and platforms to avoid slips, trips and 

falls. 

 Do not touch hands to eyes, ears, nose, or mouth before washing hands after handling 

sampling media (setting up or removing sample). 

 Use conventional practices for good personal hygiene and do not smoke, eat, or chew 

gum before washing hands. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

4 of 33 

 Practice safe fall protection when working on elevated platforms 4’ or higher. Keep guards 

in place on all exposed sides to platform while working on it. 

6.0 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION

6.0.1 Viewing the Sampler Interface 

 Main Menu Screen 

It displays various operating parameters of the system when the sampler is running. It is the 

primary screen to perform all the tasks necessary to obtain and input all the data necessary 

to maintain the sampler and collect samples. It shows the operating status of the sampler 

by displaying: 

 The current date and time. 

 A countdown timer shows when the next scheduled program will start. 

 Whether the timer is not executing or set to start at some future time. 

 The Keypad 

It allows data to be input into the HIGH-VOL+ to configure the various operating parameters 

of the sampler. 

 Power Status Light 

It allows data to be input into the HIGH-VOL+ to configure the various operating parameters 

of the sampler. 

 Alert Status Light 

It indicates the alert state of the sampler. The sampler monitors several operating 

parameters and alerts the user to take action when these parameters fall out of the 

expected range. A flashing red light indicates that a non-fatal alert has occurred. The 

sampler will continue to operate but may not be functioning optimally. A solid red light 

indicates a fatal alert has occurred and will not continue to operate. Use the INFO key on 

the main status screen to determine the source of the alert. 

 The Main Menu Function Keys 

The function keys (F1, F2, F3, and F4) from the main display are directly below the main 

menu screen. They are used to access the various information and configuration screens of 

the sampler. For what each of the keys use is, refer to Table 1. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

5 of 33 

Table 1. Functions on the Main Display 

Key Display 

Description 

Extended Description 

F1 TIMER 

Pressing this key accesses the “TIMER” menu. The “TIMER” 

menu is used to setup the timer or abort the timer if it is currently 

running. It allows you to enter a start date, start time, duration, 

and repeatability. 

F2 DATA 

Pressing this key accesses the “DATA” menu. This “DATA” key 

allows the user to work with data collected, display data, transfer 

to a memory card, or erased. 

F3 SETUP Pressing this key accesses the “SETUP” menu. The “SETUP” 

menu configures, calibrates, and diagnose of the sampler. 

F4 INFO 

Pressing this key accesses the “INFO” display. The “INFO” 

display show various status and operating parameters for the 

sampler. 

6.0.2 Notation on the HIGH-VOL+ 

The following table has a description of each measurement’s notation and the samplers they 

are reported in. 

Table 2. TISCH HIGH-VOL+ Notations

Notation Samplers of 

Measurement Description 

Qsvs LPM System Flow Rate 

Qstd LPM Flow Rate at Standard Conditions Report at 760 mmHg and 

25°C 

Vstd m3 Volume at Standard Conditions Report at 760 mmHg and 25°C 

Qamb CFM Flow Rate at Ambient Conditions 

Vamb m3 Volume at Ambient Conditions 

Tamb °C Ambient Temperature 

Tcjc °C Cold Junction Compensation Temperature (compensates 

Ambient Temp) 

Pamb mmHg Ambient Pressure (Uncorrected Barometric Pressure) 

Pdif inH2O Differential Pressure (Orifice Pressure) 

Pcal inH2O Flow Calibration Pressure 

6.1 PROCEDURES FOR SAMPLER SETUP 

6.1.1 Procedure for Pre-Installation Inspections and Operational Checks 

1. Check the sampler for completeness of system components and verify that it is in 

proper operating condition prior to transporting and installing at an air monitoring 

site. Proper operating condition of the temperature sensor, barometric pressure 

sensor, flow rate pressure sensor (Pcal), and ambient system flow rate is 

established for accuracy. 

2. Test a new sampler in-house prior to installing at a site. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

6 of 33 

3. Refer to the TISCH Environmental HIGH VOL+ Operator’s Manual Version 5 

Firmware, if needed for detailed assembly, installation, and setup guidance. A hard 

copy of this manual is located in the AMU Shop and an electronic copy is on the 

TISCH Environmental website: www.tisch-env.com

NOTE: The manufacturer recommends the following cleaning and 

maintenance activities to be observed until a stable operating 

history of a sampler is established. 

4. Inspect all gaskets (including motor cushion) to assure they are in good shape and 

that they seal properly. 

NOTE: Gaskets must function properly and retain their resilience for the 

inlet to seal properly and replace when necessary. 

5. Inspect power cords for good connections and for cracks and replace when 

necessary. 

CAUTION: Do not allow power cord or outlets to be immersed in water. 

6. Inspect the filter screen and remove any foreign deposits. 

7. Inspect the filter media holder frame gasket each sample period. This gasket must 

make an airtight seal. 

8. Ensure the elapsed time indicator is operating. 

9. Inspect inside of hood and internal components for foreign debris, such as dirt, 

dust, and/or insects after each sample period. Clean with paper towels and a light 

solvent and water solution. 

NOTE: The TISCH HIGH-VOL+ TSP samplers are not able to achieve the 

selected flow rate of 40CFM in Ambient flow conditions at air 

monitoring sites above 602m (1975ft) with a standard 110V blower 

motor. TISCH recommends outfitting samplers operating at that 

elevation or above with a 220V blower motor. Information 

regarding any change to a sampler is documented in the sampler’s 

log book. See Attachment B: Technical Note 001 from Tisch 

regarding high altitude sampling considerations. 

6.1.2 Procedure for Installing the Flow Rate Probe 

The flow rate probe measures air velocity and must be installed properly in order to 

accurately measure the flow rate of the system. Any time the system is moved or the 

flow rate probe is adjusted the system must be calibrated. 

1. Install the flow rate probe into the side port of the funnel on the system at the 

scribed line with the probe aligned straight up. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

7 of 33 

2. Make sure that the sealing washer is in-place and the clamp is securely tightened, 

as movement of the probe can cause problems with measuring and controlling the 

flow rate. 

6.1.3 Procedure for Setting the Date and Time 

1. Press F3 from the Main Screen to enter the SETUP menu. 

2. Scroll and select the CONFIGURE menu item, using the arrow keys, and press the 

ENT key. 

3. Select SET DATE and press the ENT key. 

 If adjusting the date and time: Set the date first. 

 If setting the time only: Proceed to Step 6.1.3.6. 

4. Enter the starting date for the timer using the numeric keypad and press the ENT

key. 

 Enter the date leading with a zero. For example, January 02, 2007 

would be entered as 010207. 

5. Select SET TIME and press the ENT key. 

6. Enter the starting time for the timer using the numeric keypad and press the ENT

key. 

 Enter the date using a 24 hour format. For example, 1:00 PM would 

be entered as 1300 while 1:00AM should be entered as 0100. 

7. Press the ESC key to return to the previous menu. To return to the Main Screen, 

continue pressing the ESC key. 

6.1.4 Procedure for Setting the Flow Conditions 

Use set point of 40 CFM when determining whether or not the system will maintain 

constant standard (STD) or constant ambient (AMB) conditions flow rate. 

1. Press F3 key to enter the SET UP Menu. 

2. Scroll and select the CONFIGURE menu item using the arrow keys, and press the 

ENT key. 

3. Select FLOW CONDITIONS and press the ENT key. 

4. Select either STD or AMB using the arrow keys to agree with and press the ENT

key. 

NOTE: Samples are collected in AMB condition. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

8 of 33 

5 Press the ESC key to return to the previous menu. To return to the Main Screen, 

continue pressing the ESC key. 

6.1.5 Procedure for Setting the Sample Flow Rate 

1. Press F3 key from the Main Screen to enter the SETUP menu. 

2. Scroll, using the arrow keys, and select the CONFIGURE menu item and press the 

ENT key. 

3. Select FLOW RATE and press the ENT key. 

4. Enter flow rate of 40 CFM using the numeric keypad and press the ENT key. 

NOTE: It is important to make sure the flow rate is set to a value that can 

be achieved by the filter media. Failure to do this could result in 

premature wear of the components in the system. 

5. Press the ESC key repeatedly until returned to the Main Screen. 

6.1.6 Procedure for Setting the Timer for Sample Collection 

1. Select DATE and press the ENT key. 

2. Enter the starting date for the timer using the numeric keypad and press the ENT

key. 

 Enter the date leading with a zero. For example, January 02, 2007, is 

010207. 

3. Select TIME and press the ENT key. 

4. Enter the starting time for the timer using the numeric keypad and press the ENT

key. 

NOTE: Enter the time with leading zeros and in 24-hour format. For 

example, 1:00 PM is entered as 1300 while 1:00 AM is entered as 

0100. 

5. Select DURATION and press the ENT key. 

6. Enter the sample run duration of 24 hours from midnight on the run day to midnight 

of the following day using the numeric keypad and press the ENT key. 

NOTE: Enter the duration in HHMM format with leading zeros. 

For example, 0024 = 24 minutes 

2400 = 24 hours 

0240 = 2 hours 4 minutes 

7. Select REPEAT and press the ENT key. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

9 of 33 

8. Select the desired repeat frequency and press the ENT key. 

Select NONE if this event is not to reoccur. The most common choice is 1 IN 

6 for every six day sampling. 

9. Select SAVE and EXIT and press the ENT key. This will save the setting and 

activate the timer. The main screen will appear and the “TIMER” will show 

WAITING. A second line labeled STARTS IN will appear showing a countdown to 

the timer starting a sample. 

 SAVE and EXIT Menu Item: The SAVE and EXIT menu item saves 

the current setup and returns to the Main Screen. 

 STOP and EXIT Menu Item: The STOP and EXIT menu item 

configures the timer so that it will not operate until it is reprogrammed 

with valid parameters and returns to the Main Screen. 

6.1.7 Viewing Data on the Display 

1. Press the F2 key from the Main Screen to access the DATA menu. 

2. Select VIEW PAST SAMPLE and press the ENT key. A list showing the timer start 

dates and times will be displayed. 

3. Select the desired date and time and press the ENT key. The first page of the 

sample data for this timer event will be displayed. Use the arrow keys to switch to 

the different pages of the summary run data. 

4. Press the ESC key to exit and return to the list of available dates and times. To 

return to the Main Screen, continue pressing the ESC key. 

6.1.8 Procedure for Saving Data to the Memory Card 

1. Use the memory card provided to ensure proper data collection. 

2. Do not remove the data card while the sampler is saving data to the card. This 

could cause corruption of the card. 

3. Check the memory card to make sure that it is in the locked position. 

NOTE: If the data card is in the unlocked position, the sampler will not 

be able to save data to the card and will report an error. 

4. Insert the memory card into the slot above the Power Status Light. 

5. Press the F2 key from the Main Screen to access the DATA. 

6. Select the SAVE menu item and press ENT key. This will save the data to the 

memory card using the comma separated values file format (CSV) which can be 

viewed using Microsoft Excel or other spreadsheet programs. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

10 of 33 

NOTE: Push the card in and then pull it out to eject the memory card. 

7. Press the “ESC” key to return to the Main Screen. 

8. Refer to the Data & Records Management section for how to store the sampler 

data for data review and quality assurance analysis. 

6.2 INSTALLATION AT SITE 

6.2.1 Shelter requirements 

The TISCH HIGH VOL+ sampler is outfitted with an anodized aluminum shelter to 

protect the electrical components from climatological conditions. 

6.2.2 Siting of source-oriented samplers 

Samplers are sited at the location of predicted maximum Pb concentrations that is both 

practical and has the potential for population exposures as determined by dispersion 

modeling. Siting of Pb samplers meets 40 CFR Part 58 Appendix E. 

6.3 SAMPLER CALIBRATIONS & VERIFICATIONS 

INTERFERENCES: Strong wind can interfere with the pressure sensor and may cause 

interferences with the flow rate calibration and flow rate verification process. When possible, 

perform these procedures under calm conditions. 

EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES 

 3 pieces of tubing connected to T-fitting 

 Digital or water manometer or digital flow 

 Pressure and temperature standard 

 30 mL syringe 

 Calibration orifice 

 8” X 10” test filter 

 Verification/Calibration field sheet (laptop) 

6.3.1 PCAL 

Perform a PCAL once initially at the sampling site and thereafter if an issue arises with 

the flow rate behaving erratically or as specified by the acceptance criteria listed in 6.4.4. 

1. Complete the 5-Point P-Cal procedure as follows: 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

11 of 33 

2. Setup the 3 pieces of tubing connected to T-fitting. Connect one end of tubing to 

the digital or water manometer (-) port and one end of tubing to AUTOCAL (top) on 

sampler; the third end is for the syringe not yet connected to the syringe. 

3. From the SETUP (F3) menu, go into the Calibration menu, scroll to Pcal and press 

ENT. 

4. Set 5 points as follows: 

Point 1

(1) Press ADD – the sampler will display 0.00. 

(2) Press ENT on the sampler. 

Point 2 

(1) Connect the fully depressed syringe to the tubing. 

(2) Press ADD. 

(3) Enter reference value: 10 

(4) Pull syringe until manometer reads 10. 

(5) Hold syringe on 10 and press ENT on the sampler. Hold until the sampler 

returns to the Pdif menu. 

Point 3

(1) Press ADD. 

(2) Enter reference value: 2.5 

(3) Pull syringe until manometer reads 2.5. 

(4) Hold syringe on 2.5 and press ENT on the sampler. Hold until the sampler 

returns to the Pdif menu. 

Point 4

(1) Press ADD. 

(2) Enter reference value: 7.5 

(3) Pull syringe until manometer reads 72.5. 

(4) Hold syringe on 7.5 and press ENT on the sampler. Hold until the sampler 

returns to the Pdif menu. 

Point 5
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

12 of 33 

(1) Press ADD. 

(2) Enter reference value: 5 

(3) Pull syringe until manometer reads 5. 

(4) Hold syringe on 5 and press ENT on the sampler. Hold until the sampler 

returns to the Pdif menu. 

NOTE: The R-value will read 0.990 or higher once the 5th point has 

been entered. The process must be repeated until a satisfactory 

R-value is attained if the R-value is less than 0.990. 

5. Select REDO in order to perform the calibration again. 

6. Press Exit and select Save to complete the calibration process. 

6.3.2 FLOW RATE CALIBRATION / MULTI-POINT FLOW RATE VERIFICATION 

The flow rate calibration is performed after the temperature and barometric sensors have 

been verified to be within acceptable tolerance of error (refer to section 6.4 “Calculations 

and Tolerances in Error”). The EPA’s guidance for this calibration is performed annually 

at a minimum (CFR 40 part 58.61 subpart G appendix A). The ADEQ’s guidance 

requires a quarterly calibration or a multi-point verification. A multipoint verification may 

be conducted in lieu of a calibration if the technician does not wish to change the 

calibration settings. Refer to Attachment A and B for the field data sheet for an aide 

regarding these procedures. 

Calibration

1. Setup the following equipment/supplies: 

 3 pieces of tubing connected to T-fitting 

 Digital or water manometer with one end of tubing connected to (-) port, 

one end of tubing to AUTOCAL (top) on sampler, the third end is for the 

calibration orifice 

 Calibration orifice 

2. Install an 8” X 10” glass-fiber filter and the calibration orifice. 

3. Turn the motor on using the MTR CONTROL and MTR SETPOINT menu items in 

the Diagnostics Menu. Do this through the MTR CONTROL menu and select 

FIXED and then MTR SETPOINT. Set to 50%. The sampler and the motor are to 

be powered on for a minimum of 30 minutes before performing any flow calibration. 

NOTE: The system is to be calibrated immediately after the motor 

warms up. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

13 of 33 

4. Conduct a leak test by covering the hole on top of the orifice and pressure tap on 

the orifice with hands. Listen for a high-pitched squealing sound made by escaping 

air. If this sound is heard, a leak is present and the calibration top plate wing nuts 

need to be re-tightened. 

CAUTION: Do not run the sampler for longer than 30 seconds at a time with 

the orifice blocked in order to reduce the chance of the motor 

overheating. 

WARNING: Do not try this leak test procedure with a manometer connected 

to the side tap on the calibration orifice or the blower motor. If 

this is accidently done, liquid from the manometer could be 

drawn into the system and cause motor damage. 

5. Connect the tubing from calibrator to Auto Cal port on bottom of HIGH-VOL+ 

control and the digital or water manometer. 

6. Press the F3 key from the Main Screen to enter the SETUP menu. 

7. Use the arrow keys to scroll and select the CALIBRATE menu item and press the 

ENT key. 

8. Select Qstd and press the ENT key. This will enter the Qstd calibration screen. 

9. Press the F1 key from the Qstd calibration screen to add calibration data and begin 

the calibration process. The system will prompt ENTER CALIBRATOR 

STANDARD m:

10. Enter the value from the orifice transfer calibration worksheet for Qstd Slope (m) 

and press the ENT key. If this information has been previously entered, it will be 

saved in this menu. 

11. The system will prompt ENTER CALIBRATOR STANDARD b: Enter the value 

from the orifice transfer calibration worksheet for Qstd intercept (b) and press the 

ENT key. If this information has been previously entered, it will be saved in this 

menu. 

12. The system will display “ENTER HI FLOW RATE”. The system will calibrate using 

this point as the high flow rate. The high flow rate for calibrations done at the Miami 

Golf Course (MIGC–16629) is 39.6 CFM. The high flow rate for calibrations done at 

the Globe Highway (HAGH–16593) is 41.8 CFM. These flow rates (expressed in 

standard conditions) are equivalent to 

NOTE 1: Since the typical sample collection flow rate is 40 CFM (ambient) 

and the system calibrates in standard conditions, the annual 

variability of temperature and pressure must be accounted for in 

order for the set point to be oriented in the middle of the 

calibration range. This is why the high flow rates vary from site to 

site. Refer to Attachment B for a more detailed discussion of the 

appropriate calibration range to use at high altitudes. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

14 of 33 

NOTE 2: If this information has been previously entered, it will be saved in 

this menu. If a different HI FLOW RATE is required, enter that 

value and press the ENT key to continue. 

13. The system will prompt “ENTER LO FLOW RATE”. The system will calibrate this 

lowest flow rate. The low flow rate for calibrations done at the Miami Golf Course 

(MIGC–16629) is 32.4 CFM. The low flow rate for calibrations done at the Globe 

Highway (HAGH–16593) is 34.2 CFM. 

NOTE 1: Since the typical sample collection flow rate is 40 CFM (ambient) 

and the system calibrates in standard conditions, the annual 

variability of temperature and pressure must be accounted for in 

order for the set point to be oriented in the middle of the 

calibration range. This is why the low flow rates vary from site to 

site. Refer to Attachment B for a more detailed discussion of the 

appropriate calibration range to use at high altitudes. 

NOTE 2: If this information has been previously entered, it will be saved in 

this menu. If a different LO FLOW RATE is required, enter that 

value and press the ENT key to continue. 

14. The motor will now turn on and warm-up for 120 seconds. The system controls the 

motor speed to maintain the pressure across the calibration orifice at the desired 

starting point. 

NOTE: The system uses the HI and LO values to calculate the 5-target 

flow rates used during the flow calibration process. The system 

automatically monitors the data during this calibration process 

and once the flow rate is stable at that operating point it will 

collect a data point. The system will move to the next calibration 

flow rate point once the previous point is obtained. The system 

will continue this process until all the points have been obtained. 

The internal CPU will generate the calibration values 

immediately following the collection of the fifth point, and display 

them on the Qstd calibration screen. 

15. On the Qstd calibration screen is the R-value, A1-value, and A0-value. The R-value 

shown on the screen has to be greater than 0.990 or else the calibration process 

needs to be repeated. 

NOTE: If the R-value is greater than 0.990, record it on the data sheet 

along with the A1-value, and A0-value. 

16. Press the F4 key to exit the calibration screen and select Save to complete the 

calibration process. 

17. Press the ESC key twice to return to the Main Screen. 

18. Remove calibration orifice and filter. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

15 of 33 

19. Fill out the Instrument and Site Logbook to document the visit and service 

performed to include the relevant R-, A1-, A0- values for the calibration that was just 

performed. 

20. Download the calibration data file to retrieve the event details for the calibration by 

going through the DATA (F2) tab and select SAVE. Once it is finished press ESC

key twice to return to the Main Screen. 

21. Retrieve the file from the memory card by transferring the file to a computer 

compatible for viewing .QCL data files (Excel does this). This file will need to be 

uploaded to ADEQ’s database (J drive) for future reference. 

22. Open the file and sort the text into separate columns. This can be done by using 

the “text to columns” feature from the data drop down menu. First highlight the 

data, then in the data drop down menu select text to columns and select the 

delimited data option. Check the comma delimiter option and finish. This should 

split the data into separate columns. The respective column headers are as follows: 

Date and time, Unit Serial Number, Calibration Task, Orifice M, Orifice B, Data 

Point, Flow Set Point, Tamb, Pamb, Pdif, Pcal, Hotwire ADC Value, System 

Measured Flow Rate, and Calibrator Measured Flow Rate. 

23. Transfer the respective information from this file to the calibration worksheet to 

complete the table. Information such as time started and ended, Pressure, 

Temperature, Pcal, System Measured Flow Rate, and Calibrator Measured Flow 

Rate need to be transferred to the table on the worksheet. The System Measured 

Flow Rate is denoted by the column header Qsys and the Calibrator Measured 

Flow Rate is denoted by the column header Qcal. 

24. Complete the AMU Tisch High Volume TSP Pb Air Sampler Data Sheet upon 

return to the office (if not already done so) and submit to the AMU Field Sheet 

Coordinator. See Figure 1 for an example of a completed sheet. 

Multi-point Flow Rate Verification

1. For a multi-point flow rate verification check, follow the Flow Rate Verification 

procedures in section 6.3.3. Repeat steps 6-14 with a different value for the set 

point. Follow guidance on the work sheet by inputting values as shown (44–42–40–

38–36). 

2. See section 6.4.5 for multi-point flow verifications acceptance criteria. If the multipoint flow rate verification exceeds the acceptance criteria, this is cause for a new 

calibration. 

6.3.3 FLOW RATE VERIFICATION 

A flow rate QC check is performed after the temperature and barometric sensors have 

been verified to be within acceptable tolerance of error (refer to section 6.4 “Calculations 

and Tolerances in Error”). The EPA’s guidance for this procedure is once every three 

months. The ADEQ required guidance for this procedure is monthly but a more frequent 

schedule can be done. Refer to Attachment B for the field data sheet for an aide 

regarding this procedure. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

16 of 33 

1. Setup the following equipment/supplies: 

 3 pieces of tubing connected to T-fitting 

 Digital or water manometer with one end of tubing connected to (-) port, 

one end of tubing to AUTOCAL (top) on sampler, the third end is for the 

calibration orifice 

 Calibration orifice 

2. Install a glass-fiber filter and the calibration orifice. 

3. Turn the motor on using the MTR CONTROL and MTR SETPOINT menu items in 

the Diagnostics Menu. Use the MTR CONTROL to go to FIXED and MTR 

SETPOINT. Set to 50. The sampler and the motor are to be powered on for a 

minimum of 30 minutes before performing any flow calibration. 

NOTE: The flow rate is to be verified immediately after the motor warms 

up. 

4. Conduct a leak test by covering the hole on top of the orifice and pressure tap on 

the orifice with hands. Listen for a high-pitched squealing sound made by escaping 

air. If this sound is heard, a leak is present and the top loading adapter hold-down 

nuts need to be re-tightened. 

NOTE: Avoid running the sampler for longer than 30 seconds at a time 

with the orifice blocked. This reduces the chances of the motor 

overheating. 

CAUTION: Do not try this leak test procedure with a manometer connected 

to the side tap on the calibration orifice or the blower motor. 

Liquid from the manometer could be drawn into the system and 

cause motor damage. 

5. Connect the tubing from calibrator to Auto Cal port on bottom of HIGH-VOL+ 

control and the digital or water manometer. 

6. Press the F3 key from the Main Screen to enter the SETUP menu. 

7. Use the arrow keys to scroll and select the DISGNOSTICS menu item and press 

the ENT key. 

8. Select MTR CONTROL and press the ENT key. 

9. Select Qsys from the list of available motor control methods. This will tell the 

system to control the motor in the same way as it is controlled during a timer 

controlled run. The system will also prompt for wait conditions the flow will be 

controlled under (ambient or standard). 

NOTE: Select the AMB conditions in order to match the normal 

operating conditions for a sample collection. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

17 of 33 

10. Make sure the flow rate is set to a value that can be achieved by the filter media. 

Failure to do this can result in premature wear of the components in the system. 

11. Select MTR SETPOINT and press the ENT key. The system will prompt for a 

desired set point. The units of measurement and the valid ranges for this field will 

change based on the current setting on the MTR CONTROL. For Qsys, the units of 

measure are in CFM. Enter the flow rate to be verified and press the ENT key. 

NOTE 1: During a normal sample collection the value is 40 CFM. 

NOTE 2: After pressing the ENT key in the previous step, the motor will 

turn on and begin to control the flow rate. 

12. Allow the system to run for approximately 10 minutes before continuing. 

13. Record the detected flow rate five times (at approximately 2 minute intervals) from 

both the Pcal output on the instrument’s display and the water manometer 

(simultaneously). 

14. Press the ESC key twice to return to the Main Screen. 

15. Remove calibration orifice and filter. 

16. Fill out the Instrument and Site Logbook to document the visit and service 

performed. Complete the AMU Tisch High Volume TSP Pb Air Sampler Data Sheet 

upon return to the office and submit to the AMU Field Sheet Coordinator. See 

Figure 2 for an example of a completed sheet. 

NOTE: If a significant error is seen between the reading on the sampler 

and the water manometer, the following are some of the possible 

causes: 

 Verify that the flow rates are in the same samplers of measure and at the 

same measurement conditions (i.e. standard or ambient). 

 Check the system for leaks. 

 Check the filter for tears. Tears can create a localized increased flow rate 

and affect the flow rate seen by the probe. 

 Verify the calibration of the flow reference. 

 Verify that the Tamb, Pamb, and Pcal sensors used by the flow control 

(and calibration) of the system are within tolerance of error. 

6.4 CALCULATIONS AND TOLERANCES IN ERROR 

When performing a flow and sensor verification and/or calibration, several calculations are used 

for these tasks. The ADEQ Tisch High-Volume TSP Pb Sampler Verification/Calibration Data 

Sheet has been developed (see Attachment A) for the ease of completing the quality assurance 

checks for the instrument’s performance to specified tolerances of each sensor, which are listed 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

18 of 33 

in each of the sections below. The work sheet automatically does the calculations listed below, 

but in the case of it not being accessible they are provided here. The work sheet has also been 

formatted to give feedback by changing the cell’s color for the conditions of the tolerances set 

forth for each sensor. Green indicates the sampler is operating within required specifications as 

per 40 CFR Part 58 and a calibration is not necessary, amber indicates it is approaching the 

limits of tolerance and calibration is recommended, and Red means that a sensor is out of 

tolerance, and calibration is required. Notify Data Management & Quality Assurance of the 

exceedance of tolerable error upon submittal of Data Sheet to supervisor. If a sensor verification 

is approaching the limits of tolerable error (for flow rate, temp, BP, or Pcal) then it is up to the 

operator to evaluate the environmental conditions, operational history, and possibly other 

variable in order to determine if a calibration is necessary. The operator should check with a 

supervisor if they are uncertain of how to proceed. 

6.4.1 Date and time verification 

The date and time on the instrument is compared with the actual date and time from a 

standard chronograph, like from a cellular service provider. The date should reflect 

exactly what day it is. The comparison of the time should be plus or minus 2 minutes 

between each other. If the instrument’s reading is over or under 2 minutes, change it to 

reflect the actual time. 

6.4.2 Temperature sensor verification 

The instrument’s output is compared with a standard reference’s reading, like a BGI 

Tetracal. The difference between these two readings should be less than 2 ̊C. If the 

instrument’s reading is over 2 ̊C, calibrate the temperature sensor using the calibrate 

menu and change it to reflect the actual conditions on the standard reference. 

6.4.3 Barometric pressure sensor verification 

Similar to the temperature, the output on the instrument is compared with a standard 

reference. The difference between these two readings should be less than 10mmHg. If 

the instrument’s reading is over 10mmHg, calibrate the pressure sensor using the 

calibrate menu and change it to reflect the actual BP. 

6.4.4 AutoCal (Pcal) sensor verification 

The flow rate is displayed in the Pcal output when the calibration orifice’s port is 

connected to the AutoCal port. The comparison of this sensor to a digital or water 

manometer should be ±5% difference in error. The calculation is listed below. If the 

percent difference is greater than 5%, calibrate the AutoCal (Pcal) sensor using the 

directions listed above. 

6.4.5 Flow rate verification 

The output for the flow rate on the controller (Pcal) is in inches of water (inH2O). This 

needs to be converted to CFM in order to be directly compared to the set point. The 

conversion calculation is listed below. 

For a single point verification, the comparison of the set point and the measured flow 

rate from the reference standard should be less than 5% difference in error. To prevent 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

19 of 33 

data invalidation, anything greater than 5% difference in measured flow rate is cause for 

a new calibration. 

For a multi-point verification, the comparison of the set point and the measured flow rate 

from the reference standard should be less than 5% difference in error. A measured flow 

rate greater than this difference at any of the five points is cause for a new calibration. In 

addition to this, the calculated correlation coefficient (R-value) should be greater than or 

equal to 0.9900 and anything less than this value is cause for a new calibration. 

Ambient Flow Calculation (Qsys) (m3/min) = 

 1 

 (orifice’s slope m) √ (((inH20) (Temp(K) / BP(mmHg))) - (orifice’s intercept b)) 

Note: (inH20) is measured from an external manometer 

Conversion from (m3/min) to CFM = 

 Qstd (m3

/min) * 35.3 CFM 

Percent difference = 

(instrument’s reading-standard’s reading)

(standard’s reading) *100 

Conversion from Qstd to Qamb = 

 Qstd = Qamb ((Pamb / Pstd)*(Tstd / Tamb)) 

 Nomenclature: 

 Qstd – standard flow rate 

 Qamb – ambient flow rate 

 Pamb – ambient barometric pressure (mmHg) 

 Tamb – ambient temperature (Kelvin) 

 Tstd – 298°K 

 Pstd – 760mmHg 

6.5 TROUBLESHOOTING & MAINTENANCE 

6.5.1 Corrective Maintenance Procedures 

The following is a list of possible problems and the corrective measures. 

a. Shelter/Sampler Exterior: There is nothing on the anodized aluminum shelter that is 

should wear out under normal operating conditions. In the event a system is 

dropped or blown over, some shelter parts may become bent. Simply re-shape the 

bent component(s) or replace them as necessary. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

20 of 33 

b. Blower motor: If the blower motor does not function, perform the following test: 1. 

Unplug the motor from the flow control device or timer. 2. Plug the motor directly 

into line voltage. If the motor does not operate when plugged directly into line 

voltage then: See “electrical hook-up” schematic. If the motor still does not work, 

see timer and flow control instructions. 

c. Filter holder: Two gaskets make contact with the filter holder. The 8”x10” gasket 

seals between the shelter base pan and the flange of the filter holder. If this seal is 

compromised, replace the 8”x10” gasket. The lower section of the filter holder is 

sealed against the blower with a round neoprene rubber gasket. If any leakage is 

evident, replace this gasket. 

d. Filter media holder: The filter media holder uses the 8”x10” gasket to seal between 

it and the filter holder. Another 8”x10” gasket is also used on the filter media holder 

to seal between the filter holder down frame and the filter media itself. If leakage is 

evident, inspect the gasket for foreign objects and replace as necessary. 

6.5.2 Routine Maintenance Procedures 

A regular maintenance schedule will allow a monitoring network to operate for longer 

periods of time without system failure. Adjustments in routine maintenance frequencies 

will be made once a strong operating history is established and based upon the 

operational demands on the sampler(s). 

Cleaning and maintenance activities to observe during each site service visit. 

a. Inspect all gaskets (including motor cushion) to assure they are in good shape and 

that they seal properly. For the inlet to seal properly, all gaskets must function 

properly and retain their resilience. Replace when necessary. 

b. Power cords should be periodically inspected for good connections and for cracks 

(replace when necessary). 

CAUTION: Do not allow power cord or outlets to be immersed in water. 

c. Inspect the filter screen and remove any foreign deposits. 

d. Inspect the filter media holder frame gasket each sample period. This gasket must 

make an airtight seal. 

e. Ensure the elapsed time indicator is operating by watching under power. 

f. Inspect inside of hood and internal components for foreign debris, such as dirt, 

dust, and/or insects after each sample period. Clean with paper towels and a light 

solvent and water solution. 

The manufacturer’s operating manual includes more detail on troubleshooting using the 

Diagnostics Screens and error codes. If a problem cannot be identified and corrected, 

notify the Team Leader or Supervisor. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

21 of 33 

NOTE: Upon performing a review of the sampler’s data, the power log 

must be reviewed for power surges that may have affected the 

sampler during the sample collection period. If a power failure 

occurs during a collection period, keep an objective watch on the 

issue until resolved. The following power-related error codes are 

pertinent to troubleshooting an issue that may have occurred 

with the sampler or the power source. 

a. 130 = 128( Power On Reset) + 2 (Low Voltage Detect) 

 When the sampler is powered on, you will almost always get a ‘Power On 

Reset’ and ‘Low Voltage Detect’. 

b. 64 = External power reset 

 External Reset occurs because the reset line on the processor was pulled 

low. This is caused by a surge or spike in the power supply. 

c. 32 = Watchdog reset 

 Watchdog Reset occurs when a part of the program is taking too long to 

execute and the system resets itself to try to regain control. 

Most of the power failures that last less than one minute are simply the result of the 

system restarting the software after a surge in the power supply. When this occurs, 

there is not a problem with the instrument. 

6.6 SAMPLE COLLECTION AND FILTER EXCHANGE 

6.6.1 Installing Filters: 

1. Collect the filter transport cases with clean, unused filters for the upcoming sample 

day in the Air Filter Lab (AFL) staging area. A spare case is provided in the event a 

filter is damaged during the sample filter exchange process. Visually check the 

cases to ensure the filter cassette and ADEQ LeadTSP Air Sampling Record are 

enclosed. 

2. Disengage the sample saver shield in the DIAGNOSTICS menu for ease of 

installing the filter. 

NOTE: A sample (exposed filter) will probably be in the sampler at this time. 

Remove it following the directions below for Retrieving Filters. 

3. Remove the unexposed filter cassette from the transport case. Visually inspect the 

filter for pinholes, chaff or flashing, loose material, discoloration, and uniformity. 

4. Carefully place the filter cassette in the sampler and tighten the wing nuts evenly 

on alternate corners; under-tightening may result in leakage, over- tightening may 

damage the gasket and cause the filter to stick to the gasket. Also be sure to 

tighten the filter holder thumb screws so they are snug with the top plate. 

5. Check the timer to ensure that it is set to start the sampler at midnight and to stop 

the sampler at midnight the next day. The normal sampling period is 1440 minutes. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

22 of 33 

NOTE: Care must be taken to ensure that the filter is clean and 

undamaged before it is installed in the sampler. Do not remove 

the faceplate until the sample saver shield has been engaged. 

The filter must be keep clean and never touched with fingers. 

6. If the filter is bad, exchange the filter with the spare filter cassette that is provided, 

mark the changes on the chain-of-custody, and repeat steps again. 

7. Engage the sample saver shield in the DIAGNOSTICS menu and remove the filter 

faceplate. 

6.6.2 Retrieving Filters: 

1. Open the shelter lid and install the filter faceplate to protect the filter while it is 

being handled. 

2. Disengage the sample saver shield by accessing the control in the DIAGNOSTICS 

menu. 

3. Carefully loosen the filter holder wing nuts and remove the filter cassette. 

4. Place the filter cassette in the protective containers, i.e. plastic bag and transport 

case. 

NOTE: The filter must be keep clean and never touched with fingers. 

5. Record the sample date using military time (24 hour clock), total sample time and 

other sample period data (flow rates, temperatures, pressures, %CV, and total 

volume) on the associated ADEQ LeadTSP Air Sampling Record and place in the 

transport case. 

NOTE 1: If a mistake is made, draw a single line through the entry, initial 

and date. Enter the correct information adjacent to the mistaken 

entry. 

NOTE 2: If there are multiple mistakes made - a new form can be issued if 

needed by the AFL. 

6. Perform a quick review the sampler’s summary and interval data while at the site to 

verify that the sampler ran the correct amount of time and the flow rate was within 

tolerance. 

a. Instructions for viewing and downloading data are found in section 6.1.7 

and 6.1.8. 

b. If the data show that the sampler was out of tolerance on these criteria, 

setup a make-up sample if there is sufficient time to collect and retrieve a 

sampler before the next scheduled run day. Use the unexposed filter 

and chain-of-custody/field data sheet provided for the appropriate 

sampler and next run day. AFL will set up a replacement filter and 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

23 of 33 

paperwork for the appropriate sampler’s next regularly scheduled run 

day. 

c. If there is not sufficient time to collect a makeup sample prior to the next 

regularly schedule run day, do not set up a makeup sample. 

NOTE: An additional sample may be collected during the quarter to 

supplement for the lost run day. Work with DM&QA to determine 

how best to handle each missed sample on a case-by-case 

basis. 

7. Fill out the Instrument Logbook to document the visit and service performed. 

Complete the Site Log Book form and remove and return the top white sheet to 

AMU field sheet coordinator. 

8. Return each transport case containing the filter sample and the ADEQ LeadTSP Air 

Sampling Record (chain-of-custody/data card) to the AFL staging area. See Figure 

3 for an example of air sampling record sections to be completed by the operator. 

9. Store the downloaded data to J drive under the appropriate site folder located at: 

J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\MONITORING SAMPLER\SITE_LOG\ADEQ Active Sites 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

24 of 33 

Figure 3. Partially Completed ADEQ LeadTSP Air Sampling Record 

6.7 DATA & RECORDS MANAGEMENT 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

25 of 33 

1. Transfer the download sampler data to the corresponding site folder in J drive: 

J:AQD\AQD\ASSESS\MONITORING SAMPLER\SITE_LOG\ADEQ Active Sites 

See Figures 4 and 5 show screen shots of folders in J drive. 

Figure 4. J Drive – Active Sites Folders 

Figure 5. J Drive – Example of Storage Folder for an Interval Data File 

2. Review the 5-minute interval data to verify the following: 

 the sampler’s flow rate was stable and within tolerance during the sample collection 

 the sampler did not under run or overrun on the day of collection 

 the sampler did not malfunction and expose the sample filter to additional hours of 

flow before or after the schedule run day. 

3. Submit completed calibration, verification, or other field reports to the AMU Field Sheet 

Coordinator for review and forwarding to the DM&QA Sampler for processing and review by 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

26 of 33 

the QA/QC Lead and the data validator(s). The final, signed hardcopy of each report is filed 

in DM&QA Sampler’s site file. 

4. All field records are kept on file for a minimum of five years. The records are then archived in 

accordance with ADEQ Records Management Policy and the AQD Quality Assurance 

Program Plan for Lead (Pb) Ambient Air Monitoring. Validated data are stored in the AQD 

Air Assessment Ambient Database (AAAD) and reported to the EPA Air Quality Subsystem 

(AQS). 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

27 of 33 

ATTACHMENT A – Blank Field Data Sheets for a Verification and a Calibration

AAAD Site #: Date:

ID Information:

Technician: Reference s/n: Yes

Site Name: Certification Date: Yes

Software Version:

Inlet s/n:

MFC s/n: Filter's Manufacturer s/n:

Motor s/n: Calibraiton Orifice s/n:

Calibration Orifice Cert. Date:

Sampler Date & Time:

Actual Date & Time: Serial No. Date Certified

Does Date & Time Agree ± 2 min? Slack Tube: 0

Previous Calibration: Electronic Manometer: 0

Previous Verification / Service Date:

Sensor Verification:

Reference Tf: °C Reference BP: mmHg Manometer Pcal

Instrument Tamb: °C Instrument Pamb: mmHg in H2O

Degree Difference: 0.0 273.15 Pressure Difference: 0 in H2O

in H2O

Calibration Performed: No Calibration Performed: No in H2O

Temperature Calibration: ± 2°C Pressure Calibration: ±10 mmHg in H2O

average: #DIV/0! #DIV/0! in H2O

% Difference: #DIV/0!

Calibration if % diff. exceeds 5%

Calibration Performed: No

1-Point Flow Rate Verification:

Set Point: 40 ft3

/min

Orifice Slope (m):

Orifice Intercept (b): Ambient Flow Calculation: #DIV/0! m3

/min

Qa: #DIV/0! ft3

/min

1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

Percent Difference From Set Point: #DIV/0!

Calibrate if exceeds 7% difference from set point

5-Point Flow Rate Verification:

Orifice Slope (m):

Orifice Intercept (b):

Calibrate if exceeds 5% difference from set point

Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

1 44 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

average: #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

% Difference: #DIV/0!

Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

2 42 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

average: #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

% Difference: #DIV/0!

Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

3 40 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

average: #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

% Difference: #DIV/0!

Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

4 38 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

Set point Actual Corr R

44 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

42 #DIV/0!

average: #DIV/0! #DIV/0! 40 #DIV/0!

% Difference: #DIV/0! 38 #DIV/0!

Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point 36 #DIV/0!

5 36 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

average: #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

% Difference: #DIV/0!

Comments:

v10, 9/12/2012_GWK Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Reviewed By:

Barometric Pressure

Calibrate if Corr R exceeds 0.9900

Arizona Department of Environmental Quality

Tisch High Volume TSP Pb Air Sampler (TE-HV+)

Verification Data Sheet

Temperature Flow Rate

Yes

R2 = #N/A

34.00

39.00

44.00

49.00

54.00

59.00

64.00

69.00

34 36 38 40 42 44 46

Set Point

Actual
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

28 of 33 

AAAD Site #: 0 Date: 1/0/1900

ID Information:

Technician: 0 Reference s/n: 0 Yes

Site Name: Certification Date: 1/0/1900 Yes

Software Version: 0.00

Inlet s/n: 0

MFC s/n: 0 Filter's Manufacturer s/n: 0

Motor s/n: 0 Calibraiton Orifice s/n: 0

Calibration Orifice Cert. Date: January 0, 1900

Sampler Date & Time: 1/0/1900 0:00

Actual Date & Time: 1/0/1900 0:00 Serial No. Date Certified

Does Date & Time Agree ± 2 min? Slack Tube: n/a n/a 0

Previous Calibration: 1/0/1900 Electronic Manometer: 0 1/0/1900 0

Previous Verification / Service Date: 1/0/1900

Sensor Verification:

Reference Tf: 0.0 °C Reference BP: 0 mmHg

Instrument Tamb: 0.0 °C Instrument Pamb: 0 mmHg

Degree Difference: 0.0 273.15 Pressure Difference: 0

Calibration Performed: Yes or No Calibration Performed: Yes or No

Temperature Calibration: ± 2°C Pressure Calibration: ±10 mmHg Manometer Pcal

0.0 0.00 in H2O

1-Point Flow Rate Verification: 0.0 0.00 in H2O

0.0 0.00 in H2O

Set Point: 40 ft

3

/min 0.0 0.00 in H2O

Orifice Slope (m): 0.00000 0.0 0.00 in H2O

Orifice Intercept (b): 0.00000 Ambient Flow Calculation: #DIV/0! m3

/min average: 0.00 0.00 in H2O

Qa: #DIV/0! ft

3

/min % Difference: #DIV/0!

1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min Pcal Calibration if % diff. exceeds 5%

Percent Difference From Set Point: #DIV/0!

F.R. Calibration if exceeds 7% difference from set point Calibration Performed: Yes or No

Sensor Calibration:

Reference Tf: °C Reference BP: mmHg Point Number Set Point Manometer

Instrument Tamb: °C Instrument Pamb: mmHg 1 0.00 in H2O

Degree Difference: 0.0 273.15 Pressure Difference: 0 2 10.00 in H2O

3 2.50 in H2O

Calibration Performed: Yes or No Calibration Performed: Yes or No 4 7.50 in H2O

Temperature Calibration: ± 2°C Pressure Calibration: ±10 mmHg 5 5.00 in H2O

Ref Temp(Tf): Point(s): Ref BP: Point(s):

Instr Temp: Offset A1: Instr BP: Offset A1: Corr R:

Degree Diff: Gain A0: Pressure Diff: Gain A0: Offset A1:

Calib To: Corr R: Calib To: Corr R: Gain A0:

Flow Rate Calibration:

Orifice Slope (m): High Flow Rate: Time Started:

Orifice Intercept (b): Low Flow Rate: Time Finished:

Point Number Set Point Pressure Temp. Pcal Qsys (ft

3

/min) Qcal Point Number Flow (m3/min) Qa (ambient)

1 273.2 1 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

2 273.2 2 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

3 273.2 3 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

4 273.2 4 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

5 273.2 5 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

Corr R:

Offset A1:

Gain A0:

Sensor Verification:

Reference Tf: °C Reference BP: mmHg

Instrument Tamb: °C Instrument Pamb: mmHg

Degree Difference: 0.0 273.15 Pressure Difference: 0

Manometer Pcal

Calibration Performed: Yes or No Calibration Performed: Yes or No in H2O

in H2O

Post Cal Flow Rate Verification: in H2O

in H2O

Set Point: 40 ft3

/min in H2O

Orifice Slope (m): 0.00000 average: #DIV/0! #DIV/0! in H2O

Orifice Intercept (b): 0.00000 Ambient Flow Calculation: #DIV/0! m3

/min % Difference: #DIV/0!

Qa: #DIV/0! ft3

/min 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min Calibration Performed: Yes or No

Percent Difference From Set Point: #DIV/0!

Comments:

v10, 5/2/2012_GWK Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Reviewed By:

Conversion of Pcal to Qa (ambient)

Flow Rate

Qsys

Temperature Barometric Pressure

Temperature Barometric Pressure Pcal

Flow Rate

Temperature Barometric Pressure

Yes

Arizona Department of Environmental Quality

Tisch High Volume TSP Pb Air Sampler (TE-HV+)

Calibration Data Sheet

0
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

29 of 33 

ATTACHMENT B – Examples of Completed Field Data Sheets for Verifications (pass and fail) and a Calibration 

Example of Passing Verification Data Sheet: AAAD Site #: 16593 Date: 8/14/2012

ID Information:

Technician: GWK Reference s/n: 80 Yes

Site Name: Certification Date: 5/29/2012 Yes

Software Version: 3.36P

Inlet s/n: 0093

MFC s/n: 400-0043 Filter's Manufacturer s/n: G1521003

Motor s/n: 2926 Calibraiton Orifice s/n: 1798

Calibration Orifice Cert. Date: September 12, 2011

Sampler Date & Time: 8/14/2012 9:28

Actual Date & Time: 8/14/2012 9:28 Serial No. Date Certified

Does Date & Time Agree ± 2 min? Slack Tube: n/a n/a 0

Previous Calibration: 5/30/2012 Electronic Manometer: 21671 2/11/2011 0

Previous Verification / Service Date: 8/3/2012

Sensor Verification:

Reference Tf: 40.4 °C Reference BP: 706.5 mmHg Manometer Pcal

Instrument Tamb: 39.7 °C Instrument Pamb: 706 mmHg 4.3 4.28 in H2O

Degree Difference: 0.7 313.55 Pressure Difference: 0.5 4.2 4.22 in H2O

4.2 4.24 in H2O

Calibration Performed: No Calibration Performed: No 4.2 4.18 in H2O

Temperature Calibration: ± 2°C Pressure Calibration: ±10 mmHg 4.4 4.34 in H2O

average: 4.24 4.25 in H2O

% Difference: 0.28

Calibration if % diff. exceeds 5%

Calibration Performed: No

1-Point Flow Rate Verification:

Set Point: 40 ft3

/min

Orifice Slope (m): 1.24770

Orifice Intercept (b): -0.01275 Ambient Flow Calculation: 1.11 m3

/min

Qa: 39.19 ft3

/min

1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

Percent Difference From Set Point: 2.03

Calibrate if exceeds 7% difference from set point

5-Point Flow Rate Verification:

Orifice Slope (m): 1.24770

Orifice Intercept (b): -0.01275

Calibrate if exceeds 5% difference from set point

Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

1 44 5.0 5.07 1.21 42.75 2.84

5.1 5.11 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

5.1 5.09

5.1 5.12

5.0 5.02

average: 5.05 5.08

% Difference: 0.55

Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

2 42 4.5 4.49 1.16 40.79 2.87

4.7 4.69 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

4.5 4.62

4.6 4.60

4.6 4.62

average: 4.60 4.60

% Difference: 0.13

Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

3 40 4.1 4.12 1.10 38.87 2.81

4.2 4.14 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

4.2 4.17

4.1 4.18

4.2 4.26

average: 4.17 4.17

% Difference: 0.05

Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

4 38 3.9 3.82 1.05 37.10 2.37

3.9 3.93 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

3.7 3.72 Set point Actual Corr R

3.8 3.84 44 42.75 0.9998

3.7 3.70 42 40.79

average: 3.80 3.80 40 38.87

% Difference: 0.16 38 37.10

Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point 36 35.29

5 36 3.4 3.36 1.00 35.29 1.97

3.5 3.46 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

3.4 3.45

3.5 3.52

3.4 3.41

average: 3.43 3.44

% Difference: 0.23

Comments:

v10, 8/10/2012_GWK Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Reviewed By:

Arizona Department of Environmental Quality

Tisch High Volume TSP Pb Air Sampler (TE-HV+)

Verification Data Sheet

Temperature Flow Rate

Yes

Globe Highway - Secondary

Sunny, blue skies, slightly breezy. Warmed instrument up for 10 minutes on 50% fixed motor power.

Barometric Pressure

Calibrate if Corr R exceeds 0.9900

R2 = 0.9995

34.00

35.00

36.00

37.00

38.00

39.00

40.00

41.00

42.00

43.00

44.00

34 36 38 40 42 44 46

Set Point

Actual
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

30 of 33 

Example of Failing Verification Data Sheet: AAAD Site #: 16629 Date: 8/14/2012

ID Information:

Technician: GWK Reference s/n: 80 Yes

Site Name: Certification Date: 5/29/2012 Yes

Software Version: 3.36P

Inlet s/n: 0091

MFC s/n: 400-0042 Filter's Manufacturer s/n: G1521003

Motor s/n: 2925 Calibraiton Orifice s/n: 1798

Calibration Orifice Cert. Date: September 12, 2011

Sampler Date & Time: 8/14/2012 12:16

Actual Date & Time: 8/14/2012 12:17 Serial No. Date Certified

Does Date & Time Agree ± 2 min? Slack Tube: n/a n/a 0.0003009

Previous Calibration: 3/30/2012 Electronic Manometer: 21671 2/11/2011 0

Previous Verification / Service Date: 7/27/2012

Sensor Verification:

Reference Tf: 41.0 °C Reference BP: 674.5 mmHg Manometer Pcal

Instrument Tamb: 40.1 °C Instrument Pamb: 674 mmHg 3.7 3.79 in H2O

Degree Difference: 0.9 314.15 Pressure Difference: 0.5 3.7 3.84 in H2O

3.7 3.77 in H2O

Calibration Performed: No Calibration Performed: No 3.8 3.87 in H2O

Temperature Calibration: ± 2°C Pressure Calibration: ±10 mmHg 3.8 3.91 in H2O

average: 3.76 3.84 in H2O

% Difference: 1.98

Calibration if % diff. exceeds 5%

Calibration Performed: No

1-Point Flow Rate Verification:

Set Point: 40 ft3

/min

Orifice Slope (m): 1.24770

Orifice Intercept (b): -0.01275 Ambient Flow Calculation: 1.07 m3

/min

Qa: 37.82 ft3

/min

1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

Percent Difference From Set Point: 5.46

Calibrate if exceeds 7% difference from set point

5-Point Flow Rate Verification:

Orifice Slope (m): 1.24770

Orifice Intercept (b): -0.01275

Calibrate if exceeds 5% difference from set point

Set Point (ft3

/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

1 44 4.5 4.47 1.20 42.21 4.07

4.7 4.69 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

4.7 4.72

4.9 4.90

4.8 4.77

average: 4.69 4.71

% Difference: 0.34

Set Point (ft3

/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

2 42 4.2 4.16 1.14 40.33 3.97

4.4 4.41 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

4.2 4.21

4.4 4.35

4.2 4.26

average: 4.28 4.28

% Difference: 0.09

Set Point (ft3

/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

3 40 3.7 3.92 1.07 37.82 5.46

3.7 3.86 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

3.7 3.94

3.8 3.82

3.8 3.85

average: 3.76 3.88

% Difference: 3.04

Set Point (ft3

/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

4 38 3.5 3.43 1.03 36.38 4.25

3.4 3.42 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

3.6 3.56 Set point Actual Corr R

3.6 3.60 44 42.21 0.9922

3.4 3.36 42 40.33

average: 3.48 3.47 40 37.82

% Difference: 0.12 38 36.38

Set Point (ft3

/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point 36 35.09

5 36 3.3 3.27 0.99 35.09 2.54

3.1 3.10 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

3.2 3.21

3.1 3.06

3.4 3.37

average: 3.23 3.20

% Difference: 0.94

Comments:

v10, 5/2/2012_GWK Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Reviewed By:

Mostly sunny, storm clouds building off of mountains, and breezy. Warmed motor up for 15 minutes on 50% fixed motor power.

Barometric Pressure

Calibrate if Corr R exceeds 0.9900

Arizona Department of Environmental Quality

Tisch High Volume TSP Pb Air Sampler (TE-HV+)

Verification Data Sheet

Temperature Flow Rate

Yes

Miami Golf Course

R2 = 0.9845

34.00

35.00

36.00

37.00

38.00

39.00

40.00

41.00

42.00

43.00

34 36 38 40 42 44 46

Set Point

Actual
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

31 of 33 

Example of Calibration Data Sheet for Previously Failed Verification: AAAD Site #: 16629 Date: 8/14/2012

ID Information:

Technician: GWK Reference s/n: 80 Yes

Site Name: Certification Date: 5/29/2012 Yes

Software Version: 3.36P

Inlet s/n: 0091

MFC s/n: 400-0042 Filter's Manufacturer s/n: G1521003

Motor s/n: 2925 Calibraiton Orifice s/n: 1798

Calibration Orifice Cert. Date: September 12, 2011

Sampler Date & Time: 8/14/2012 12:16

Actual Date & Time: 8/14/2012 12:17 Serial No. Date Certified

Does Date & Time Agree ± 2 min? Slack Tube: n/a n/a 0.0003009

Previous Calibration: 4/23/2012 Electronic Manometer: 21671 2/11/2011 0

Previous Verification / Service Date: 7/27/2012

Sensor Verification:

Reference Tf: 41.0 °C Reference BP: 674.5 mmHg

Instrument Tamb: 40.1 °C Instrument Pamb: 674 mmHg

Degree Difference: 0.9 314.15 Pressure Difference: 0.5

Calibration Performed: No Calibration Performed: No

Temperature Calibration: ± 2°C Pressure Calibration: ±10 mmHg Manometer Pcal

3.7 3.79 in H2O

1-Point Flow Rate Verification: 3.7 3.84 in H2O

3.7 3.77 in H2O

Set Point: 40 ft3

/min 3.8 3.87 in H2O

Orifice Slope (m): 1.24770 3.8 3.91 in H2O

Orifice Intercept (b): -0.01275 Ambient Flow Calculation: 1.07 m3

/min average: 3.76 3.84 in H2O

Qa: 37.82 ft3

/min % Difference: 1.98

1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min Pcal Calibration if % diff. exceeds 5%

Percent Difference From Set Point: 5.46

F.R. Calibration if exceeds 7% difference from set point Calibration Performed: No

Sensor Calibration:

Reference Tf: °C Reference BP: mmHg Point Number Set Point Manometer

Instrument Tamb: °C Instrument Pamb: mmHg 1 0.00 in H2O

Degree Difference: 0.0 273.15 Pressure Difference: 0 2 10.00 in H2O

3 2.50 in H2O

Calibration Performed: Yes or No Calibration Performed: Yes or No 4 7.50 in H2O

Temperature Calibration: ± 2°C Pressure Calibration: ±10 mmHg 5 5.00 in H2O

Ref Temp(Tf): Point(s): Ref BP: Point(s):

Instr Temp: Offset A1: Instr BP: Offset A1: Corr R:

Degree Diff: Gain A0: Pressure Diff: Gain A0: Offset A1:

Calib To: Corr R: Calib To: Corr R: Gain A0:

Flow Rate Calibration:

Orifice Slope (m): 1.99255 High Flow Rate: 39.6 Time Started: 13:42

Orifice Intercept (b): -0.02027 Low Flow Rate: 32.4 Time Finished: 13:47

Point Number Set Point Pressure Temp. Pcal Qsys (ft

3

/min) Qcal Point Number Flow (m3/min) Qa (ambient)

1 674 40.1 5.82 40.6 39.6 313.3 1 1.33 46.91

2 674 39.5 5.27 38.5 37.8 312.7 2 1.26 44.61

3 674 39.4 4.77 37.3 35.9 312.6 3 1.20 42.46

4 674 36.9 4.27 35.8 34.2 310.1 4 1.13 40.03

5 674 37.1 3.82 33.3 32.3 310.3 5 1.07 37.89

Corr R: 0.9928

Offset A1: 0.5023

Gain A0: 2022.1582

Sensor Verification:

Reference Tf: 38.7 °C Reference BP: 674 mmHg

Instrument Tamb: 37.4 °C Instrument Pamb: 674 mmHg

Degree Difference: 1.3 311.85 Pressure Difference: 0

Manometer Pcal

Calibration Performed: No Calibration Performed: No 4.4 4.36 in H2O

4.6 4.52 in H2O

Post Cal Flow Rate Verification: 4.4 4.44 in H2O

4.4 4.34 in H2O

Set Point: 40 ft3

/min 4.5 4.48 in H2O

Orifice Slope (m): 1.24770 average: 4.44 4.43 in H2O

Orifice Intercept (b): -0.01275 Ambient Flow Calculation: 1.16 m3

/min % Difference: 0.32

Qa: 40.94 ft3

/min

1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min Calibration Performed: No

Percent Difference From Set Point: 2.34

Comments:

v10, 5/2/2012_GWK Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Reviewed By:

Temperature Barometric Pressure

Yes

Arizona Department of Environmental Quality

Tisch High Volume TSP Pb Air Sampler (TE-HV+)

Calibration Data Sheet

Miami Golf Course

Temperature Barometric Pressure Pcal

Flow Rate

Conversion of Pcal to Qa (ambient)

Storm moved in within 5 minutes of beginning of calibration. Windy during calibration.

Flow Rate

Qsys

Temperature Barometric Pressure
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

32 of 33 

ATTACHMENT C – Tisch’s Technical Note: High Altitude Sampling Considerations 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

33 of 33 

VERSION SHEET

VERSION 

& DATE 

DESCRIPTION REQUESTED BY 

1.0 

01-Oct-2012 

New document number created to comply with standard document 

numbering system. AMU-002 replaces AMU-Pb-001. Additionally, 

revisions to Section 6.3 occurred. Five point flow rate verification 

procedure added and associated data sheets revised. Limits of tolerable 

error updated for the 5-point flow rate procedure. Minor revisions were 

also made in other sections. 

Gregory Kendall 


Attachment E 

ADEQ AAS QA-013 SOP 

Auditing the TISCH HI-VOL Sampler 
 Air Assessment 

Data Management & Quality 

Assurance Unit 

STANDARD OPERATION PROCEDURE TITLE 

AUDITING THE TISCH HIGH-VOL+ TOTAL SUSPENDED 

PARTICULATE LEAD (Pb) SAMPLER

SOP NUMBER REV DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUE PAGE NUMBER 

QA-013 1.1 06-JUN-2011 1 of 10 

1.0 PURPOSE 

To document the procedure to be followed by the auditor when conducting a performance evaluation 

audit on the TSP Lead sampler. 

2.0 SCOPE & APPLICABILIITY 

This procedure applies to anyone auditing this sampler. The audit results are used to determine bias of 

the sampler. The sampler is to be audited once every 6 months ± 30 days. 

3.0 REFERENCES 

Federal Register, 40 CFR Part 58 Appendix A – National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Lead; Final 

Rule November 12, 2008 

TISCH Environmental HIGH VOL+ Operator’s Manual Version 5 Firmware 

ADEQ AQD Quality Assurance Program Plan (QAPP) for Lead (Pb) Ambient Air Monitoring, Draft May 

2011 

ADEQ SOP AMU-Pb-001: Operating the TISCH Environmental HIGH VOL+ Total Suspended 

Particulate Air Sampler 

4.0 ACRONYMS & DEFINITIONS 

CFM – Cubic Feet per Minute 

NIST – National Institute of Standards and Technology 

TSP – Total Suspended Particulate 

Filter Holder Cassette – the 2-part framework casing outfitted with a rubber gasket and metal mesh 

screen that holds and supports the filter during sample collection. It is held together with two finger nuts 

on either side of the frame. 

Site-Specific Transport Case – a rigid, black plastic case used to further protect the integrity of 

unexposed and exposed filter samples during transport. Each site has a case assigned to it. 

Sample Saver Shield – an automated cover inside the sampler that covers the filter before and after a 

sample is collected. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Data Management & Quality 

Assurance Unit 

SOP NUMBER

QA-013 

REV 

1.1 

PAGE 

2 

5.0 HEALTH & SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 

 Follow safety precautions outlined below. If a site is found damaged due to weather, vandalism, 

or other reasons and/or a health & safety concern is identified, contact the DM&QA Manager. 

Do not proceed with work if a hazardous condition exists. There are no unusual hazards 

associated with the operation of this sampler; therefore, no special safety training or certification 

is required. 

 Employ normal safety measures to avoid electrical shock. Avoid standing in water when working 

with electrical equipment. Use properly grounded electrical cords and extensions. The power 

source for this sampling system must be a 3-wire grounded circuit. 

 Use caution when working on elevated surfaces and platforms to avoid slips, trips and falls. 

 Do not touch hands to eyes, ears, nose or mouth before washing hands after handling sampling 

media (setting up or removing sample). Use conventional practices for good personal hygiene 

and do not smoke, eat, or chew gum before washing hands 

INTERFERENCES: The performance audit of the sampler typically takes 3 - 5 minutes, but wind 

interferes with the pressure sensor and causes the audit to take longer 

6.0 EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES 

 Audit orifice standard with calibration relationship in actual CFM and traceable to NIST. 

o NOTE: This orifice standard must not be the same one that is used for routine 

calibrations and flow checks 

 Slack-tube manometer and/or a digital flow meter 

 Thermometer 

 Barometric Pressure Gauge 

 Clean 8” X 10” filter of same media as that used for routine sampling 

 TSP Lead Sampler Audit sheet (Attachment 1) 

6.0 PROCEDURE 

6.1 Transport the above equipment to the monitoring site. 

6.2 Log in and record the activity of the site visit to the Site Log Book. 

6.2.1 Record the date, time, name, and sampler number and any other activity or conditions to 

be noted. 

6.3 Raise the hood of the sampler and open the filter saver shield. 

6.3.1 Record filter condition and/or any debris in the filter area. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Data Management & Quality 

Assurance Unit 

SOP NUMBER

QA-013 

REV 

1.1 

PAGE 

3 

6.4 Cover the filter cassette with the audit faceplate to protect the integrity of the filter. Do not touch 

filter membrane. 

6.5 Loosen the filter cassette wing nuts evenly on alternate corners and check that the gaskets are in 

good condition (not deteriorated). Remove the filter cassette from the sampler taking care not to 

touch the filter membrane. 

6.6 Place the filter cassette carefully inside a secure holder such as a clean, plastic bag to further 

protect it from exposure to debris or damage from weather. 

6.7 Install the audit filter cassette and orifice standard, making sure the orifice gasket is present and 

the audit orifice is not cross-threaded on the filter cassette. 

6.7.1 Seal the audit orifice's pressure port with a rubber cap or similar device. 

NOTE: A leak may occur if the audit filter cassette is not seated properly. A leak on this 

sampler is detected by hearing a sound similar to a whistle. 

6.7.2 If a leak is detected: Check the tightness of the wing nuts securing the filter cassette to 

the sampler. 

6.73 Inspect the manometer flexible tubing for crimps or cracks. 

6.7.4 Open the manometer valves fully and blow gently through the tubing, watching for the 

free flow of the fluid. 

6.75 Adjust the manometer sliding scale so that the zero line is at the bottom of the meniscus 

fluid. 

6.7.6 Connect the manometer to the pressure port on the orifice. 

6.7.7 Ensure that the tubing fits snugly on the pressure port and on the manometer. 

6.8 Turn on the sampler and allow it to warm up to operating temperature (15-30 minutes). 

NOTE: The Quick Reference for the HIGH VOL+ Control Module Audit Set-Up Instructions

(Attachment B) explains how to operate the sampler and record all information. 

6.9 Record the following information on the TSP Lead Sampler Audit sheet during or before the 

sampler warm up. See Figure 1 for an example of a completed sheet and Attachment A for a 

blank sheet. 

 Sampler location, the date and time 

 Sampler Model 

 Serial Numbers for the: Sampler, Motor, and Control Box 

 Samplers setting; date, time and reference time (cell phone) 

 Ambient temperature (Ta) °K (°K = °C + 273) 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Data Management & Quality 

Assurance Unit 

SOP NUMBER

QA-013 

REV 

1.1 

PAGE 

4 

 Ambient barometric pressure (Pa), mm Hg 

 Audit orifice serial number, slope, and intercept 

 Sampler’s last calibration date and set point (40 CFM) 

 Record Site and/or unusual conditions 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Data Management & Quality 

Assurance Unit 

SOP NUMBER

QA-013 

REV 

1.1 

PAGE 

5 

FIGURE 1. COMPLETED TSP LEAD SAMPLER AUDIT SHEET 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Data Management & Quality 

Assurance Unit 

SOP NUMBER

QA-013 

REV 

1.1 

PAGE 

6 

6.10 Set-up the audit faceplate and orifice with vacuum line tee-off to the orifice, to the water 

manometer, and to the AutoCal port on the control box. 

6.11 Ensure that the sampler is operating in ambient conditions once the sampler has warmed up to 

operating temperature. 

6.12 Record the pressure drop across the orifice, recording both sides of the water manometer 

deflection, and record the PCal reading from the control box display onto the audit datasheet. 

6.13 Verify that the correct readings have been inscribed on the data sheet. 

6.14 Determine the ambient flow rate through the audit orifice, as follows: 

Qa (audit) = {sqrt[dH20*(Ta/Pa)]-b} {/m} 

Where 

Qa (audit) = actual flow rate as indicated by the audit orifice transfer standard 

dH20 = pressure drop across the orifice, inches H20 

Ta = ambient temperature, °K (°K = C° + 273) 

Pa = ambient barometric pressure, mm Hg 

b = intercept of the audit orifice transfer standard's calibration relationship 

m = slope of the audit orifice transfer standard's calibration relationship 

6.15 Calculate the percentage difference between the sampler's indicated flow rate, Qa(sampler) with 

the orifice installed, and the corresponding audit flow rate, Qa(audit), determined from the audit 

orifice transfer standard as: 

 Audit flow rate % difference = [Qa(sampler) – Qa(audit)] / Qa(audit)} {100} 

6.16 Record the audit flow rate percentage difference on the data sheet. There are 3 possible 

outcomes: 

6.16.1 If the audit flow rate percentage difference is less than or equal to ± 7%: The 

sampler calibration is acceptable and the sampler has passed the audit. 

6.16.2 If the percentage difference lies between ±7% and ±10%: A note is included on the 

audit field sheet that indicates the sampler has passed the audit but has triggered the 

ADEQ Air Monitoring Unit’s internal action level for service. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Data Management & Quality 

Assurance Unit 

SOP NUMBER

QA-013 

REV 

1.1 

PAGE 

7 

6.16.3 If the percent difference exceeds ±10%: The sampler has failed the audit and this 

triggers a corrective action response. If an AMU technician is present at the time of the 

audit, they may service the sampler to correct any problem and prevent the potential 

of loss data. Complete a corrective action notice and route through to the designated 

Air Monitoring Unit staff so that the failure is documented.

NOTE: The sampler's calibration, audit orifice standard’s certification, and all calculations 

must be double-checked before finalizing the audit. Upon a failed audit, an immediate 

re-audit may be conducted to verify the initial results. 

6.17 Remove all equipment and place sampler back to sampling mode once the audit has been 

performed. 

6.18 Document the visit and service performed in the sampler’s Instrument Logbook. 

6.19 Complete the Site Log Book form. 

6.19.1 Remove and return the top white sheet to QA/QC Lead along with the completed audit 

field sheet. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Data Management & Quality 

Assurance Unit 

SOP NUMBER

QA-013 

REV 

1.1 

PAGE 

8 

ATTACHMENT A 

AAAD Site #:

Date:

Operator: Auditor:

Site Name: Time:

Sampler Primary/Secondary: Site Conditions/Weather:

Sampler Model #: Sampler Date:

Sampler SN#: Sampler Time:

MFC Control Box SN#: Actual Time:

Motor SN#:

Last Calibration: Samplers Pcal zero setting:

Pcal flow setting at ambient "H2O:

Audit Ambient Temp °C Audit Pressure Amb (mmHg)

Sampler Ambient Temp °C Sampler Amb Pressure (mmHg)

Temperature Degree Difference: Pressure Difference:

Temperature oC: Orifice S/N:

Temperature K (Ta):

Pressure mmHg (Pa):

Qamb (audit) m3

/min:

Sampler Set Point - Ambient cfm: Qamb (audit) = cfm:

 All flow calculations are in Actual Conditions - Temperature and Pressure are Actual Ambient Conditions

For calculation of audit orifice flow rates:

Ambient Calculation Formula: Qa (audit) = {sqrt (H20 * (Ta/Pa)) - b} / m

Standard Calculation Formula: Qstd = 1/m [Sqrt ("H2O (Pa/Pstd) (Tstd/Ta)) - b]

CFM % difference formula: % Difference = (set point cfm - Qamb cfm ) / (Qamb cfm)) * 100

Revised 05/20/11

Approved on 5/12/11 by CLS and ACG

Reviewed By:

Sampler Qamb 

Orifice Pressure Drop (in H cfm % difference 2O)

Note: Percentage difference exceeding ± 7% of the flow rate - attention is required. A ± 10% requires calibration.. 

Audit Criteria

Slope Ambient M = Correlation Ambient R =

Sampler / Audit Temperature and Barometric Pressure Information

Intercept Ambient B =

Calibration Date:

Adjustment is needed if temperature difference exceed 2°C limit Adjustment is needed if pressure difference exceed 10mmHg

TSP Lead Sampler Audit

Current Ambient Reading Audit Orifice Information

Sampler Information
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Data Management & Quality 

Assurance Unit 

SOP NUMBER

QA-013 

REV 

1.1 

PAGE 

9 

ATTACHMENT B 

Quick reference for the TISCH TSP HIGH VOL + Control Module Audit set-up 

 Record the sampler’s date and time setting on the control module – main screen. 

 Press the set-up <F3> pad. 

 Move the arrow curser down to the Diagnostic pad and Press Enter – from here you will be 

able to find and record the Temperature and Barometric Pressure reading from the audit 

device being used and compare it to the samplers reading. 

 Move the arrow curser down to the Filter Saver and Press Enter – this will open the filter cover 

this will allow you to remove the sample filter cassette and install the audit filter and orifice. DO 

NOT TOUCH THE FILTER MATERIAL. 

 Scroll the arrow curser to Motor Control and Press Enter. 

 Scroll the curser down to Qsys and Press Enter. 

 Select the AMB and Press Enter – the sampler will start up and adjust to the calibrated flow 

setting. A 30 minute warm up is required. 

 Record water manometer reading and the control box CFM reading once the sampler has 

warmed up; enter both readings on the audit form. 

 Press the ESC pad key to exit out. 

 Go back to the Diagnostic screen and select the Filter Saver once the audit equipment has 

been removed and the sampler’s filter has been re-installed. 

 Press Enter to close the cover. 

 Press ESC to return to the main screen. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Data Management & Quality 

Assurance Unit 

SOP NUMBER

QA-013 

REV 

1.1 

PAGE 

10 

REVISION SHEET

REV 1.0 New document requested by Andy Clifton. 

06-JUN-2011 

 

REV 1.1 Change Document number on page 1 from AMU-Pb-001 to QA-013. 

20-JUL-2011 Requested by Ceresa Stewart. 
Attachment F 

ADEQ AAS AFL-001 SOP 

Unexposed Glass Microfibre Filter Loading 
Air Assessment Section 

Place unit name here

TITLE 

LOADING UNEXPOSED 8” X 10” HIGH PURITY GLASS 

MICROFIBRE FILTER INTO THE SAMPLER FILTER 

CASSETTE 

SOP NUMBER VERSION DATE OF ORIGINAL 

ISSUE 

DATE OF CURRENT 

VERSION 

PAGE NUMBER 

AFL-001 1.0 23-Nov-2012 23-Nov-2012 1 of 7 

1.0 PURPOSE 

To provide the steps to be followed when loading unexposed 8” x 10” filters into a TISCH HIGH VOL+ 

TSP sampler’s filter cassette and preparing the filter and associated chain-of-custody/data card for 

transport to and from an air monitoring site. 

2.0 SCOPE & APPLICABILITY 

The following procedure applies to anyone setting up unexposed filters for the collection of lead (Pb) 

samples. 

3.0 REFERENCES 

TISCH HIGH VOL+ Operator’s Manual Version 5 Firmware 

ADEQ AQD Quality Assurance Program Plan (QAPP) for Lead (Pb) Ambient Air Monitoring, Draft May 

2011 

ADEQ SOP – AMU-Pb-001: Operating the TISCH HIGH VOL+ Total Suspended Particulate Sampler 

4.0 ACRYONYMS & DEFINITIONS 

Filter Holder Cassette – the 2-part framework casing outfitted with a rubber gasket and metal mesh 

screen that holds and supports the filter during sample collection. It is held together with two finger nuts 

on either side of the frame. 

Site-Specific Transport Case – a rigid, black plastic case used to further protect the integrity of 

unexposed and exposed filter samples during transport. Each site has a case assigned to it. 

5.0 HEALTH & SAFETY 

There are no unusual or known hazards associated with preparing unexposed filters to be used for the 

collection of airborne Pb samples; therefore, no special safety training or certification is required. 

Always wear nitrile or latex gloves when handling the glass microfiber filter. Only handle these filters by 

the edges. 

6.0 EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES 

Disposable Gloves Sampler-Specific Transport Cases 

8” X 10” Glass Fiber Filters ADEQ LeadTSP Air Sampling Record form (chain-ofcustody/data card) 

TISCH HIGH VOL+ TSP Sampler filter 

cassette 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Filter Laboratory 

TITLE

LOADING UNEXPOSED 8” X 10” HIGH 

PURITY GLASS MICROFIBRE FILTER 

INTO THE SAMPLER FILTER CASSETTE

SOP # 

AFL-001 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

2 of 7 

7.0 PROCEDURE 

NOTE: Filters are obtained annually from the lead contact at EPA Region 9. 

7.1 Write the manufacturer’s filter serial number on a new preprinted ADEQ LeadTSP Air Sampling 

Record which serves as the sample’s chain-of-custody and data information form See Figures 1 

and 17. 

FIGURE 1 

7.2 Record the manufacturer’s filter serial number and the Airlab Filter ID Number in the current 

year’s Filter Tracking spreadsheet located at: J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\MONITORING UNIT\Airlab. 

7.3 Remove the top half of the carrier by completely unscrewing the finger nuts on both sides of the 

cassette. See figures 2, 3, and 4. 

FIGURE 2 FIGURE 3 FIGURE 4 

 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Filter Laboratory 

TITLE

LOADING UNEXPOSED 8” X 10” HIGH 

PURITY GLASS MICROFIBRE FILTER 

INTO THE SAMPLER FILTER CASSETTE

SOP # 

AFL-001 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

3 of 7 

7.4 Transfer the filter carefully from the manufacturer’s box and place it on the metal screen in the 

lower half of the filter carrier so the manufacturer’s serial number faces downward touching the 

screen. See figures 5, 6, and 7. 

FIGURE 5 FIGURE 6 FIGURE 7 

 

7.5 Place the top half of the filter carrier carefully on top of the bottom half so the gasket fits securely 

around the edge of the filter. See figure 8. 

FIGURE 8 

7.6 Replace the finger nuts on both sides of the carrier and secure them finger tight. Do not over 

tighten the nuts. See figure 9. 

FIGURE 9 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Filter Laboratory 

TITLE

LOADING UNEXPOSED 8” X 10” HIGH 

PURITY GLASS MICROFIBRE FILTER 

INTO THE SAMPLER FILTER CASSETTE

SOP # 

AFL-001 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

4 of 7 

7.7 Place the filter holder faceplate carefully on top of the cassette securing both of the overlaying 

edges. See figures 10 and 11. 

FIGURE 10 FIGURE 11 

 

7.8 Place the loaded filter cassette in the transport plastic bag and then place them in the associated 

site transport case. See figures 12, 13, and 14. 

FIGURE 12 FIGURE 13 FIGURE 14 

7.9 Fill out the ADEQ LeadTSP Air Sampling Record with correct preliminary sample run day 

information and place in transport case. See figure 15. 

FIGURE 15 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Filter Laboratory 

TITLE

LOADING UNEXPOSED 8” X 10” HIGH 

PURITY GLASS MICROFIBRE FILTER 

INTO THE SAMPLER FILTER CASSETTE

SOP # 

AFL-001 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

5 of 7 

7.10 See highlighted fields below in figure 16 which must be filled in by anyone preparing the filter for 

shipment. 

FIGURE 16 

7.11 Place the transport case in the staging area for the operator to pickup. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Filter Laboratory 

TITLE

LOADING UNEXPOSED 8” X 10” HIGH 

PURITY GLASS MICROFIBRE FILTER 

INTO THE SAMPLER FILTER CASSETTE

SOP # 

AFL-001 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

6 of 7 

FIGURE 17 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Filter Laboratory 

TITLE

LOADING UNEXPOSED 8” X 10” HIGH 

PURITY GLASS MICROFIBRE FILTER 

INTO THE SAMPLER FILTER CASSETTE

SOP # 

AFL-001 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

7 of 7 

VERSION SHEET

VERSION 

& DATE 

DESCRIPTION REQUESTED BY 

1.0 

23-Nov-2012 

New AFL Pb document replacing AFL-Pb-001. Theresa Rigney. 


Attachment G 

ADEQ AAS AFL-002 SOP 

Unloading and Cutting Exposed Glass Microfibre Filters 
Air Assessment Section 

Air Monitoring Unit

TITLE 

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGH-VOL+ SAMPLER 

FOR TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP NUMBER VERSION DATE OF ORIGINAL 

ISSUE 

DATE OF CURRENT 

VERSION 

PAGE NUMBER 

AMU-002 1.0 01-Oct-2012 01-Oct-2012 1 of 33 

Table of Contents 

1.0 PURPOSE..................................................................................................................................................................2 

2.0 SCOPE & APPLICABILIITY......................................................................................................................................2 

3.0 REFERENCES...........................................................................................................................................................2 

4.0 ACRONYMS & DEFINITIONS...................................................................................................................................2 

5.0 HEALTH & SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ......................................................................................................................3 

6.0 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION .................................................................................................................................4 

6.0.1 VIEWING THE SAMPLER INTERFACE...........................................................................................................................4 

6.0.2 NOTATION ON THE HIGH-VOL+ ...............................................................................................................................5 

6.1 PROCEDURES FOR SAMPLER SETUP..............................................................................................................5 

6.2 INSTALLATION AT SITE....................................................................................................................................10 

6.3 SAMPLER CALIBRATIONS & VERIFICATIONS...............................................................................................10 

6.4 CALCULATIONS AND TOLERANCES IN ERROR............................................................................................17 

6.5 TROUBLESHOOTING & MAINTENANCE.........................................................................................................19 

6.6 SAMPLE COLLECTION AND FILTER EXCHANGE..........................................................................................21 

6.7 DATA & RECORDS MANAGEMENT .................................................................................................................24 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

2 of 33 

1.0 PURPOSE

To document the procedures to be used when operating the TISCH HIGH-VOL+ TSP sampler and 

collecting ambient air filter samples used to determine concentrations of airborne lead (Pb). 

2.0 SCOPE & APPLICABILIITY

The following procedures apply to anyone operating this sampler or involved with the collection of lead 

(Pb) samples. 

3.0 REFERENCES

Federal Register, 40 CFR Part 50 & Part 58– National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Lead; Final 

Rule November 12, 2008 

40 CFR Part 58 Appendix A, D, E 

TISCH Environmental HIGH-VOL+ Operator’s Manual Version 5 Firmware 

Quality Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement Systems, Volume II 

ADEQ AQD Quality Assurance Program Plan (QAPP) for Lead (Pb) Ambient Air Monitoring, Draft May 

2011 

ADEQ SOP - AFL-Pb-001: Loading Unexposed 8” X 10” High Purity Glass Microfiber Filter into the 

Sampler Filter Cassette 

4.0 ACRONYMS & DEFINITIONS

NIST – National Institute of Standards and Technology 

TSP – Total Suspended Particulate 

Site-Specific Transport Case – A rigid, black plastic case used to further protect the integrity of 

unexposed and exposed filter samples during transport. Each site has a case assigned to it. 

Sample Shelter – An aluminum enclosure consisting of the assembled gable roof and base platform, 

which houses the electrical components (like the control module and motor blower) and the sampling 

media. 

Control Module – The CPU that manages all of the variables for operating the system through the 

sampler interface. 

Sample Saver Shield – An automated cover inside the sample shelter that covers the filter before and 

after a sample is collected. 

Filter Holder Cassette – The 2-part framework casing outfitted with a rubber gasket and metal mesh 

screen that holds and supports the filter during sample collection. It is held together with two finger nuts 

on either side of the frame. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

3 of 33 

Filter Holder Faceplate - The protective shield that snaps onto the top of the filter holder cassette while 

the holder is being handled. This minimizes the possibility of filter damage while removing and 

installing the holder wing nuts that attach it to the instrument. The faceplate should be left on the filter 

holder until after the holder is properly secured to the instrument and then removed. 

Verification – an activity of using a certified calibration device to assure an instrument’s sensor(s) is 

operating within certain parameters. 

Calibration – an activity of using a certified calibration device to standardize or adjust the sensor(s) of 

an instrument so they operate within certain parameters. 

Certification – NIST-traceable performance evaluation of a calibration device to verify it operates at a 

certain level of quality. 

Calibration Standard/Reference Device – may be referred to as “calibrator”, “calibration device”. 

“standard” or “reference meter” used for the sampler fall into several categories that include: mass flow 

controllers (MFCs), flow measurement devices, barometric pressure measurement devices, and 

temperature measurement devices. Calibrators are certified annually to a NIST-traceable 

standard/reference of higher authority. 

Air Sampling Record – A document which contains pertinent data associated with a filter sample and 

chain-of-custody information. 

Chain-of-Custody (COC) – A document that tracks the location of a sample at all times and is used as 

evidence to support a sample’s integrity is intact. The COC is combined with the sample collection data 

on the ADEQ PM10 (or PM2.5) Air Sampling Record form. 

5.0 HEALTH & SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Follow safety precautions outlined below. 

 If a site is found damaged due to weather, vandalism, or other reasons and/or a health & 

safety concern is identified, contact the AMU Manager. 

 Do not proceed with work if hazardous conditions exist. 

 Employ normal safety measures to avoid electrical shock. 

 Do not stand in water when working with electrical equipment. 

 Use properly grounded electrical cords and extensions. The power source for this sampler 

must be a 3-wire grounded circuit. 

 Use caution when working on elevated surfaces and platforms to avoid slips, trips and 

falls. 

 Do not touch hands to eyes, ears, nose, or mouth before washing hands after handling 

sampling media (setting up or removing sample). 

 Use conventional practices for good personal hygiene and do not smoke, eat, or chew 

gum before washing hands. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

4 of 33 

 Practice safe fall protection when working on elevated platforms 4’ or higher. Keep guards 

in place on all exposed sides to platform while working on it. 

6.0 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION

6.0.1 Viewing the Sampler Interface 

 Main Menu Screen 

It displays various operating parameters of the system when the sampler is running. It is the 

primary screen to perform all the tasks necessary to obtain and input all the data necessary 

to maintain the sampler and collect samples. It shows the operating status of the sampler 

by displaying: 

 The current date and time. 

 A countdown timer shows when the next scheduled program will start. 

 Whether the timer is not executing or set to start at some future time. 

 The Keypad 

It allows data to be input into the HIGH-VOL+ to configure the various operating parameters 

of the sampler. 

 Power Status Light 

It allows data to be input into the HIGH-VOL+ to configure the various operating parameters 

of the sampler. 

 Alert Status Light 

It indicates the alert state of the sampler. The sampler monitors several operating 

parameters and alerts the user to take action when these parameters fall out of the 

expected range. A flashing red light indicates that a non-fatal alert has occurred. The 

sampler will continue to operate but may not be functioning optimally. A solid red light 

indicates a fatal alert has occurred and will not continue to operate. Use the INFO key on 

the main status screen to determine the source of the alert. 

 The Main Menu Function Keys 

The function keys (F1, F2, F3, and F4) from the main display are directly below the main 

menu screen. They are used to access the various information and configuration screens of 

the sampler. For what each of the keys use is, refer to Table 1. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

5 of 33 

Table 1. Functions on the Main Display 

Key Display 

Description 

Extended Description 

F1 TIMER 

Pressing this key accesses the “TIMER” menu. The “TIMER” 

menu is used to setup the timer or abort the timer if it is currently 

running. It allows you to enter a start date, start time, duration, 

and repeatability. 

F2 DATA 

Pressing this key accesses the “DATA” menu. This “DATA” key 

allows the user to work with data collected, display data, transfer 

to a memory card, or erased. 

F3 SETUP Pressing this key accesses the “SETUP” menu. The “SETUP” 

menu configures, calibrates, and diagnose of the sampler. 

F4 INFO 

Pressing this key accesses the “INFO” display. The “INFO” 

display show various status and operating parameters for the 

sampler. 

6.0.2 Notation on the HIGH-VOL+ 

The following table has a description of each measurement’s notation and the samplers they 

are reported in. 

Table 2. TISCH HIGH-VOL+ Notations

Notation Samplers of 

Measurement Description 

Qsvs LPM System Flow Rate 

Qstd LPM Flow Rate at Standard Conditions Report at 760 mmHg and 

25°C 

Vstd m3 Volume at Standard Conditions Report at 760 mmHg and 25°C 

Qamb CFM Flow Rate at Ambient Conditions 

Vamb m3 Volume at Ambient Conditions 

Tamb °C Ambient Temperature 

Tcjc °C Cold Junction Compensation Temperature (compensates 

Ambient Temp) 

Pamb mmHg Ambient Pressure (Uncorrected Barometric Pressure) 

Pdif inH2O Differential Pressure (Orifice Pressure) 

Pcal inH2O Flow Calibration Pressure 

6.1 PROCEDURES FOR SAMPLER SETUP 

6.1.1 Procedure for Pre-Installation Inspections and Operational Checks 

1. Check the sampler for completeness of system components and verify that it is in 

proper operating condition prior to transporting and installing at an air monitoring 

site. Proper operating condition of the temperature sensor, barometric pressure 

sensor, flow rate pressure sensor (Pcal), and ambient system flow rate is 

established for accuracy. 

2. Test a new sampler in-house prior to installing at a site. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

6 of 33 

3. Refer to the TISCH Environmental HIGH VOL+ Operator’s Manual Version 5 

Firmware, if needed for detailed assembly, installation, and setup guidance. A hard 

copy of this manual is located in the AMU Shop and an electronic copy is on the 

TISCH Environmental website: www.tisch-env.com

NOTE: The manufacturer recommends the following cleaning and 

maintenance activities to be observed until a stable operating 

history of a sampler is established. 

4. Inspect all gaskets (including motor cushion) to assure they are in good shape and 

that they seal properly. 

NOTE: Gaskets must function properly and retain their resilience for the 

inlet to seal properly and replace when necessary. 

5. Inspect power cords for good connections and for cracks and replace when 

necessary. 

CAUTION: Do not allow power cord or outlets to be immersed in water. 

6. Inspect the filter screen and remove any foreign deposits. 

7. Inspect the filter media holder frame gasket each sample period. This gasket must 

make an airtight seal. 

8. Ensure the elapsed time indicator is operating. 

9. Inspect inside of hood and internal components for foreign debris, such as dirt, 

dust, and/or insects after each sample period. Clean with paper towels and a light 

solvent and water solution. 

NOTE: The TISCH HIGH-VOL+ TSP samplers are not able to achieve the 

selected flow rate of 40CFM in Ambient flow conditions at air 

monitoring sites above 602m (1975ft) with a standard 110V blower 

motor. TISCH recommends outfitting samplers operating at that 

elevation or above with a 220V blower motor. Information 

regarding any change to a sampler is documented in the sampler’s 

log book. See Attachment B: Technical Note 001 from Tisch 

regarding high altitude sampling considerations. 

6.1.2 Procedure for Installing the Flow Rate Probe 

The flow rate probe measures air velocity and must be installed properly in order to 

accurately measure the flow rate of the system. Any time the system is moved or the 

flow rate probe is adjusted the system must be calibrated. 

1. Install the flow rate probe into the side port of the funnel on the system at the 

scribed line with the probe aligned straight up. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

7 of 33 

2. Make sure that the sealing washer is in-place and the clamp is securely tightened, 

as movement of the probe can cause problems with measuring and controlling the 

flow rate. 

6.1.3 Procedure for Setting the Date and Time 

1. Press F3 from the Main Screen to enter the SETUP menu. 

2. Scroll and select the CONFIGURE menu item, using the arrow keys, and press the 

ENT key. 

3. Select SET DATE and press the ENT key. 

 If adjusting the date and time: Set the date first. 

 If setting the time only: Proceed to Step 6.1.3.6. 

4. Enter the starting date for the timer using the numeric keypad and press the ENT

key. 

 Enter the date leading with a zero. For example, January 02, 2007 

would be entered as 010207. 

5. Select SET TIME and press the ENT key. 

6. Enter the starting time for the timer using the numeric keypad and press the ENT

key. 

 Enter the date using a 24 hour format. For example, 1:00 PM would 

be entered as 1300 while 1:00AM should be entered as 0100. 

7. Press the ESC key to return to the previous menu. To return to the Main Screen, 

continue pressing the ESC key. 

6.1.4 Procedure for Setting the Flow Conditions 

Use set point of 40 CFM when determining whether or not the system will maintain 

constant standard (STD) or constant ambient (AMB) conditions flow rate. 

1. Press F3 key to enter the SET UP Menu. 

2. Scroll and select the CONFIGURE menu item using the arrow keys, and press the 

ENT key. 

3. Select FLOW CONDITIONS and press the ENT key. 

4. Select either STD or AMB using the arrow keys to agree with and press the ENT

key. 

NOTE: Samples are collected in AMB condition. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

8 of 33 

5 Press the ESC key to return to the previous menu. To return to the Main Screen, 

continue pressing the ESC key. 

6.1.5 Procedure for Setting the Sample Flow Rate 

1. Press F3 key from the Main Screen to enter the SETUP menu. 

2. Scroll, using the arrow keys, and select the CONFIGURE menu item and press the 

ENT key. 

3. Select FLOW RATE and press the ENT key. 

4. Enter flow rate of 40 CFM using the numeric keypad and press the ENT key. 

NOTE: It is important to make sure the flow rate is set to a value that can 

be achieved by the filter media. Failure to do this could result in 

premature wear of the components in the system. 

5. Press the ESC key repeatedly until returned to the Main Screen. 

6.1.6 Procedure for Setting the Timer for Sample Collection 

1. Select DATE and press the ENT key. 

2. Enter the starting date for the timer using the numeric keypad and press the ENT

key. 

 Enter the date leading with a zero. For example, January 02, 2007, is 

010207. 

3. Select TIME and press the ENT key. 

4. Enter the starting time for the timer using the numeric keypad and press the ENT

key. 

NOTE: Enter the time with leading zeros and in 24-hour format. For 

example, 1:00 PM is entered as 1300 while 1:00 AM is entered as 

0100. 

5. Select DURATION and press the ENT key. 

6. Enter the sample run duration of 24 hours from midnight on the run day to midnight 

of the following day using the numeric keypad and press the ENT key. 

NOTE: Enter the duration in HHMM format with leading zeros. 

For example, 0024 = 24 minutes 

2400 = 24 hours 

0240 = 2 hours 4 minutes 

7. Select REPEAT and press the ENT key. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

9 of 33 

8. Select the desired repeat frequency and press the ENT key. 

Select NONE if this event is not to reoccur. The most common choice is 1 IN 

6 for every six day sampling. 

9. Select SAVE and EXIT and press the ENT key. This will save the setting and 

activate the timer. The main screen will appear and the “TIMER” will show 

WAITING. A second line labeled STARTS IN will appear showing a countdown to 

the timer starting a sample. 

 SAVE and EXIT Menu Item: The SAVE and EXIT menu item saves 

the current setup and returns to the Main Screen. 

 STOP and EXIT Menu Item: The STOP and EXIT menu item 

configures the timer so that it will not operate until it is reprogrammed 

with valid parameters and returns to the Main Screen. 

6.1.7 Viewing Data on the Display 

1. Press the F2 key from the Main Screen to access the DATA menu. 

2. Select VIEW PAST SAMPLE and press the ENT key. A list showing the timer start 

dates and times will be displayed. 

3. Select the desired date and time and press the ENT key. The first page of the 

sample data for this timer event will be displayed. Use the arrow keys to switch to 

the different pages of the summary run data. 

4. Press the ESC key to exit and return to the list of available dates and times. To 

return to the Main Screen, continue pressing the ESC key. 

6.1.8 Procedure for Saving Data to the Memory Card 

1. Use the memory card provided to ensure proper data collection. 

2. Do not remove the data card while the sampler is saving data to the card. This 

could cause corruption of the card. 

3. Check the memory card to make sure that it is in the locked position. 

NOTE: If the data card is in the unlocked position, the sampler will not 

be able to save data to the card and will report an error. 

4. Insert the memory card into the slot above the Power Status Light. 

5. Press the F2 key from the Main Screen to access the DATA. 

6. Select the SAVE menu item and press ENT key. This will save the data to the 

memory card using the comma separated values file format (CSV) which can be 

viewed using Microsoft Excel or other spreadsheet programs. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

10 of 33 

NOTE: Push the card in and then pull it out to eject the memory card. 

7. Press the “ESC” key to return to the Main Screen. 

8. Refer to the Data & Records Management section for how to store the sampler 

data for data review and quality assurance analysis. 

6.2 INSTALLATION AT SITE 

6.2.1 Shelter requirements 

The TISCH HIGH VOL+ sampler is outfitted with an anodized aluminum shelter to 

protect the electrical components from climatological conditions. 

6.2.2 Siting of source-oriented samplers 

Samplers are sited at the location of predicted maximum Pb concentrations that is both 

practical and has the potential for population exposures as determined by dispersion 

modeling. Siting of Pb samplers meets 40 CFR Part 58 Appendix E. 

6.3 SAMPLER CALIBRATIONS & VERIFICATIONS 

INTERFERENCES: Strong wind can interfere with the pressure sensor and may cause 

interferences with the flow rate calibration and flow rate verification process. When possible, 

perform these procedures under calm conditions. 

EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES 

 3 pieces of tubing connected to T-fitting 

 Digital or water manometer or digital flow 

 Pressure and temperature standard 

 30 mL syringe 

 Calibration orifice 

 8” X 10” test filter 

 Verification/Calibration field sheet (laptop) 

6.3.1 PCAL 

Perform a PCAL once initially at the sampling site and thereafter if an issue arises with 

the flow rate behaving erratically or as specified by the acceptance criteria listed in 6.4.4. 

1. Complete the 5-Point P-Cal procedure as follows: 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

11 of 33 

2. Setup the 3 pieces of tubing connected to T-fitting. Connect one end of tubing to 

the digital or water manometer (-) port and one end of tubing to AUTOCAL (top) on 

sampler; the third end is for the syringe not yet connected to the syringe. 

3. From the SETUP (F3) menu, go into the Calibration menu, scroll to Pcal and press 

ENT. 

4. Set 5 points as follows: 

Point 1

(1) Press ADD – the sampler will display 0.00. 

(2) Press ENT on the sampler. 

Point 2 

(1) Connect the fully depressed syringe to the tubing. 

(2) Press ADD. 

(3) Enter reference value: 10 

(4) Pull syringe until manometer reads 10. 

(5) Hold syringe on 10 and press ENT on the sampler. Hold until the sampler 

returns to the Pdif menu. 

Point 3

(1) Press ADD. 

(2) Enter reference value: 2.5 

(3) Pull syringe until manometer reads 2.5. 

(4) Hold syringe on 2.5 and press ENT on the sampler. Hold until the sampler 

returns to the Pdif menu. 

Point 4

(1) Press ADD. 

(2) Enter reference value: 7.5 

(3) Pull syringe until manometer reads 72.5. 

(4) Hold syringe on 7.5 and press ENT on the sampler. Hold until the sampler 

returns to the Pdif menu. 

Point 5
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

12 of 33 

(1) Press ADD. 

(2) Enter reference value: 5 

(3) Pull syringe until manometer reads 5. 

(4) Hold syringe on 5 and press ENT on the sampler. Hold until the sampler 

returns to the Pdif menu. 

NOTE: The R-value will read 0.990 or higher once the 5th point has 

been entered. The process must be repeated until a satisfactory 

R-value is attained if the R-value is less than 0.990. 

5. Select REDO in order to perform the calibration again. 

6. Press Exit and select Save to complete the calibration process. 

6.3.2 FLOW RATE CALIBRATION / MULTI-POINT FLOW RATE VERIFICATION 

The flow rate calibration is performed after the temperature and barometric sensors have 

been verified to be within acceptable tolerance of error (refer to section 6.4 “Calculations 

and Tolerances in Error”). The EPA’s guidance for this calibration is performed annually 

at a minimum (CFR 40 part 58.61 subpart G appendix A). The ADEQ’s guidance 

requires a quarterly calibration or a multi-point verification. A multipoint verification may 

be conducted in lieu of a calibration if the technician does not wish to change the 

calibration settings. Refer to Attachment A and B for the field data sheet for an aide 

regarding these procedures. 

Calibration

1. Setup the following equipment/supplies: 

 3 pieces of tubing connected to T-fitting 

 Digital or water manometer with one end of tubing connected to (-) port, 

one end of tubing to AUTOCAL (top) on sampler, the third end is for the 

calibration orifice 

 Calibration orifice 

2. Install an 8” X 10” glass-fiber filter and the calibration orifice. 

3. Turn the motor on using the MTR CONTROL and MTR SETPOINT menu items in 

the Diagnostics Menu. Do this through the MTR CONTROL menu and select 

FIXED and then MTR SETPOINT. Set to 50%. The sampler and the motor are to 

be powered on for a minimum of 30 minutes before performing any flow calibration. 

NOTE: The system is to be calibrated immediately after the motor 

warms up. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

13 of 33 

4. Conduct a leak test by covering the hole on top of the orifice and pressure tap on 

the orifice with hands. Listen for a high-pitched squealing sound made by escaping 

air. If this sound is heard, a leak is present and the calibration top plate wing nuts 

need to be re-tightened. 

CAUTION: Do not run the sampler for longer than 30 seconds at a time with 

the orifice blocked in order to reduce the chance of the motor 

overheating. 

WARNING: Do not try this leak test procedure with a manometer connected 

to the side tap on the calibration orifice or the blower motor. If 

this is accidently done, liquid from the manometer could be 

drawn into the system and cause motor damage. 

5. Connect the tubing from calibrator to Auto Cal port on bottom of HIGH-VOL+ 

control and the digital or water manometer. 

6. Press the F3 key from the Main Screen to enter the SETUP menu. 

7. Use the arrow keys to scroll and select the CALIBRATE menu item and press the 

ENT key. 

8. Select Qstd and press the ENT key. This will enter the Qstd calibration screen. 

9. Press the F1 key from the Qstd calibration screen to add calibration data and begin 

the calibration process. The system will prompt ENTER CALIBRATOR 

STANDARD m:

10. Enter the value from the orifice transfer calibration worksheet for Qstd Slope (m) 

and press the ENT key. If this information has been previously entered, it will be 

saved in this menu. 

11. The system will prompt ENTER CALIBRATOR STANDARD b: Enter the value 

from the orifice transfer calibration worksheet for Qstd intercept (b) and press the 

ENT key. If this information has been previously entered, it will be saved in this 

menu. 

12. The system will display “ENTER HI FLOW RATE”. The system will calibrate using 

this point as the high flow rate. The high flow rate for calibrations done at the Miami 

Golf Course (MIGC–16629) is 39.6 CFM. The high flow rate for calibrations done at 

the Globe Highway (HAGH–16593) is 41.8 CFM. These flow rates (expressed in 

standard conditions) are equivalent to 

NOTE 1: Since the typical sample collection flow rate is 40 CFM (ambient) 

and the system calibrates in standard conditions, the annual 

variability of temperature and pressure must be accounted for in 

order for the set point to be oriented in the middle of the 

calibration range. This is why the high flow rates vary from site to 

site. Refer to Attachment B for a more detailed discussion of the 

appropriate calibration range to use at high altitudes. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

14 of 33 

NOTE 2: If this information has been previously entered, it will be saved in 

this menu. If a different HI FLOW RATE is required, enter that 

value and press the ENT key to continue. 

13. The system will prompt “ENTER LO FLOW RATE”. The system will calibrate this 

lowest flow rate. The low flow rate for calibrations done at the Miami Golf Course 

(MIGC–16629) is 32.4 CFM. The low flow rate for calibrations done at the Globe 

Highway (HAGH–16593) is 34.2 CFM. 

NOTE 1: Since the typical sample collection flow rate is 40 CFM (ambient) 

and the system calibrates in standard conditions, the annual 

variability of temperature and pressure must be accounted for in 

order for the set point to be oriented in the middle of the 

calibration range. This is why the low flow rates vary from site to 

site. Refer to Attachment B for a more detailed discussion of the 

appropriate calibration range to use at high altitudes. 

NOTE 2: If this information has been previously entered, it will be saved in 

this menu. If a different LO FLOW RATE is required, enter that 

value and press the ENT key to continue. 

14. The motor will now turn on and warm-up for 120 seconds. The system controls the 

motor speed to maintain the pressure across the calibration orifice at the desired 

starting point. 

NOTE: The system uses the HI and LO values to calculate the 5-target 

flow rates used during the flow calibration process. The system 

automatically monitors the data during this calibration process 

and once the flow rate is stable at that operating point it will 

collect a data point. The system will move to the next calibration 

flow rate point once the previous point is obtained. The system 

will continue this process until all the points have been obtained. 

The internal CPU will generate the calibration values 

immediately following the collection of the fifth point, and display 

them on the Qstd calibration screen. 

15. On the Qstd calibration screen is the R-value, A1-value, and A0-value. The R-value 

shown on the screen has to be greater than 0.990 or else the calibration process 

needs to be repeated. 

NOTE: If the R-value is greater than 0.990, record it on the data sheet 

along with the A1-value, and A0-value. 

16. Press the F4 key to exit the calibration screen and select Save to complete the 

calibration process. 

17. Press the ESC key twice to return to the Main Screen. 

18. Remove calibration orifice and filter. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

15 of 33 

19. Fill out the Instrument and Site Logbook to document the visit and service 

performed to include the relevant R-, A1-, A0- values for the calibration that was just 

performed. 

20. Download the calibration data file to retrieve the event details for the calibration by 

going through the DATA (F2) tab and select SAVE. Once it is finished press ESC

key twice to return to the Main Screen. 

21. Retrieve the file from the memory card by transferring the file to a computer 

compatible for viewing .QCL data files (Excel does this). This file will need to be 

uploaded to ADEQ’s database (J drive) for future reference. 

22. Open the file and sort the text into separate columns. This can be done by using 

the “text to columns” feature from the data drop down menu. First highlight the 

data, then in the data drop down menu select text to columns and select the 

delimited data option. Check the comma delimiter option and finish. This should 

split the data into separate columns. The respective column headers are as follows: 

Date and time, Unit Serial Number, Calibration Task, Orifice M, Orifice B, Data 

Point, Flow Set Point, Tamb, Pamb, Pdif, Pcal, Hotwire ADC Value, System 

Measured Flow Rate, and Calibrator Measured Flow Rate. 

23. Transfer the respective information from this file to the calibration worksheet to 

complete the table. Information such as time started and ended, Pressure, 

Temperature, Pcal, System Measured Flow Rate, and Calibrator Measured Flow 

Rate need to be transferred to the table on the worksheet. The System Measured 

Flow Rate is denoted by the column header Qsys and the Calibrator Measured 

Flow Rate is denoted by the column header Qcal. 

24. Complete the AMU Tisch High Volume TSP Pb Air Sampler Data Sheet upon 

return to the office (if not already done so) and submit to the AMU Field Sheet 

Coordinator. See Figure 1 for an example of a completed sheet. 

Multi-point Flow Rate Verification

1. For a multi-point flow rate verification check, follow the Flow Rate Verification 

procedures in section 6.3.3. Repeat steps 6-14 with a different value for the set 

point. Follow guidance on the work sheet by inputting values as shown (44–42–40–

38–36). 

2. See section 6.4.5 for multi-point flow verifications acceptance criteria. If the multipoint flow rate verification exceeds the acceptance criteria, this is cause for a new 

calibration. 

6.3.3 FLOW RATE VERIFICATION 

A flow rate QC check is performed after the temperature and barometric sensors have 

been verified to be within acceptable tolerance of error (refer to section 6.4 “Calculations 

and Tolerances in Error”). The EPA’s guidance for this procedure is once every three 

months. The ADEQ required guidance for this procedure is monthly but a more frequent 

schedule can be done. Refer to Attachment B for the field data sheet for an aide 

regarding this procedure. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

16 of 33 

1. Setup the following equipment/supplies: 

 3 pieces of tubing connected to T-fitting 

 Digital or water manometer with one end of tubing connected to (-) port, 

one end of tubing to AUTOCAL (top) on sampler, the third end is for the 

calibration orifice 

 Calibration orifice 

2. Install a glass-fiber filter and the calibration orifice. 

3. Turn the motor on using the MTR CONTROL and MTR SETPOINT menu items in 

the Diagnostics Menu. Use the MTR CONTROL to go to FIXED and MTR 

SETPOINT. Set to 50. The sampler and the motor are to be powered on for a 

minimum of 30 minutes before performing any flow calibration. 

NOTE: The flow rate is to be verified immediately after the motor warms 

up. 

4. Conduct a leak test by covering the hole on top of the orifice and pressure tap on 

the orifice with hands. Listen for a high-pitched squealing sound made by escaping 

air. If this sound is heard, a leak is present and the top loading adapter hold-down 

nuts need to be re-tightened. 

NOTE: Avoid running the sampler for longer than 30 seconds at a time 

with the orifice blocked. This reduces the chances of the motor 

overheating. 

CAUTION: Do not try this leak test procedure with a manometer connected 

to the side tap on the calibration orifice or the blower motor. 

Liquid from the manometer could be drawn into the system and 

cause motor damage. 

5. Connect the tubing from calibrator to Auto Cal port on bottom of HIGH-VOL+ 

control and the digital or water manometer. 

6. Press the F3 key from the Main Screen to enter the SETUP menu. 

7. Use the arrow keys to scroll and select the DISGNOSTICS menu item and press 

the ENT key. 

8. Select MTR CONTROL and press the ENT key. 

9. Select Qsys from the list of available motor control methods. This will tell the 

system to control the motor in the same way as it is controlled during a timer 

controlled run. The system will also prompt for wait conditions the flow will be 

controlled under (ambient or standard). 

NOTE: Select the AMB conditions in order to match the normal 

operating conditions for a sample collection. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

17 of 33 

10. Make sure the flow rate is set to a value that can be achieved by the filter media. 

Failure to do this can result in premature wear of the components in the system. 

11. Select MTR SETPOINT and press the ENT key. The system will prompt for a 

desired set point. The units of measurement and the valid ranges for this field will 

change based on the current setting on the MTR CONTROL. For Qsys, the units of 

measure are in CFM. Enter the flow rate to be verified and press the ENT key. 

NOTE 1: During a normal sample collection the value is 40 CFM. 

NOTE 2: After pressing the ENT key in the previous step, the motor will 

turn on and begin to control the flow rate. 

12. Allow the system to run for approximately 10 minutes before continuing. 

13. Record the detected flow rate five times (at approximately 2 minute intervals) from 

both the Pcal output on the instrument’s display and the water manometer 

(simultaneously). 

14. Press the ESC key twice to return to the Main Screen. 

15. Remove calibration orifice and filter. 

16. Fill out the Instrument and Site Logbook to document the visit and service 

performed. Complete the AMU Tisch High Volume TSP Pb Air Sampler Data Sheet 

upon return to the office and submit to the AMU Field Sheet Coordinator. See 

Figure 2 for an example of a completed sheet. 

NOTE: If a significant error is seen between the reading on the sampler 

and the water manometer, the following are some of the possible 

causes: 

 Verify that the flow rates are in the same samplers of measure and at the 

same measurement conditions (i.e. standard or ambient). 

 Check the system for leaks. 

 Check the filter for tears. Tears can create a localized increased flow rate 

and affect the flow rate seen by the probe. 

 Verify the calibration of the flow reference. 

 Verify that the Tamb, Pamb, and Pcal sensors used by the flow control 

(and calibration) of the system are within tolerance of error. 

6.4 CALCULATIONS AND TOLERANCES IN ERROR 

When performing a flow and sensor verification and/or calibration, several calculations are used 

for these tasks. The ADEQ Tisch High-Volume TSP Pb Sampler Verification/Calibration Data 

Sheet has been developed (see Attachment A) for the ease of completing the quality assurance 

checks for the instrument’s performance to specified tolerances of each sensor, which are listed 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

18 of 33 

in each of the sections below. The work sheet automatically does the calculations listed below, 

but in the case of it not being accessible they are provided here. The work sheet has also been 

formatted to give feedback by changing the cell’s color for the conditions of the tolerances set 

forth for each sensor. Green indicates the sampler is operating within required specifications as 

per 40 CFR Part 58 and a calibration is not necessary, amber indicates it is approaching the 

limits of tolerance and calibration is recommended, and Red means that a sensor is out of 

tolerance, and calibration is required. Notify Data Management & Quality Assurance of the 

exceedance of tolerable error upon submittal of Data Sheet to supervisor. If a sensor verification 

is approaching the limits of tolerable error (for flow rate, temp, BP, or Pcal) then it is up to the 

operator to evaluate the environmental conditions, operational history, and possibly other 

variable in order to determine if a calibration is necessary. The operator should check with a 

supervisor if they are uncertain of how to proceed. 

6.4.1 Date and time verification 

The date and time on the instrument is compared with the actual date and time from a 

standard chronograph, like from a cellular service provider. The date should reflect 

exactly what day it is. The comparison of the time should be plus or minus 2 minutes 

between each other. If the instrument’s reading is over or under 2 minutes, change it to 

reflect the actual time. 

6.4.2 Temperature sensor verification 

The instrument’s output is compared with a standard reference’s reading, like a BGI 

Tetracal. The difference between these two readings should be less than 2 ̊C. If the 

instrument’s reading is over 2 ̊C, calibrate the temperature sensor using the calibrate 

menu and change it to reflect the actual conditions on the standard reference. 

6.4.3 Barometric pressure sensor verification 

Similar to the temperature, the output on the instrument is compared with a standard 

reference. The difference between these two readings should be less than 10mmHg. If 

the instrument’s reading is over 10mmHg, calibrate the pressure sensor using the 

calibrate menu and change it to reflect the actual BP. 

6.4.4 AutoCal (Pcal) sensor verification 

The flow rate is displayed in the Pcal output when the calibration orifice’s port is 

connected to the AutoCal port. The comparison of this sensor to a digital or water 

manometer should be ±5% difference in error. The calculation is listed below. If the 

percent difference is greater than 5%, calibrate the AutoCal (Pcal) sensor using the 

directions listed above. 

6.4.5 Flow rate verification 

The output for the flow rate on the controller (Pcal) is in inches of water (inH2O). This 

needs to be converted to CFM in order to be directly compared to the set point. The 

conversion calculation is listed below. 

For a single point verification, the comparison of the set point and the measured flow 

rate from the reference standard should be less than 5% difference in error. To prevent 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

19 of 33 

data invalidation, anything greater than 5% difference in measured flow rate is cause for 

a new calibration. 

For a multi-point verification, the comparison of the set point and the measured flow rate 

from the reference standard should be less than 5% difference in error. A measured flow 

rate greater than this difference at any of the five points is cause for a new calibration. In 

addition to this, the calculated correlation coefficient (R-value) should be greater than or 

equal to 0.9900 and anything less than this value is cause for a new calibration. 

Ambient Flow Calculation (Qsys) (m3/min) = 

 1 

 (orifice’s slope m) √ (((inH20) (Temp(K) / BP(mmHg))) - (orifice’s intercept b)) 

Note: (inH20) is measured from an external manometer 

Conversion from (m3/min) to CFM = 

 Qstd (m3

/min) * 35.3 CFM 

Percent difference = 

(instrument’s reading-standard’s reading)

(standard’s reading) *100 

Conversion from Qstd to Qamb = 

 Qstd = Qamb ((Pamb / Pstd)*(Tstd / Tamb)) 

 Nomenclature: 

 Qstd – standard flow rate 

 Qamb – ambient flow rate 

 Pamb – ambient barometric pressure (mmHg) 

 Tamb – ambient temperature (Kelvin) 

 Tstd – 298°K 

 Pstd – 760mmHg 

6.5 TROUBLESHOOTING & MAINTENANCE 

6.5.1 Corrective Maintenance Procedures 

The following is a list of possible problems and the corrective measures. 

a. Shelter/Sampler Exterior: There is nothing on the anodized aluminum shelter that is 

should wear out under normal operating conditions. In the event a system is 

dropped or blown over, some shelter parts may become bent. Simply re-shape the 

bent component(s) or replace them as necessary. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

20 of 33 

b. Blower motor: If the blower motor does not function, perform the following test: 1. 

Unplug the motor from the flow control device or timer. 2. Plug the motor directly 

into line voltage. If the motor does not operate when plugged directly into line 

voltage then: See “electrical hook-up” schematic. If the motor still does not work, 

see timer and flow control instructions. 

c. Filter holder: Two gaskets make contact with the filter holder. The 8”x10” gasket 

seals between the shelter base pan and the flange of the filter holder. If this seal is 

compromised, replace the 8”x10” gasket. The lower section of the filter holder is 

sealed against the blower with a round neoprene rubber gasket. If any leakage is 

evident, replace this gasket. 

d. Filter media holder: The filter media holder uses the 8”x10” gasket to seal between 

it and the filter holder. Another 8”x10” gasket is also used on the filter media holder 

to seal between the filter holder down frame and the filter media itself. If leakage is 

evident, inspect the gasket for foreign objects and replace as necessary. 

6.5.2 Routine Maintenance Procedures 

A regular maintenance schedule will allow a monitoring network to operate for longer 

periods of time without system failure. Adjustments in routine maintenance frequencies 

will be made once a strong operating history is established and based upon the 

operational demands on the sampler(s). 

Cleaning and maintenance activities to observe during each site service visit. 

a. Inspect all gaskets (including motor cushion) to assure they are in good shape and 

that they seal properly. For the inlet to seal properly, all gaskets must function 

properly and retain their resilience. Replace when necessary. 

b. Power cords should be periodically inspected for good connections and for cracks 

(replace when necessary). 

CAUTION: Do not allow power cord or outlets to be immersed in water. 

c. Inspect the filter screen and remove any foreign deposits. 

d. Inspect the filter media holder frame gasket each sample period. This gasket must 

make an airtight seal. 

e. Ensure the elapsed time indicator is operating by watching under power. 

f. Inspect inside of hood and internal components for foreign debris, such as dirt, 

dust, and/or insects after each sample period. Clean with paper towels and a light 

solvent and water solution. 

The manufacturer’s operating manual includes more detail on troubleshooting using the 

Diagnostics Screens and error codes. If a problem cannot be identified and corrected, 

notify the Team Leader or Supervisor. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

21 of 33 

NOTE: Upon performing a review of the sampler’s data, the power log 

must be reviewed for power surges that may have affected the 

sampler during the sample collection period. If a power failure 

occurs during a collection period, keep an objective watch on the 

issue until resolved. The following power-related error codes are 

pertinent to troubleshooting an issue that may have occurred 

with the sampler or the power source. 

a. 130 = 128( Power On Reset) + 2 (Low Voltage Detect) 

 When the sampler is powered on, you will almost always get a ‘Power On 

Reset’ and ‘Low Voltage Detect’. 

b. 64 = External power reset 

 External Reset occurs because the reset line on the processor was pulled 

low. This is caused by a surge or spike in the power supply. 

c. 32 = Watchdog reset 

 Watchdog Reset occurs when a part of the program is taking too long to 

execute and the system resets itself to try to regain control. 

Most of the power failures that last less than one minute are simply the result of the 

system restarting the software after a surge in the power supply. When this occurs, 

there is not a problem with the instrument. 

6.6 SAMPLE COLLECTION AND FILTER EXCHANGE 

6.6.1 Installing Filters: 

1. Collect the filter transport cases with clean, unused filters for the upcoming sample 

day in the Air Filter Lab (AFL) staging area. A spare case is provided in the event a 

filter is damaged during the sample filter exchange process. Visually check the 

cases to ensure the filter cassette and ADEQ LeadTSP Air Sampling Record are 

enclosed. 

2. Disengage the sample saver shield in the DIAGNOSTICS menu for ease of 

installing the filter. 

NOTE: A sample (exposed filter) will probably be in the sampler at this time. 

Remove it following the directions below for Retrieving Filters. 

3. Remove the unexposed filter cassette from the transport case. Visually inspect the 

filter for pinholes, chaff or flashing, loose material, discoloration, and uniformity. 

4. Carefully place the filter cassette in the sampler and tighten the wing nuts evenly 

on alternate corners; under-tightening may result in leakage, over- tightening may 

damage the gasket and cause the filter to stick to the gasket. Also be sure to 

tighten the filter holder thumb screws so they are snug with the top plate. 

5. Check the timer to ensure that it is set to start the sampler at midnight and to stop 

the sampler at midnight the next day. The normal sampling period is 1440 minutes. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

22 of 33 

NOTE: Care must be taken to ensure that the filter is clean and 

undamaged before it is installed in the sampler. Do not remove 

the faceplate until the sample saver shield has been engaged. 

The filter must be keep clean and never touched with fingers. 

6. If the filter is bad, exchange the filter with the spare filter cassette that is provided, 

mark the changes on the chain-of-custody, and repeat steps again. 

7. Engage the sample saver shield in the DIAGNOSTICS menu and remove the filter 

faceplate. 

6.6.2 Retrieving Filters: 

1. Open the shelter lid and install the filter faceplate to protect the filter while it is 

being handled. 

2. Disengage the sample saver shield by accessing the control in the DIAGNOSTICS 

menu. 

3. Carefully loosen the filter holder wing nuts and remove the filter cassette. 

4. Place the filter cassette in the protective containers, i.e. plastic bag and transport 

case. 

NOTE: The filter must be keep clean and never touched with fingers. 

5. Record the sample date using military time (24 hour clock), total sample time and 

other sample period data (flow rates, temperatures, pressures, %CV, and total 

volume) on the associated ADEQ LeadTSP Air Sampling Record and place in the 

transport case. 

NOTE 1: If a mistake is made, draw a single line through the entry, initial 

and date. Enter the correct information adjacent to the mistaken 

entry. 

NOTE 2: If there are multiple mistakes made - a new form can be issued if 

needed by the AFL. 

6. Perform a quick review the sampler’s summary and interval data while at the site to 

verify that the sampler ran the correct amount of time and the flow rate was within 

tolerance. 

a. Instructions for viewing and downloading data are found in section 6.1.7 

and 6.1.8. 

b. If the data show that the sampler was out of tolerance on these criteria, 

setup a make-up sample if there is sufficient time to collect and retrieve a 

sampler before the next scheduled run day. Use the unexposed filter 

and chain-of-custody/field data sheet provided for the appropriate 

sampler and next run day. AFL will set up a replacement filter and 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

23 of 33 

paperwork for the appropriate sampler’s next regularly scheduled run 

day. 

c. If there is not sufficient time to collect a makeup sample prior to the next 

regularly schedule run day, do not set up a makeup sample. 

NOTE: An additional sample may be collected during the quarter to 

supplement for the lost run day. Work with DM&QA to determine 

how best to handle each missed sample on a case-by-case 

basis. 

7. Fill out the Instrument Logbook to document the visit and service performed. 

Complete the Site Log Book form and remove and return the top white sheet to 

AMU field sheet coordinator. 

8. Return each transport case containing the filter sample and the ADEQ LeadTSP Air 

Sampling Record (chain-of-custody/data card) to the AFL staging area. See Figure 

3 for an example of air sampling record sections to be completed by the operator. 

9. Store the downloaded data to J drive under the appropriate site folder located at: 

J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\MONITORING SAMPLER\SITE_LOG\ADEQ Active Sites 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

24 of 33 

Figure 3. Partially Completed ADEQ LeadTSP Air Sampling Record 

6.7 DATA & RECORDS MANAGEMENT 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

25 of 33 

1. Transfer the download sampler data to the corresponding site folder in J drive: 

J:AQD\AQD\ASSESS\MONITORING SAMPLER\SITE_LOG\ADEQ Active Sites 

See Figures 4 and 5 show screen shots of folders in J drive. 

Figure 4. J Drive – Active Sites Folders 

Figure 5. J Drive – Example of Storage Folder for an Interval Data File 

2. Review the 5-minute interval data to verify the following: 

 the sampler’s flow rate was stable and within tolerance during the sample collection 

 the sampler did not under run or overrun on the day of collection 

 the sampler did not malfunction and expose the sample filter to additional hours of 

flow before or after the schedule run day. 

3. Submit completed calibration, verification, or other field reports to the AMU Field Sheet 

Coordinator for review and forwarding to the DM&QA Sampler for processing and review by 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

26 of 33 

the QA/QC Lead and the data validator(s). The final, signed hardcopy of each report is filed 

in DM&QA Sampler’s site file. 

4. All field records are kept on file for a minimum of five years. The records are then archived in 

accordance with ADEQ Records Management Policy and the AQD Quality Assurance 

Program Plan for Lead (Pb) Ambient Air Monitoring. Validated data are stored in the AQD 

Air Assessment Ambient Database (AAAD) and reported to the EPA Air Quality Subsystem 

(AQS). 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

27 of 33 

ATTACHMENT A – Blank Field Data Sheets for a Verification and a Calibration

AAAD Site #: Date:

ID Information:

Technician: Reference s/n: Yes

Site Name: Certification Date: Yes

Software Version:

Inlet s/n:

MFC s/n: Filter's Manufacturer s/n:

Motor s/n: Calibraiton Orifice s/n:

Calibration Orifice Cert. Date:

Sampler Date & Time:

Actual Date & Time: Serial No. Date Certified

Does Date & Time Agree ± 2 min? Slack Tube: 0

Previous Calibration: Electronic Manometer: 0

Previous Verification / Service Date:

Sensor Verification:

Reference Tf: °C Reference BP: mmHg Manometer Pcal

Instrument Tamb: °C Instrument Pamb: mmHg in H2O

Degree Difference: 0.0 273.15 Pressure Difference: 0 in H2O

in H2O

Calibration Performed: No Calibration Performed: No in H2O

Temperature Calibration: ± 2°C Pressure Calibration: ±10 mmHg in H2O

average: #DIV/0! #DIV/0! in H2O

% Difference: #DIV/0!

Calibration if % diff. exceeds 5%

Calibration Performed: No

1-Point Flow Rate Verification:

Set Point: 40 ft3

/min

Orifice Slope (m):

Orifice Intercept (b): Ambient Flow Calculation: #DIV/0! m3

/min

Qa: #DIV/0! ft3

/min

1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

Percent Difference From Set Point: #DIV/0!

Calibrate if exceeds 7% difference from set point

5-Point Flow Rate Verification:

Orifice Slope (m):

Orifice Intercept (b):

Calibrate if exceeds 5% difference from set point

Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

1 44 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

average: #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

% Difference: #DIV/0!

Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

2 42 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

average: #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

% Difference: #DIV/0!

Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

3 40 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

average: #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

% Difference: #DIV/0!

Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

4 38 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

Set point Actual Corr R

44 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

42 #DIV/0!

average: #DIV/0! #DIV/0! 40 #DIV/0!

% Difference: #DIV/0! 38 #DIV/0!

Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point 36 #DIV/0!

5 36 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

average: #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

% Difference: #DIV/0!

Comments:

v10, 9/12/2012_GWK Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Reviewed By:

Barometric Pressure

Calibrate if Corr R exceeds 0.9900

Arizona Department of Environmental Quality

Tisch High Volume TSP Pb Air Sampler (TE-HV+)

Verification Data Sheet

Temperature Flow Rate

Yes

R2 = #N/A

34.00

39.00

44.00

49.00

54.00

59.00

64.00

69.00

34 36 38 40 42 44 46

Set Point

Actual
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

28 of 33 

AAAD Site #: 0 Date: 1/0/1900

ID Information:

Technician: 0 Reference s/n: 0 Yes

Site Name: Certification Date: 1/0/1900 Yes

Software Version: 0.00

Inlet s/n: 0

MFC s/n: 0 Filter's Manufacturer s/n: 0

Motor s/n: 0 Calibraiton Orifice s/n: 0

Calibration Orifice Cert. Date: January 0, 1900

Sampler Date & Time: 1/0/1900 0:00

Actual Date & Time: 1/0/1900 0:00 Serial No. Date Certified

Does Date & Time Agree ± 2 min? Slack Tube: n/a n/a 0

Previous Calibration: 1/0/1900 Electronic Manometer: 0 1/0/1900 0

Previous Verification / Service Date: 1/0/1900

Sensor Verification:

Reference Tf: 0.0 °C Reference BP: 0 mmHg

Instrument Tamb: 0.0 °C Instrument Pamb: 0 mmHg

Degree Difference: 0.0 273.15 Pressure Difference: 0

Calibration Performed: Yes or No Calibration Performed: Yes or No

Temperature Calibration: ± 2°C Pressure Calibration: ±10 mmHg Manometer Pcal

0.0 0.00 in H2O

1-Point Flow Rate Verification: 0.0 0.00 in H2O

0.0 0.00 in H2O

Set Point: 40 ft

3

/min 0.0 0.00 in H2O

Orifice Slope (m): 0.00000 0.0 0.00 in H2O

Orifice Intercept (b): 0.00000 Ambient Flow Calculation: #DIV/0! m3

/min average: 0.00 0.00 in H2O

Qa: #DIV/0! ft

3

/min % Difference: #DIV/0!

1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min Pcal Calibration if % diff. exceeds 5%

Percent Difference From Set Point: #DIV/0!

F.R. Calibration if exceeds 7% difference from set point Calibration Performed: Yes or No

Sensor Calibration:

Reference Tf: °C Reference BP: mmHg Point Number Set Point Manometer

Instrument Tamb: °C Instrument Pamb: mmHg 1 0.00 in H2O

Degree Difference: 0.0 273.15 Pressure Difference: 0 2 10.00 in H2O

3 2.50 in H2O

Calibration Performed: Yes or No Calibration Performed: Yes or No 4 7.50 in H2O

Temperature Calibration: ± 2°C Pressure Calibration: ±10 mmHg 5 5.00 in H2O

Ref Temp(Tf): Point(s): Ref BP: Point(s):

Instr Temp: Offset A1: Instr BP: Offset A1: Corr R:

Degree Diff: Gain A0: Pressure Diff: Gain A0: Offset A1:

Calib To: Corr R: Calib To: Corr R: Gain A0:

Flow Rate Calibration:

Orifice Slope (m): High Flow Rate: Time Started:

Orifice Intercept (b): Low Flow Rate: Time Finished:

Point Number Set Point Pressure Temp. Pcal Qsys (ft

3

/min) Qcal Point Number Flow (m3/min) Qa (ambient)

1 273.2 1 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

2 273.2 2 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

3 273.2 3 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

4 273.2 4 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

5 273.2 5 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

Corr R:

Offset A1:

Gain A0:

Sensor Verification:

Reference Tf: °C Reference BP: mmHg

Instrument Tamb: °C Instrument Pamb: mmHg

Degree Difference: 0.0 273.15 Pressure Difference: 0

Manometer Pcal

Calibration Performed: Yes or No Calibration Performed: Yes or No in H2O

in H2O

Post Cal Flow Rate Verification: in H2O

in H2O

Set Point: 40 ft3

/min in H2O

Orifice Slope (m): 0.00000 average: #DIV/0! #DIV/0! in H2O

Orifice Intercept (b): 0.00000 Ambient Flow Calculation: #DIV/0! m3

/min % Difference: #DIV/0!

Qa: #DIV/0! ft3

/min 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min Calibration Performed: Yes or No

Percent Difference From Set Point: #DIV/0!

Comments:

v10, 5/2/2012_GWK Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Reviewed By:

Conversion of Pcal to Qa (ambient)

Flow Rate

Qsys

Temperature Barometric Pressure

Temperature Barometric Pressure Pcal

Flow Rate

Temperature Barometric Pressure

Yes

Arizona Department of Environmental Quality

Tisch High Volume TSP Pb Air Sampler (TE-HV+)

Calibration Data Sheet

0
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

29 of 33 

ATTACHMENT B – Examples of Completed Field Data Sheets for Verifications (pass and fail) and a Calibration 

Example of Passing Verification Data Sheet: AAAD Site #: 16593 Date: 8/14/2012

ID Information:

Technician: GWK Reference s/n: 80 Yes

Site Name: Certification Date: 5/29/2012 Yes

Software Version: 3.36P

Inlet s/n: 0093

MFC s/n: 400-0043 Filter's Manufacturer s/n: G1521003

Motor s/n: 2926 Calibraiton Orifice s/n: 1798

Calibration Orifice Cert. Date: September 12, 2011

Sampler Date & Time: 8/14/2012 9:28

Actual Date & Time: 8/14/2012 9:28 Serial No. Date Certified

Does Date & Time Agree ± 2 min? Slack Tube: n/a n/a 0

Previous Calibration: 5/30/2012 Electronic Manometer: 21671 2/11/2011 0

Previous Verification / Service Date: 8/3/2012

Sensor Verification:

Reference Tf: 40.4 °C Reference BP: 706.5 mmHg Manometer Pcal

Instrument Tamb: 39.7 °C Instrument Pamb: 706 mmHg 4.3 4.28 in H2O

Degree Difference: 0.7 313.55 Pressure Difference: 0.5 4.2 4.22 in H2O

4.2 4.24 in H2O

Calibration Performed: No Calibration Performed: No 4.2 4.18 in H2O

Temperature Calibration: ± 2°C Pressure Calibration: ±10 mmHg 4.4 4.34 in H2O

average: 4.24 4.25 in H2O

% Difference: 0.28

Calibration if % diff. exceeds 5%

Calibration Performed: No

1-Point Flow Rate Verification:

Set Point: 40 ft3

/min

Orifice Slope (m): 1.24770

Orifice Intercept (b): -0.01275 Ambient Flow Calculation: 1.11 m3

/min

Qa: 39.19 ft3

/min

1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

Percent Difference From Set Point: 2.03

Calibrate if exceeds 7% difference from set point

5-Point Flow Rate Verification:

Orifice Slope (m): 1.24770

Orifice Intercept (b): -0.01275

Calibrate if exceeds 5% difference from set point

Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

1 44 5.0 5.07 1.21 42.75 2.84

5.1 5.11 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

5.1 5.09

5.1 5.12

5.0 5.02

average: 5.05 5.08

% Difference: 0.55

Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

2 42 4.5 4.49 1.16 40.79 2.87

4.7 4.69 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

4.5 4.62

4.6 4.60

4.6 4.62

average: 4.60 4.60

% Difference: 0.13

Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

3 40 4.1 4.12 1.10 38.87 2.81

4.2 4.14 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

4.2 4.17

4.1 4.18

4.2 4.26

average: 4.17 4.17

% Difference: 0.05

Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

4 38 3.9 3.82 1.05 37.10 2.37

3.9 3.93 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

3.7 3.72 Set point Actual Corr R

3.8 3.84 44 42.75 0.9998

3.7 3.70 42 40.79

average: 3.80 3.80 40 38.87

% Difference: 0.16 38 37.10

Set Point (ft3/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point 36 35.29

5 36 3.4 3.36 1.00 35.29 1.97

3.5 3.46 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

3.4 3.45

3.5 3.52

3.4 3.41

average: 3.43 3.44

% Difference: 0.23

Comments:

v10, 8/10/2012_GWK Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Reviewed By:

Arizona Department of Environmental Quality

Tisch High Volume TSP Pb Air Sampler (TE-HV+)

Verification Data Sheet

Temperature Flow Rate

Yes

Globe Highway - Secondary

Sunny, blue skies, slightly breezy. Warmed instrument up for 10 minutes on 50% fixed motor power.

Barometric Pressure

Calibrate if Corr R exceeds 0.9900

R2 = 0.9995

34.00

35.00

36.00

37.00

38.00

39.00

40.00

41.00

42.00

43.00

44.00

34 36 38 40 42 44 46

Set Point

Actual
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

30 of 33 

Example of Failing Verification Data Sheet: AAAD Site #: 16629 Date: 8/14/2012

ID Information:

Technician: GWK Reference s/n: 80 Yes

Site Name: Certification Date: 5/29/2012 Yes

Software Version: 3.36P

Inlet s/n: 0091

MFC s/n: 400-0042 Filter's Manufacturer s/n: G1521003

Motor s/n: 2925 Calibraiton Orifice s/n: 1798

Calibration Orifice Cert. Date: September 12, 2011

Sampler Date & Time: 8/14/2012 12:16

Actual Date & Time: 8/14/2012 12:17 Serial No. Date Certified

Does Date & Time Agree ± 2 min? Slack Tube: n/a n/a 0.0003009

Previous Calibration: 3/30/2012 Electronic Manometer: 21671 2/11/2011 0

Previous Verification / Service Date: 7/27/2012

Sensor Verification:

Reference Tf: 41.0 °C Reference BP: 674.5 mmHg Manometer Pcal

Instrument Tamb: 40.1 °C Instrument Pamb: 674 mmHg 3.7 3.79 in H2O

Degree Difference: 0.9 314.15 Pressure Difference: 0.5 3.7 3.84 in H2O

3.7 3.77 in H2O

Calibration Performed: No Calibration Performed: No 3.8 3.87 in H2O

Temperature Calibration: ± 2°C Pressure Calibration: ±10 mmHg 3.8 3.91 in H2O

average: 3.76 3.84 in H2O

% Difference: 1.98

Calibration if % diff. exceeds 5%

Calibration Performed: No

1-Point Flow Rate Verification:

Set Point: 40 ft3

/min

Orifice Slope (m): 1.24770

Orifice Intercept (b): -0.01275 Ambient Flow Calculation: 1.07 m3

/min

Qa: 37.82 ft3

/min

1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

Percent Difference From Set Point: 5.46

Calibrate if exceeds 7% difference from set point

5-Point Flow Rate Verification:

Orifice Slope (m): 1.24770

Orifice Intercept (b): -0.01275

Calibrate if exceeds 5% difference from set point

Set Point (ft3

/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

1 44 4.5 4.47 1.20 42.21 4.07

4.7 4.69 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

4.7 4.72

4.9 4.90

4.8 4.77

average: 4.69 4.71

% Difference: 0.34

Set Point (ft3

/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

2 42 4.2 4.16 1.14 40.33 3.97

4.4 4.41 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

4.2 4.21

4.4 4.35

4.2 4.26

average: 4.28 4.28

% Difference: 0.09

Set Point (ft3

/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

3 40 3.7 3.92 1.07 37.82 5.46

3.7 3.86 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

3.7 3.94

3.8 3.82

3.8 3.85

average: 3.76 3.88

% Difference: 3.04

Set Point (ft3

/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point

4 38 3.5 3.43 1.03 36.38 4.25

3.4 3.42 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

3.6 3.56 Set point Actual Corr R

3.6 3.60 44 42.21 0.9922

3.4 3.36 42 40.33

average: 3.48 3.47 40 37.82

% Difference: 0.12 38 36.38

Set Point (ft3

/min) Manometer Pcal Flow (m3/min) Qa (ft3/min) % difference from set point 36 35.09

5 36 3.3 3.27 0.99 35.09 2.54

3.1 3.10 1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min

3.2 3.21

3.1 3.06

3.4 3.37

average: 3.23 3.20

% Difference: 0.94

Comments:

v10, 5/2/2012_GWK Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Reviewed By:

Mostly sunny, storm clouds building off of mountains, and breezy. Warmed motor up for 15 minutes on 50% fixed motor power.

Barometric Pressure

Calibrate if Corr R exceeds 0.9900

Arizona Department of Environmental Quality

Tisch High Volume TSP Pb Air Sampler (TE-HV+)

Verification Data Sheet

Temperature Flow Rate

Yes

Miami Golf Course

R2 = 0.9845

34.00

35.00

36.00

37.00

38.00

39.00

40.00

41.00

42.00

43.00

34 36 38 40 42 44 46

Set Point

Actual
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

31 of 33 

Example of Calibration Data Sheet for Previously Failed Verification: AAAD Site #: 16629 Date: 8/14/2012

ID Information:

Technician: GWK Reference s/n: 80 Yes

Site Name: Certification Date: 5/29/2012 Yes

Software Version: 3.36P

Inlet s/n: 0091

MFC s/n: 400-0042 Filter's Manufacturer s/n: G1521003

Motor s/n: 2925 Calibraiton Orifice s/n: 1798

Calibration Orifice Cert. Date: September 12, 2011

Sampler Date & Time: 8/14/2012 12:16

Actual Date & Time: 8/14/2012 12:17 Serial No. Date Certified

Does Date & Time Agree ± 2 min? Slack Tube: n/a n/a 0.0003009

Previous Calibration: 4/23/2012 Electronic Manometer: 21671 2/11/2011 0

Previous Verification / Service Date: 7/27/2012

Sensor Verification:

Reference Tf: 41.0 °C Reference BP: 674.5 mmHg

Instrument Tamb: 40.1 °C Instrument Pamb: 674 mmHg

Degree Difference: 0.9 314.15 Pressure Difference: 0.5

Calibration Performed: No Calibration Performed: No

Temperature Calibration: ± 2°C Pressure Calibration: ±10 mmHg Manometer Pcal

3.7 3.79 in H2O

1-Point Flow Rate Verification: 3.7 3.84 in H2O

3.7 3.77 in H2O

Set Point: 40 ft3

/min 3.8 3.87 in H2O

Orifice Slope (m): 1.24770 3.8 3.91 in H2O

Orifice Intercept (b): -0.01275 Ambient Flow Calculation: 1.07 m3

/min average: 3.76 3.84 in H2O

Qa: 37.82 ft3

/min % Difference: 1.98

1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min Pcal Calibration if % diff. exceeds 5%

Percent Difference From Set Point: 5.46

F.R. Calibration if exceeds 7% difference from set point Calibration Performed: No

Sensor Calibration:

Reference Tf: °C Reference BP: mmHg Point Number Set Point Manometer

Instrument Tamb: °C Instrument Pamb: mmHg 1 0.00 in H2O

Degree Difference: 0.0 273.15 Pressure Difference: 0 2 10.00 in H2O

3 2.50 in H2O

Calibration Performed: Yes or No Calibration Performed: Yes or No 4 7.50 in H2O

Temperature Calibration: ± 2°C Pressure Calibration: ±10 mmHg 5 5.00 in H2O

Ref Temp(Tf): Point(s): Ref BP: Point(s):

Instr Temp: Offset A1: Instr BP: Offset A1: Corr R:

Degree Diff: Gain A0: Pressure Diff: Gain A0: Offset A1:

Calib To: Corr R: Calib To: Corr R: Gain A0:

Flow Rate Calibration:

Orifice Slope (m): 1.99255 High Flow Rate: 39.6 Time Started: 13:42

Orifice Intercept (b): -0.02027 Low Flow Rate: 32.4 Time Finished: 13:47

Point Number Set Point Pressure Temp. Pcal Qsys (ft

3

/min) Qcal Point Number Flow (m3/min) Qa (ambient)

1 674 40.1 5.82 40.6 39.6 313.3 1 1.33 46.91

2 674 39.5 5.27 38.5 37.8 312.7 2 1.26 44.61

3 674 39.4 4.77 37.3 35.9 312.6 3 1.20 42.46

4 674 36.9 4.27 35.8 34.2 310.1 4 1.13 40.03

5 674 37.1 3.82 33.3 32.3 310.3 5 1.07 37.89

Corr R: 0.9928

Offset A1: 0.5023

Gain A0: 2022.1582

Sensor Verification:

Reference Tf: 38.7 °C Reference BP: 674 mmHg

Instrument Tamb: 37.4 °C Instrument Pamb: 674 mmHg

Degree Difference: 1.3 311.85 Pressure Difference: 0

Manometer Pcal

Calibration Performed: No Calibration Performed: No 4.4 4.36 in H2O

4.6 4.52 in H2O

Post Cal Flow Rate Verification: 4.4 4.44 in H2O

4.4 4.34 in H2O

Set Point: 40 ft3

/min 4.5 4.48 in H2O

Orifice Slope (m): 1.24770 average: 4.44 4.43 in H2O

Orifice Intercept (b): -0.01275 Ambient Flow Calculation: 1.16 m3

/min % Difference: 0.32

Qa: 40.94 ft3

/min

1 m3/min = 35.31466213 ft3/min Calibration Performed: No

Percent Difference From Set Point: 2.34

Comments:

v10, 5/2/2012_GWK Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Reviewed By:

Temperature Barometric Pressure

Yes

Arizona Department of Environmental Quality

Tisch High Volume TSP Pb Air Sampler (TE-HV+)

Calibration Data Sheet

Miami Golf Course

Temperature Barometric Pressure Pcal

Flow Rate

Conversion of Pcal to Qa (ambient)

Storm moved in within 5 minutes of beginning of calibration. Windy during calibration.

Flow Rate

Qsys

Temperature Barometric Pressure
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

32 of 33 

ATTACHMENT C – Tisch’s Technical Note: High Altitude Sampling Considerations 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Air Monitoring Unit 

TITLE

OPERATING THE TISCH HIGHVOL+ SAMPLER FOR TOTAL 

SUSPENDED PARTICULATE 

SOP # 

AMU-002 

VERSION 

1.0 

PAGE 

33 of 33 

VERSION SHEET

VERSION 

& DATE 

DESCRIPTION REQUESTED BY 

1.0 

01-Oct-2012 

New document number created to comply with standard document 

numbering system. AMU-002 replaces AMU-Pb-001. Additionally, 

revisions to Section 6.3 occurred. Five point flow rate verification 

procedure added and associated data sheets revised. Limits of tolerable 

error updated for the 5-point flow rate procedure. Minor revisions were 

also made in other sections. 

Gregory Kendall 


Attachment H 

ADEQ AAS FCC-003 SOP 

Lead (Pb) Filter Data Review and Reporting 
 Air Assessment 

Data Management & Quality 

Assurance Unit

STANDARD OPERATION PROCEDURE TITLE 

PROCEDURE FOR LEAD (Pb) FILTER DATA REVIEW AND 

REPORTING 

SOP NUMBER REV DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUE PAGE NUMBER 

FCC-003 1.1 20-OCTOBER-2011 1 of 15 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

1.0 PURPOSE ..................................................................................................................................................................................2

2.0 SCOPE........................................................................................................................................................................................2

3.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS..................................................................................................................................................2

4.0 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS..................................................................................................................................................2

5.0 PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................................................................2

5.1 REVIEW OF PIMA COUNTY LAB PB DATA FILES AND AMU INSTRUMENT FILES .................................................................2

5.2 REFORMATTING DATA FILES TO AAAD FORMAT.................................................................................................................4

7

8

10

14

5.3 LOADING THE DATA INTO AAAD ..........................................................................................................................................

5.4 VERIFY DATA LOADED INTO AAAD CORRECTLY. ................................................................................................................

5.5 PROMOTING DATA TO QA LEVEL 3 ....................................................................................................................................

5.6 EXIT FCC QA VALIDATION SCREEN (RED DOOR). .............................................................................................................
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Data Management & Quality 

Assurance Unit 

SOP NUMBER

FCC-003 

REV 

1.1 

PAGE 

2 

1.0 PURPOSE

To document the procedure used to review the Lead (Pb) data files from the Pima County Regional 

Wastewater Reclamation Department’s Compliance and Regulatory Affairs (CRAO) Laboratory and 

instrument files from Air Monitoring Unit (AMU) and prepare the data for loading into AAAD and the 

EPA’s Air Quality System (AQS) database. 

2.0 SCOPE 

This document applies to Data Management & QA Unit Personnel. 

3.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS 

EPA Monitoring Schedule calendar - http://www.epa.gov/ttn/amtic/calendar.html

AQS-001 – AQS Procedure for Batch Loading data into AQS 

4.0 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS 

AAAD Air Assessment Ambient Database 

AMU Air Monitoring Unit 

AQS Air Quality System 

DCS Data Collection System 

EPA Environmental Protection Agency 

FCC Filters, Canisters, Cartridges 

5.0 PROCEDURE 

NOTE: The procedure consists of six steps. See steps 5.1 through 5.6 for details. 

5.1 Review of Pima County Lab Pb data files and AMU instrument files

5.1.1 Pb data files are delivered to Data Management when data results for the previous 

month are ready for review and reporting. AMU instrument files are delivered quarterly. 

Both of these files are in spreadsheet files. 

5.1.2 Locate the spreadsheet files: 

5.1.2.1 Pima County Lab files – (J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\DATA MANAGEMENT AND 

QA UNIT\DM\Programs\NAAQS\Lead\Data) Select appropriate year, then 

open the ‘Raw_Files_From_Pima_Lab’ folder. 

NOTE 1: Files are by month. 

NOTE 2: Excel files are AAAD formatted data and PDF are official reports 

from Pima County Lab 

5.1.2.2 AMU files – (J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\MONITORING 

UNIT\Airlab\Spreadsheets\) Select the appropriate year, then lead 

spreadsheets folder, then the correct quarter. 

NOTE 1: Open files as “read only”. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Data Management & Quality 

Assurance Unit 

SOP NUMBER

FCC-003 

REV 

1.1 

PAGE 

3 

NOTE 2: There are files for each collocated monitors labeled Primary and 

Secondary. 

5.1.3 Save both sets of files. 

5.1.3.1 Save Pima County Lab files in ‘ADEQ_Edited_CSV_Files’ folder within the 

same Year folder as the Raw files folder (see 5.1.2.1). 

5.1.3.2 Save AMU files in the ‘PbTSP’ folder located at: J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\DATA 

MANAGEMENT AND QA UNIT\DM\Programs\NAAQS\Lead\Data. 

5.1.3.2.1 Select the appropriate year and quarter. 

5.1.3.2.1 Save the files for each monitor at each site. 

5.1.3.2.3 If year or PbTSP folders do not exist: Create and then save 

data files. 

5.1.4 Review Pb data as well as temperature and pressure instrument data. 

5.1.4.1 Open data files. 

NOTE: Make a list of questions for the Data Management & QA Unit Manager about 

things not clearly understood, while reviewing the data. 

5.1.4.2 Check sample dates and answer the following questions. 

 Do the dates match the EPA Monitoring Schedule calendar? 

 If date does not match: Is there an explanation for the change in 

sample date? 

 Is the year correct? 

5.1.4.3 Check instrument parameters (temperature and pressure). 

5.1.4.3.1 If any cells are highlighted or color coded: Check notes at 

bottom of page or on 'color key' page for explanation. 

5.1.4.3.2 If not clear: Make questions for Unit Manager. 

5.1.4.3.3 Make sure there are values for all run days. 

5.1.4.4 Check ambient concentration values. 

5.1.4.4.1 Are there any values greater than 0.15 μg/m3

? Read comments 

for explanation and make notes/questions for Unit Manager. 

5.1.4.4.2 If there are any values less than MDL: Make notes for the Unit 

Manager. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Data Management & Quality 

Assurance Unit 

SOP NUMBER

FCC-003 

REV 

1.1 

PAGE 

4 

5.1.4.4.3 Scan flags added by Pima County lab. Read comments for 

explanation. 

5.1.4.4.3.1 If flags are incorrect for the situation 

described, or if no flag is present (when one 

should be), or if bad flag and concentration 

data are both present: Make notes/questions for 

Unit Manager. 

5.1.5 Review all notes/questions with Unit Manager. Note corrections to be made. 

5.1.5.1 If questions cannot be resolved: Unit Manager will contact Pima County Lab 

or AMU staff for clarification. 

5.2 Reformatting data files to AAAD format 

NOTE: Files from the Pima County Lab will be loaded monthly, then temperature and 

pressure data from AMU filter lab will be loaded on a quarterly basis. 

5.2.1 Pima County Lab files 

5.2.1.1 Check the AAAD formatted files sent by the lab (skip to 5.2.3). 

5.2.1.2 If changes are needed, make the changes in excel file and save in 

‘ADEQ_Edited_CSV_Files’ folder only. 

5.2.2 AMU Files 

5.2.2.1 Reformat the data in the same quarter folder where the AMU files were saved 

(see 5.1.3.2). 

5.2.2.2 Copy the ‘Pb Quarterly Template.xls’ file: J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\DATA 

MANAGEMENT AND QA UNIT\DM\Programs\NAAQS\Lead\Data\Pb 

Quarterly Template.xls

5.2.2.2.1 Save the file as ‘Pb YYYY Q #_temp and pressure only.xls’ 

where YYYY is the year and # is the quarter number of the data 

being formatted. 

5.2.2.3 Open the new Pb Quarterly file. 

NOTE: This file has a worksheet for each site to be used for the AAAD 

formatting of the data. 

5.2.2.3.1 Place_ID, Inst_No, Parcode, POC, and QA_Level 

NOTE: The columns are already populated on the site 

worksheets, as this is standard information that is the 

same every quarter. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Data Management & Quality 

Assurance Unit 

SOP NUMBER

FCC-003 

REV 

1.1 

PAGE 

5 

5.2.2.3.1.1 If not populated when there is a new site or 

instrument change: Look for information in AAAD or 

ask the Unit Manager. 

5.2.2.3.1.2 Check that the populated parcode column is for Pb with 

the following parameters: PbTSP.LC, BAR.Pb.LCAVG, 

TEMP.Pb.LCAVG, and FIELD. 

FIGURE 1 

5.2.2.3.2 Date/Time 

5.2.2.3.2.1 Copy the dates from the lab data files and paste in the 

Pb Quarterly document in the Date/Time Column. 

5.2.2.3.2.2 Add the time of 00:00:00 to each of the dates (can be 

done manually or with Excel cell formatting). 

5.2.2.3.2.3 Final format for the Date/Time Column should be: 

MM/DD/YYYY 00:00:00. 

5.2.2.3.3 Raw_Value and Valid_Value 

5.2.3.3.1 Copy and paste the data values for each date and 

corresponding parameter from the data files to the Pb 

Quarterly document. 

NOTE 1: Both columns will have the same data. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Data Management & Quality 

Assurance Unit 

SOP NUMBER

FCC-003 

REV 

1.1 

PAGE 

6 

5.2.2.3.4 Raw_Code and Valid_Code 

5.2.2.3.4.1 Insert any codes from the flag columns in the lab data 

file into the Pb Quarterly Document. 

5.2.2.3.4.2 If there is a B code: There should be no data in the 

Raw_Value and Valid_Value columns. 

5.2.2.3.4.3 If there is a Q code: There will be data in the 

Raw_Value and Valid_Value columns. 

NOTE: Both columns have the same flags. 

5.2.2.3.5 Uncertainty 

5.2.2.3.5.1 Leave this column blank. 

5.2.2.3.6 Comments 

5.2.2.3.5.1 Incorporate any comments from the AMU files; 

otherwise leave this column blank if no comments are 

needed. 

5.2.2.4 Repeat steps 5.2.3.1 through 5.2.4 for all sites and instruments for the month 

or quarter. 

5.2.2.4.1 See Unit Manager if there are questions. 

5.2.2.5 Copy all of the AMU data for temperature and pressure at the sites to one 

new Excel document so that the data are on one spreadsheet. 

5.2.3 Check both the Pima County Lab files and the converted AMU data for AAAD format, 

especially the following items: 

 Are dates correct and are they formatted as MM/DD/YYYY 00:00:00? 

 Is site and instrument information correct? 

 Are the Parcodes correct? 

 Are the POC numbers correct? 

 If Raw_Code and Valid_Code have Bad flags: Raw_Value and Valid_Value 

fields should be blank. 

 Are all Comments copied to Parcode Pb.TSP.LC records for the date? 

 Make sure there are no commas in Comments field. 

 Are the Comments less than or equal to 200 characters? 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Data Management & Quality 

Assurance Unit 

SOP NUMBER

FCC-003 

REV 

1.1 

PAGE 

7 

5.2.4 Save both the Pima County Lab file and the AMU data for temperature and pressure as 

CVS files by Clicking on file, then Save As. Select .CSV file type. File name is: Pb 

“Quarter” “#” “Year”.csv. 

5.2.4.1 Save in H:\DCS\aaad\FCC and H:\DCS\aaad\FCC\Loaded files. 

5.2.4.2 If these paths are not visible in Windows Explorer or if unable to save 

files to either of these folders: Notify the Data Management Unit Manager. 

A request for ‘write access’ must be made to the IT Service Desk by the Data 

Management Unit Manager. 

5.2.5 Open the .CSV file in a text editor such as UltraEdit or Wordpad. 

 Check format of all records. 

 Delete extra commas after last row of data, if present. 

 Delete extra commas after QA Level field, if present. 

 Check dates, parcodes, and comments. 

 Check values and codes. 

 Delete header row if it is still present. 

5.2.6 Close all files. 

5.3 Loading the data into AAAD

NOTE: The AAAD formatted data files are loaded into the AAAD using the Data Collection 

System (DCS) server. The files are copied to a folder on the DCS server used for FCC 

file loading. The loading process is a two step process using icons on the DCS 

desktop. The first step loads the data to the AAAD staging tables. The second step 

validates the loaded data. The user must have write access to the FCC file loading 

area and must also have remote log in access to the DCS. 

5.3.1 Make sure the .CSV files are saved in H:\DCS\aaad\FCC and 

H:\DCS\aaad\FCC\Loaded files. 

5.3.2 Log into the DCS server. 

5.3.2.1 Click on the Remote Desktop icon on the desktop that was set-up for the 

DCS. 

5.3.2.2 Click Connect when the Remote Desktop connection window pops up. 

5.3.2.3 Enter DCS user name and password and click OK. 

NOTE: The Unit Manager must submit a request to the IT Service desk for remote 

log in access. 

5.3.3 Load file. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Data Management & Quality 

Assurance Unit 

SOP NUMBER

FCC-003 

REV 

1.1 

PAGE 

8 

5.3.3.1 Open Windows Explorer and go to the H:\DCS\aaad\FCC\ folder. Change the 

file name to ‘fcc.data’. 

5.3.3.2 Click the FCC Upload icon on the DCS desktop. The Oracle SQL Loader 

program will appear in the Taskbar and the file will disappear from the folder. 

5.3.3.2.1 If any of the records in the file are not correctly formatted:

The SQL Loader creates a FCC.bad file in the folder. 

5.3.3.2.1.1 Open the file in a text editor and check the format. 

Ask Unit Manager for assistance in correcting the 

format if necessary. 

NOTE: The issue is commonly in the comments, either 

too many words or a coma. 

5.3.3.2.1.2 Save and close the file. Repeat 5.3.3.1. 

5.3.3.3 Repeat steps 5.3.3.1 through 5.3.3.2 until all files are uploaded. 

5.3.3.3 Click the FCC Validation icon on the DCS desktop to validate the records 

Oracle SQL Loader loaded into the AAAD Staging table. A message box 

saying Done will appear on the DCS desktop when validation is complete. 

NOTE: Files in the Loaded files folder are helpful if a file needs to be 

reloaded due to errors. Delete once all files in the FCC folder are 

loaded. 

5.3.3.4 Log out of the DCS server. 

5.4 Verify data loaded into AAAD correctly. 

5.4.1 Log into AAAD using the Azurite 10g icon on the desktop. 

5.4.2 Click on Applications, then scroll to Air Assessment Ambient, then to Monitoring 

Activity and select FCC Upload Validation. See Figure 2. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Data Management & Quality 

Assurance Unit 

SOP NUMBER

FCC-003 

REV 

1.1 

PAGE 

9 

FIGURE 2 

5.4.2.1 Selecting FCC Upload Validation causes the FCC Upload Data Correction

form to appear. See Figure 3. 

FIGURE 3 

5.4.3 Double click on the query icon (the flashlight). 

5.4.3.1 If no records are returned: All records loaded correctly. Proceed to Step 

5.4.4. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Data Management & Quality 

Assurance Unit 

SOP NUMBER

FCC-003 

REV 

1.1 

PAGE 

10 

5.4.3.2 If there are records returned: They will appear on this form with an Error 

Message to explain what is wrong with the record. 

5.4.3.2.1 Information in the white fields can be corrected or added. 

5.4.3.2.2 Click Save the record after each correction is made. 

5.4.3.2.3 If the information cannot be corrected: The record may be 

deleted. Ask Unit Manager for assistance. 

5.4.3.2.4 If records are corrected: They must be validated with the FCC 

Validation icon on the DCS desktop. See Step 5.3.3.3. 

5.4.3.2.5 Repeat for all the records that are found by this query. 

5.4.4 Exit out of FCC Upload Data Correction screen (button with the red door) and go back to 

the Main Azurite screen. 

5.5 Promoting Data to QA Level 3 

5.5.1 QA Level 3 

5.5.1.1 Locate field sheets for each monitor in Data Management file drawer #11. The 

field sheets include flow verification forms, calibration forms, audit forms, and 

site maintenance forms. 

5.5.1.1.1 Look for any notes on the sheets that indicate the work on the 

monitor at that site may have affected any samples. 

5.5.11.2 If the monitor failed a flow verification or audit: Note the date 

of the failure. 

5.5.1.1.2.1 Check the field sheets to determine when the last 

good check occurred. 

5.5.1.1.2.2 Look for a Corrective Action Notice to see if the 

monitor was repaired or replaced and note the 

date that occurred. 

5.5.1.1.2.3 Take this information to the Unit Manager to 

determine which samples, if any, should be 

invalidated. 

5.5.1.1.2.4 Invalidate data that was determined invalid due to 

failure in step 5.5.6.2. 

5.5.2 Click on Applications from the main AZURITE menu and then scroll to Air 

Assessment Ambient, then to Monitoring Activity and select FCC Quality 

Assurance. See Figure 4. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Data Management & Quality 

Assurance Unit 

SOP NUMBER

FCC-003 

REV 

1.1 

PAGE 

11 

FIGURE 4 

5.5.2.1 The FCC QA Validation screen appears. See Figure 5. 

FIGURE 5 

5.5.3 Enter the Place ID or the Para Abbrv. and the Start Date for the quarter of data just 

loaded and click the query icon (flashlight) or the F8 key to execute the query. 

5.5.3.1 If the Place ID is selected: All FCC Para Abbrv. for that place will be in the 

query. Use the arrows at the top of the form to move to the next Para Abbrv. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Data Management & Quality 

Assurance Unit 

SOP NUMBER

FCC-003 

REV 

1.1 

PAGE 

12 

5.5.3.2 If the Para Abbrv. is selected: All of the Place IDs for that Para Abbrv. will 

be in the query. Use the arrows at the top of the form to move to the next 

Place ID. 

NOTE: It is recommended to do QA by Place ID, not parameter. 

5.5.4 Check data to make sure that all data are loaded correctly and are not missing. 

5.5.4.1 Notify Unit Manager if there are problems. 

5.5.5 Graph data to visually check the data for PbTSP.LC parameter only. 

5.5.5.1 Click the graph button, then a pdf graph of data will appear. 

5.5.5.2 Look at the graph to make sure there are no outliers of data values that need 

to be addressed. 

5.5.5.3 If there are outliers or data values to be addressed: Make a note and see 

Unit Manager. 

5.5.5.4 Close the graph. 

5.5.6 Check notes from field sheet review. 

5.5.6.1 If there are no issues: Continue on with step 5.5.7. 

5.5.6.2 If there are flow verification or audit failures:

5.5.6.2.1 Click on the date to be invalidated in the FCC Validation screen. 

This will highlight the row and the QA values will be shown in the 

bottom of the screen. 

5.5.6.2.2 Click on the first blank row (under QA Value 2) in the QA 

section. This will activate this record row and the QA Level will 

be automatically Level 3 and the QA status will be valid. 

5.5.6.2.3 Change the QA status to invalid by clicking on the black arrow

next to the valid status. 

5.5.6.2.4 Add a reason code by typing it in or selecting from the reason 

codes pop-up by clicking the blue arrow. 

5.5.6.2.4.1 If selecting from the reason codes pop-up:

Select the corresponding reason code from the 

list and click Okay. 

5.5.6.2.5 Click Save or use the F10 key. 

NOTE: This has invalidated this sample at level 3 and will not be changed 

by the QA Insert in the next steps. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Data Management & Quality 

Assurance Unit 

SOP NUMBER

FCC-003 

REV 

1.1 

PAGE 

13 

5.5.6.2.6 Repeat steps 5.5.6.2.1 through 5.5.6.2.5 for all samples that 

need to be invalidated. 

5.5.7 Promote the valid data to QA Level 3. Click on QA Insert button and Insert QA records

screen pops up. See Figure 6. 

NOTE: Promote only the PbTSP.LC parameter. All other parameters stay at QA 

Level 2. 

FIGURE 6 

5.5.7.1 Promote data by inserting the first collection date for the quarter and the end 

collection date for the quarter. 

5.5.7.2 Leave the QA Status as Valid. 

5.5.7.3 QA Level is the level the data are being promoted to (Level 3). Copy from QA 

Level is the level the data are currently at (Level 2). 

5.5.7.4 Click the Copy All radio button and verify data, then click the Copy All button 

to promote data to the next level. 

NOTE: The data can be promoted for each individual record using the 

Insert radio button and the Insert button, but it is slow when 

inputting a large sum of data. 

5.5.7.5 A forms pop-up window will appear with the question: “Are you sure you want 

to copy QA records?” Click OK. 

5.5.7.6 For make up samples: Enter the date the sample is a make up for in the 

Comments field for each QA level. 

NOTE: The Copy All feature does not apply to the Comments field. 

5.5.8 Repeat steps 5.5.3.1 through 5.5.7.6 for all Place IDs and all Para Abbrvs. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Data Management & Quality 

Assurance Unit 

SOP NUMBER

FCC-003 

REV 

1.1 

PAGE 

14 

 Do not change Level 2 or Raw data – Level 3 only. 

5.6 Exit FCC QA Validation screen (red door).

5.6.1 See Procedure for Batch Load Data, AQS-001 to load data to AQS. 
ADEQ Air Assessment 

Data Management & Quality 

Assurance Unit 

SOP NUMBER

FCC-003 

REV 

1.1 

PAGE 

15 

REVISION SHEET

REV 1.0 New Specification. 

27-APR-2011 Requested by Heather Colson. 

REV 1.1 Update Specification. 

19-OCT-2011 Requested by Heather Colson. 
Attachment I 

ADEQ AAS ADM-003 SOP 

Corrective Action Process 
Air Assessment Section 

TITLE 

DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCESS 

SOP NUMBER REVISION DATE OF ORIGINAL 

ISSUE 

DATE OF CURRENT 

REVISION 

PAGE NUMBER

ADM-003 1.0 1 of 15 

1.0 PURPOSE 

This standard operating procedure (SOP) describes the corrective action process (CAP) 

used by Air Assessment Section (AAS) personnel to alert management of a potential 

problem that may be adversely affecting data used to determine air quality within or 

bordering the State of Arizona. 

2.0 SCOPE & APPLICABILITY 

The CAP applies to personnel within the AAS, but it can be used by personnel working 

in other Sections of the Air Quality Division. The CAP allows personnel to communicate 

an observation of some event that appears to be problematic and may impact the quality 

of primary and secondary data. The CAP is also used for communicating workplace 

safety concerns. If an observation is considered urgent, then AAS personnel are to 

report the concern to management as soon as possible. 

The potential for data to be adversely affected exists in any environmental data 

operation. The CAP is intended for observations that have no prescribed corrective 

action (CA), also known as, solution(s). It is not meant to be used for reporting problems 

that are considered routine and have prescribed CAs in an SOP or QAPP unless an 

error is discovered in the prescribed CA(s). The CAP applies to failed performance 

evaluation (PE) audits on air monitoring instruments. 

Please note that the CAP does not apply to and is not used for reporting a workplace 

injury, damage to personal or real property, or damage or injury to a third party. The 

ADEQ Safety Manual covers how to report incidents involving these types of events. 

The CAP does not apply to human resource issues such as the grievance process which 

is covered by the Arizona Department of Administration’s policies. 
ADEQ Air Assessment TITLE 

DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION 

PROCESS 

REVISION 

1.0 

PAGE 

2 of 15 

3.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS 

Quality Assurance Handbooks for Air Pollution Measurement Systems: Volumes I, II and 

IV: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Program 

ADEQ Quality Management Plan

ADEQ Quality Policy: 0005.000

ADEQ Safety Manual

ADEQ Quality Assurance Program/Project Plans for Air Monitoring Programs 

ADEQ Standard Operating Procedures for the Ambient Air Monitoring Programs

4.0 ACRYONYMS & DEFINITIONS 

Corrective Action (CA) – the solution or solutions identified and implemented to prevent 

recurrence of an observed deficiency. A CA can include, but are not limited to: the 

repair or replacement of goods and/or services, new or refresher training for affected 

employees, and changes to SOPs and QAPPs. 

Deficiency – any observation that is perceived to be problematic in nature by an 

employee. Deficiencies may include, but are not limited to: a breach in following 

established SOPs, newly discovered operational problems with monitors without 

prescribed solutions in existing SOPs and QAPPs, standards reference materials not 

meeting specifications, or changes to workplace conditions that affect data collection or 

workplace conditions. Synonyms: Problem, concern, event 

Non-Conforming Event (NCE) – an event that may be anomalous and to which there is 

no corrective action identified initially. The event is documented for future reference and 

possible investigation on the CAR form. 

Observation – may include any directly or indirectly viewed deficiency. An indirect 

observation may include a summation by an employee derived at following a review of 

documents, data, or workplace conditions, or when an employee receives information in 

writing or verbally from a site operator(s) or other persons concerning environmental 

conditions that may adversely impact an air monitoring station, site, or network. 

Primary data – data generated by Units within the Air Assessment Section. Primary data 

would include any data generated directly by ADEQ. 

Quality System - a structured and documented management system describing the 

policies, objectives, principles, organizational authority, responsibilities, accountability, 

and implementation plan of an organization for ensuring quality in its work processes, 

products (items), and services. The quality system provides the framework for planning, 
ADEQ Air Assessment TITLE 

DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION 

PROCESS 

REVISION 

1.0 

PAGE 

3 of 15 

implementing, documenting, and assessing work performed by the organization and for 

carrying out required QA and QC activities. 

Secondary data – data generated outside of the Air Assessment Section and ADEQ, 

Secondary data includes data generated by the Local agencies, Tribes, permitted Title V 

source that are regulated by ADEQ. Secondary data is used by the Air Quality Division 

on a regular basis. 

Technician – ADEQ typically refers to technical field personnel in the Air Monitoring Unit 

as technicians versus “operators”. This stems from ADEQ depending on third party 

contractors who serve as “operators”, or filter changers, for the filter-based particulate 

matter program. 

5.0 GENERAL INFORMATION 

The CAP is part of our quality assurance (QA) system, which employs elements identified by 

EPA as essential to producing high quality pollutant and meteorological data that meet the 

needs of users, or customers. A number of problems can arise when operating numerous 

ambient air monitoring networks as the AAS does on an ongoing basis. Fortunately, many 

problems can be prevented by performing regularly scheduled quality control (QC) checks and 

preventative maintenance on air monitoring instruments, applying best practices to field, 

laboratory, and data management operations, and adhering to occupational health and safety 

regulations and associated ADEQ policies and procedures. 

In addition, air quality professionals can anticipate and plan for problems that arise from normal 

operations and prescribe corrective actions in SOPs and quality assurance program/project 

plans (QAPPs). Instrumentation problems that have prescribed solutions are mitigated as 

planned and documented using field service sheets/forms, frequently referred to as “field 

sheets” and abbreviated information is also supplied in site, instrument, shop, and laboratory 

logbooks. Information regarding problems that arise during sample collection is found on air 

sampling records such as the chain-of-custody (COC) and field data forms or “data cards”, 

which are often combined into one form. Information regarding problems identified during data 

validation will be found in validation notes and in monthly or quarterly reports specific to each 

pollutant program. The ADEQ annual data certification letter generated by DM&QA may provide 

a valuable historical accounting of significant data validation information as well. 

If a prescribed CA is found to be incorrect or incomplete, information will be updated in SOPs 

upon discovery and communicated to personnel at routine meetings. Information in QAPPs will 

be updated as well; however, the official versions of signed and approved QAPPs are 

scheduled for formal updates with the EPA every 5 years. The goal is to keep electronic 

versions up-to-date on the shared network drive. 

6.0 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION 

The CAP is designed to be a closed-loop system where each observation is reviewed and 

closed-out. The goal is to identify the root cause of a problem and to implement corrective 

action(s) that prevent its recurrence. It is important to adequately investigate each observation 

to assure that any solution(s) identified are feasible to implement and will prove to be efficient 
ADEQ Air Assessment TITLE 

DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION 

PROCESS 

REVISION 

1.0 

PAGE 

4 of 15 

and effective. To verify a CA is successful; it is customary to assess its effectiveness following 

implementation to the extent deemed necessary. The time needed to implement the selected 

corrective action(s) can vary depending upon their complexity and how severely and frequently 

the problem impacts our data collection operations. With many CAs identified in advance, 

CASHEW reports have the potential to identify complex problems. In turn, the selection and 

implementation of corrective actions will probably benefit from the review of the air monitoring 

teams which include personnel from multiple AAS Units. The quality cycle model in Figure 1 

shows how air monitoring networks continue to improve over time by using the CAP. 

Figure 1. The Quality Cycle 

The CAP tracks potential problems stemming from general observations using a Corrective 

Action for Safety, Health, and Environmental Work (CASHEW) form. For tracking the failed PE 

audits, a Performance Evaluation Corrective Action Notice (PECAN) form is issued. Each 

CASHEW and PECAN report is tracked with an ID number. These reports will be archived per 

the AQD’s retention schedule which is currently being finalized to ensure valuable information 

is available for future reference. Professional discretion may be needed when determining if an 

observation needs to be reported and managed using the corrective action process. If 

uncertain, contact your unit manager or a QA representative. 

Failed PE audits are to be expected on occasion and solutions for these failed audits are 

commonly prescribed in QAPPs and SOPs. Failed PE audits are addressed by the monitoring 

organization’s technical personnel in an expedient manner to stop the loss of data as quickly as 

possible. For many air monitors, the PE audits have more lenient pass/fail criteria; therefore, if a 

monitor fails a PE audit, it would more than likely fail the criteria for a verification or calibration 

unless other compounding factors are affecting the accuracy of the PE audit. 

Technicians and auditors must carefully trouble shoot problems with instrumentation to prevent 

the loss of data. A calibration may not resolve the root cause of each air monitoring station’s 

performance problem. It is worth noting that ADEQ has lost data due to a calibrator or other 

component of an air monitoring station malfunctioning, when at first, it appeared that the 

analyzer was malfunctioning. Therefore, it is recommended that field personnel carry spare 

instrumentation such as a backup calibrator, air monitor, or communication systems 

components to the extent possible when responding to downed instrumentation or failed quality 

control checks (verifications and PE audits). 
ADEQ Air Assessment TITLE 

DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION 

PROCESS 

REVISION 

1.0 

PAGE 

5 of 15 

The following factors help to determine the rapidness in which technicians need to respond to a 

failed PE audit or any air monitor found to be non-operational: 

 the quantity of data that may be lost each day (continuous versus filter-based), 

 the current data completeness metrics for the pollutant measured, i.e., ADEQ’s 

targets 85% completeness on a quarterly and annual basis (see air monitoring 

program QAPPs measurement quality objectives (MQO) and EPA regulations 

and guidance documents for more information), 

 the importance of the monitor’s data, e.g., are data needed for NAAQS 

compliance, State Implementation Plans (SIP) development and evaluation, by 

EPA or ADEQ as evidence in a current legal case? 

 the logistics of deploying a technician (operator) and replacement air monitoring 

instruments to the site. 

The CAP provides many learning opportunities that support in-depth professional development 

for each stage of the data collection and management process. As part of the Air Assessment 

Section’s on-the-job training program, information regarding pertinent findings and their 

associated corrective actions will be reviewed at in-house meetings with technical personnel. In 

addition, helpful information gained by the CAP may be shared by AAS personnel at periodic 

meetings with local and tribal air monitoring organizations from within the State of Arizona. 

Corrective action reports are made available to all AAS personal on the shared network. 

PECAN reports are filed within the AMU’s Active Site folder and CASHEW reports are filed 

within the Quality Assurance Documents folder. 

6.0 PROCEDURES 

6.1 To initiate a CASHEW report: (For AAS Personnel) 

1. The Initiator (usually will be the observer) determines if an observation is 

subject to the CAP. 

a. If yes, proceed with Step 2. 

b. If no, proceed with performing the corrective action prescribed and 

document all pertinent information regarding the observation 

following routine procedures. 

IMPORTANT: If an observation is considered urgent, contact your manager 

while in the field using your cell phone and submit the written 

report when you return to the office. If your Unit manager is not 

available, contact the Section Manager, another AAS Unit 

Manager, or a QA representative or other technical personnel for 

help. 
ADEQ Air Assessment TITLE 

DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION 

PROCESS 

REVISION 

1.0 

PAGE 

6 of 15 

2. Go to the CA Identification Log at: J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\QUALITY 

ASSURANCE DOCUMENTS\Corrective_Action_Process\Log & Report Forms

and select the next available identification number from the Excel worksheet and 

assign it to the CASHEW report. 

3. Obtain a blank CASHEW report form in the same folder. 

4. Set up a new folder using the CA ID# at: J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\QUALITY 

ASSURANCE DOCUMENTS\Corrective_Action_Process\Open Reports

5. Save the report to the newly made folder for the CASHEW report using the ID# 

and name (abbreviate if needed). 

6. Complete Part A of the CASHEW either use your computer or by hand. Be sure 

to suggest solution(s) that you think may resolve the issue. 

NOTE: Do your best to objectively describe the details of what you observed 

and your concerns. Do not make subjective statements based on 

assumptions. 

7. Print out the CASHEW, sign it, and route it to your Unit Manager. 

6.2 To respond to a CASHEW report: (For Managers and/or QA representatives) 

1. Review each CASHEW and the proposed corrective action(s) and determine if 

further evaluation is needed. 

a. If yes, review potential solutions with additional personnel. 

b. If no, approve and implement the corrective action. 

2. Complete Part B and move forward with implementing the CA. 

3. Place an electronic (PDF) copy of the CASHEW report in the shared network 

drive at: J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\QUALITY ASSURANCE 

DOCUMENTS\Corrective_Action_Process\Closed Reports. 

NOTE: A hardcopy of the CASHEW report will be filed in the official site file 

which currently resides in DM&QA. 

4. Monitor the success of implemented corrective actions. 

5. If a follow-up is recommended, perform a follow-up at the recommended 

schedule and make adjustments to the corrective action/solution as needed. 
ADEQ Air Assessment TITLE 

DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION 

PROCESS 

REVISION 

1.0 

PAGE 

7 of 15 

7.1 To initiate a PECAN: (For QA Auditors) 

1. Go to the CA Identification Log at: J:\AQD\AQD\ASSESS\QUALITY 

ASSURANCE DOCUMENTS\Corrective_Action_Process\Log & Report Forms

and select the next available identification number from the Excel worksheet 

and assign it to the PECAN. 

2. Obtain a blank PECAN form in the same folder. 

3. Complete Part A of the PECAN using your computer or by hand. 

4. Complete the complementary failed PE audit field sheet associated with the 

PECAN. 

5. Save a copy of the PECAN and the field sheet (PECAN package) to the Active 

Site folder on the network drive. 

6. Forward the PECAN package to the DM&QA QA/QC Lead. After review, the 

QA/QC Lead will route the PECAN to the DM&QA Manager for approval. 

NOTE: The DM&QA Manager reviews the PECAN and may either approve, 

disapprove or request clarification on the findings. 

a. If PECAN is approved, email the QA/QC Lead, the DM&QA Unit and the 

AMU Managers, and AMU and DM&QA personnel to let them know 

that a failure occurred and deliver the original. 

b. If PECAN is not approved, update the CA Log to show the PECAN was 

cancelled 

7. Forward the PECAN package to the QA/QC Lead for review and information 

entry onto the appropriate Outlook P&A Calendar (if applicable). 

8. Make a copy of the PECAN package. 

9. Send original audit report field sheet with a copy of the PECAN report to lead 

data reviewer. 

10. Attach a copy of the field sheet to the original PECAN report form. 

11. Deliver this package to the AMU Manager for resolution. 

7.2 Response to PECAN report: (Completed by AMU Personnel) 

1. The AMU Manager reviews the PECAN and may have further questions to be 

answered before assigning a technician to the work. 

2. Technician implements the prescribed corrective action. 
ADEQ Air Assessment TITLE 

DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION 

PROCESS 

REVISION 

1.0 

PAGE 

8 of 15 

3. Technician completes Part B of the PECAN report describing the work done 

along with any associated field sheets. 

4. Technician submits the package to the AMU Manager. 

5. The AMU Manager reviews the PECAN report package and approves prior to 

the package being forward to DM&QA. 

6. Once approved, the PECAN report and original AMU field sheets are hand 

delivered to the QA Auditor. 

7. The QA Auditor re-audits the monitor and completes Part C of the PECAN 

report. 

8. The Auditor fills in Part C of the PECAN and routes to the QA/QC Lead. 

9. The QA/QC Lead routes the package to the DM&QA Manager for review and 

approval. 

10. Then PECAN is routed to data reviewer. 
ADEQ Air Assessment TITLE 

DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION 

PROCESS 

REVISION 

1.0 

PAGE 

9 of 15 

Attachment A: PECAN Report 

 Air Quality Division – Air Assessment Section 

Performance Evaluation Corrective Action Notice (PECAN) 

Priority: ? High ? Normal 

For more information on the PECAN form and the corrective action process, see AAS SOP ADM:003. 

Response times to a PECAN with Normal priority, as well as any non-operational air monitors, should be as 

soon as possible. For a PECAN designated with a High priory, a response should be targeted within 3 business 

days following receipt of the PECAN report. 

Part A: Failed audit information (completed by DM&QA) CA ID# __________________________ 

Date of Audit: Site AAAD #/Name: 

Instrument (include S/N): 

Comments: 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

QA Auditor: _______________________________________ Date: ____________________________ 

QA/QC Lead: ______________________________________ Date: ____________________________ 

DM&QA Manager: __________________________________ Date: ____________________________ 

Delivered to AMU Manager by: Date: 

Part B: Response to failed audit (completed by AMU) 

Date of Service: Tech Assigned: 

Description of Corrective Action T aken: ( use back of page if more space is needed)

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

Comments or additional corrective actions recommended: 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

AMU Manager: Date: 

Delivered to QA Auditor by: Date: 
ADEQ Air Assessment TITLE 

DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION 

PROCESS 

REVISION 

1.0 

PAGE 

10 of 15 

Attachment A: PECAN Report (continued) 

Part C: Response to Corrective Action (completed by DM&QA) 

Date of Re-audit: Results: ? Passes ? Fails 

Comments: 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

QA Auditor: _______________________________________ Date: ____________________________ 

QA/QC Lead: ______________________________________ Date: ____________________________ 

DM&QA Manager: __________________________________ Date: ____________________________ 

If re-audit fails, use a new PECAN form to document the findings but continue using the same CA ID# until 

resolved. 

Use the space below if needed. Initial and date your entry. 

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________ 
ADEQ Air Assessment TITLE 

DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION 

PROCESS 

REVISION 

1.0 

PAGE 

11 of 15 

Attachment B: CASHEW Report 
ADEQ Air Assessment TITLE 

DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION 

PROCESS 

REVISION 

1.0 

PAGE 

12 of 15 

 Air Quality Division – Air Assessment Section 

Corrective Action for Safety, Health, and Environmental Work 

Priority: ? Urgent ? Normal 

For more information on the CASHEW form and the corrective action process, see AAS SOP ADM:003. 

Part A: Observation information (completed by Initiator) CA ID# __________________________ 

Date of Observation: Location: 

Description: 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

List any air monitoring instruments involved (include S/N): 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

Provide any ideas you may have to correct and prevent recurrence of the issue 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

Initiator: _______________________________________ Date: ____________________________ 

Unit Manager: ___________________________________ Date: ____________________________ 

Delivered to AMU Manager by: Date: 
ADEQ Air Assessment TITLE 

DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION 

PROCESS 

REVISION 

1.0 

PAGE 

13 of 15 

Attachment B: CASHEW Report (continued) 

Part B: Response to failed audit (completed by Unit Manager and/or QA Rep) 

Date(s) CA reviewed: Date(s) targeted for implementation: 

Description of Corrective Action Taken: (use additional sheet if more space is needed)

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

List technicians assigned to project: 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

Is follow-up needed? _____Yes _____No If yes, estimate when follow-up should occur?__________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

Additional comments or corrective action information: 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

Approved by AMU Manager: Date: 

Delivered to QA by: Date: 

Received by QA rep: Date: 

CAP Log/File updated by: Date: 
ADEQ Air Assessment TITLE 

DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION 

PROCESS 

REVISION 

1.0 

PAGE 

14 of 15 

Attachment B: CASHEW Report (continued) 

Part C: Follow-up for Corrective Action (if needed) 

Date of Follow-up: Follow-up lead by: 

List personnel assigned to CASHEW: 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

Add any comments regarding the problem being resolved: 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

Delivered to QA by: Date: 

Received by QA rep: Date: 

CAP Log/File updated by: Date: 
ADEQ Air Assessment TITLE 

DRAFT - CORRECTIVE ACTION 

PROCESS 

REVISION 

1.0 

PAGE 

15 of 15 

REV 

LEVEL 

& DATE 

DESCRIPTION REQUESTED BY 

1.0 New procedure. Theresa Rigney 
Attachment J 

ADEQ Quality Management Plan 
QUALITY 

MANAGEMENT 

PLAN 

August 2010 

EQR 10-04 
2 

ARIZONA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY 

QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLAN

Approval and Concurrences
3 

ARIZONA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY 

QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLAN

Approval and Concurrences (Continued) 
4 

FOREWORD 1

CHAPTER 1 ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT 2

1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE (QA) POLICY............................................................................................................ 2

1.1.1 DOCUMENT PURPOSE................................................................................................................................................ 2

1.1.2 DEFINITION OF QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL (QA/QC) ...................................................................... 2

1.1.3 IMPORTANCE OF QA/QC TO ADEQ.......................................................................................................................... 3

1.1.4 GENERAL GOALS AND OBJECTIVES OF THE ADEQ................................................................................................... 4

1.1.5 RESOURCES FOR THE QA SYSTEM ............................................................................................................................ 6

1.2 SCOPE OF THE QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLAN ....................................................................................... 6

1.2.1 TYPES OF ACTIVITIES SPECIFICALLY COVERED BY THE ADEQ QMP....................................................................... 7

1.2.3 TECHNICAL ACTIVITIES NOT COVERED BY THE ADEQ QMP................................................................................. 11

1.3 ADEQ ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE .................................................................................................... 11

1.4 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES................................................................................................................... 12

1.4.1 ADEQ QA/QC UNIT SUPERVISOR AUTHORITY ..................................................................................................... 12

1.4.2 LINE MANAGEMENT AND STAFF AUTHORITY ........................................................................................................ 13

1.4.2.1 ADEQ DIRECTOR .................................................................................................................................................. 13

1.4.2.2 ADEQ QA/QC STEERING COMMITTEE.................................................................................................................. 13

1.4.2.3 QA DIVISION REPRESENTATIVES ........................................................................................................................... 13

1.4.2.4 ADEQ DIVISION DIRECTORS: ................................................................................................................................ 14

1.4.2.5 ADEQ SECTION MANAGERS:................................................................................................................................. 14

1.4.2.6 ADEQ PROJECT/CASE MANAGERS:....................................................................................................................... 14

1.5 COMMUNICATIONS......................................................................................................................................... 15

CHAPTER 2 QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 16

2.1 PRINCIPAL COMPONENTS OF THE QUALTY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ........................................... 16

2.2 PRINCIPAL TOOLS OF THE QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ........................................................ 16

2.2.1 QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLAN (QMP)................................................................................................................... 17

2.2.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM PLANS (QAPRP)................................................................................................. 17

2.2.3 DATA QUALITY OBJECTIVES (DQO) ...................................................................................................................... 18

2.2.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROJECT PLANS (QAPJP).................................................................................................... 19

2.2.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE (QA) STATUS REPORTS....................................................................................................... 20

2.2.6 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES (SOP).......................................................................................................... 20

2.2.7 TECHNICAL SYSTEMS AUDIT (TSA) ....................................................................................................................... 21

2.2.8 MANAGEMENT SYSTEM REVIEWS (MSR)............................................................................................................... 21

2.2.9 CORRECTIVE ACTIONS............................................................................................................................................ 21

2.3 OPTIONAL PRACTICES FOR THE CONTROL OF DATA COLLECTION ............................................. 21

2.3.1 FIELD AUDITS ......................................................................................................................................................... 21

2.3.2 LABORATORY AUDITS ............................................................................................................................................ 22

CHAPTER 3 PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING 23

3.1 POLICY FOR QUALITY ASSURANCE (QA) RELATED TRAINING ........................................................ 23

3.1.1 RESPONSIBILITIES ................................................................................................................................................... 23

3.1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF TRAINING NEEDS..................................................................................................................... 23
5 

3.1.3 IMPLEMENTATION OF TRAINING REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................... 23

3.1.4 DOCUMENTATION OF TRAINING.............................................................................................................................. 24

CHAPTER 4 PROCUREMENT OF ITEMS AND SERVICES 25

4.1 ITEMS................................................................................................................................................................... 25

4.1.1 EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE........................................................................................................................... 25

4.2 SERVICES............................................................................................................................................................ 25

4.2.1 CONTRACTS WITH EXTERNAL PARTIES ...................................................................................................... 26

4.2.2 LABORATORY LICENSURE REQUIREMENTS............................................................................................................. 27

4.3 THE ROLE OF THE ADEQ QA/QC UNIT IN THE PROCUREMENT PROCESS ................................... 28

4.4 THE ROLE OF ADEQ PROJECT/CASE MANAGERS IN THE PROCUREMENT PROCESS .............. 28

4.5 AGREEMENTS WITH GOVERNMENTAL ENTITIES ................................................................................ 28

CHAPTER 5 DOCUMENTATION AND RECORDS MANAGEMENT 30

5.1 DEFINITION OF PUBLIC RECORDS ............................................................................................................. 30

5.2 EXCLUSIONS FROM THE DEFINITION OF PUBLIC RECORDS............................................................. 30

5.3 CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS ...................................................................................................................... 32

5.4 ROUTINE QUALITY ASSURANCE AND RECORDS MANAGEMENT .................................................... 32

5.5 IN-HOUSE QUALITY ASSURANCE GUIDANCE DOCUMENTS............................................................... 34

5.5.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR FIELD DOCUMENTATION ........................................................................................................ 34

5.6 MAINTAINING DOCUMENT INTEGRITY ................................................................................................... 34

CHAPTER 6 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) AND DATA MANAGEMENT 36

6.1 MANAGEMENT PRACTICES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL DATA................................................................ 36

6.1.1 DATABASE DEVELOPMENT: .................................................................................................................................... 36

6.1.1.2 SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT PLANNING ....................................................................................................................... 37

6.1.2 DATA QUALITY AND DATA INTEGRITY................................................................................................................... 37

6.1.2.1 DATA QUALITY: ..................................................................................................................................................... 37

6.1.2.2 DATA INTEGRITY:................................................................................................................................................... 37

6.1.3 ESTABLISHING BACK UP AND ARCHIVING PROCEDURES .......................................................................................... 39

6.2 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT PLAN........................................................................................................ 39

6.3 ELECTRONIC DATA INTERCHANGE (EDI) AND NODE......................................................................... 40

6.4 LEVELS OF DOCUMENTATION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PROJECTS................................................. 40

6.5 COMPUTER HARDWARE/SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................... 40

6.6 SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT ............................................................................................................................... 41

6.7 DATA STANDARDS ........................................................................................................................................... 41

6.8 INFORMATION SECURITY............................................................................................................................. 42

CHAPTER 7 PLANNING 43

7.1 AGENCYWIDE PLANNING ............................................................................................................................. 43

7.1.1 INTERNAL STRATEGIC PLANNING ........................................................................................................................... 43

7.1.2 ETERNAL STRATEGIC PLANNING ............................................................................................................................ 43

7.1.3 EXTERNAL DATA COORDINATION .......................................................................................................................... 43

7.2 PROGRAM-SPECIFIC PLANNING................................................................................................................. 44

7.3 PROJECT-LEVEL PLANNING ........................................................................................................................ 44

7.3.1 ON-SITE MONITORING............................................................................................................................................ 45

7.3.2.1 SAMPLE SCHEDULING ............................................................................................................................................. 46
6 

7.4 ANALYTICAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................................... 46

7.5 DATA TRANSLATION ...................................................................................................................................... 47

7.6 DATA INTERPRETATION ............................................................................................................................... 47

7.7 HEALTH AND SAFETY..................................................................................................................................... 47

CHAPTER 8 IMPLEMENTATION OF QUALITY ASSURANCE WORK PROCESSES 49

8.1 AGENCYWIDE IMPLEMENTATION............................................................................................................. 49

8.1.1 DIVISIONAL QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM PLANS............................................................................................. 49

8.2 PROGRAM LEVEL IMPLEMENTATION...................................................................................................... 50

8.2.1 OPERATING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES ................................................................................................................ 50

8.3 PROJECT LEVEL IMPLEMENTATION ........................................................................................................ 50

8.3.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROJECT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION....................................................................................... 50

8.3.2 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES (SOPS) ........................................................................................................ 51

CHAPTER 9 QUALITY ASSESSMENT AND RESPONSE 53

9.1 ANNUAL REVIEW OF THE QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................................ 53

9.2 QUALITY AUDITS ............................................................................................................................................. 53

9.2.1 MANAGEMENT SYSTEM REVIEWS (MSRS) ............................................................................................................. 53

9.2.1.1 REVIEW ADEQ QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAMS ................................................................................................ 55

9.2.2 TECHNICAL SYSTEMS AUDITS (TSAS).................................................................................................................... 55

9.2.2.1 LABORATORY TSAS ............................................................................................................................................... 56

9.2.2.2 FIELD TSAS............................................................................................................................................................ 56

9.3 PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS .................................................................................................................. 56

9.4 DATA QUALITY EVALUATIONS ................................................................................................................... 57

9.4.1 DATA QUALITY ASSESSMENTS (DQAS) ................................................................................................................. 57

9.4.2 DATA QUALITY AUDITS.......................................................................................................................................... 58

CHAPTER 10 QUALITY IMPROVEMENT 59

10.1 PROGRAM REVIEWS ....................................................................................................................................... 59

10.2 PROJECT REVIEWS ......................................................................................................................................... 60

TERMS AND DEFINITIONS 61

APPENDICES 

ADEQ TEMPERATURE/PRESERVATION GUIDANCE POLICY

ADEQ POLICY 0154 - ADDRESSING SPIKE AND SURROGATE RECOVERY AS THEY RELATE TO MATRIX EFFECTS 

IN WATER, AIR, SLUDGE, AND SOIL MATRICES

ADEQ POLICY 0170 – IMPLEMENTATION OF EPA METHOD 5035 - SOIL PREPARATION FOR EPA METHODS 

8015B, 8021B, AND 8260B

ARIZONA DATA QUALIFIERS – REVISION 3 (0 9/20/2007)
1 

Arizona Department of Environmental Quality 

Quality Assurance/Quality Control Unit 

FOREWORD

Arizona Department of Environmental Quality (ADEQ) is committed to the Health and Safety of 

all of Arizona’s citizens. The health of our environment is vital to the life style most Arizonan’s 

enjoy. For this reason, quality environmental data are an invaluable tool for monitoring the well 

being of our environment. 

This commitment to quality is the reason for this revision of the Quality Management Plan

(QMP). The QMP is the umbrella, or blueprint, of ADEQ’s overall Quality Management System. 

There are many other components to the quality system and each of these will be discussed in 

detail in the Quality Management Plan. 

ADEQ has revised the QMP under the direction of the Quality Assurance/Quality Control 

(QA/QC) Unit Supervisor, Business and General/Laboratory Services Section Manager, and QA 

representatives from each of the three Environmental Divisions of ADEQ. This plan 

decentralizes the role of QA/QC for reasons of efficiency and accuracy. 

The current vision for the role of the QA/QC Unit Supervisor within ADEQ is as a primary 

resource for all agency disciplines to use and as a coordinator for standardizing protocols. The 

QA/QC Unit Supervisor will coordinate the activities of the QA/QC Steering Committee, which 

is made up of the QA/QC Unit Supervisor and representatives from each of the Divisions. As a 

group, the QA/QC Steering Committee will continually examine and audit the environmental 

data collection procedures and use of data in order to continually improve the Quality 

Management System. 

The QA/QC Steering Committee, which will work with the QA/QC Unit Supervisor, are 

independent of the Leadership Team which is the policy making group for ADEQ. With this 

separation of groups, Leadership Team and Steering Committee, and with the QA/QC Unit 

Supervisor reporting to the Business and General/Laboratory Services Section in the 

Administrative Services Division, autonomy is preserved in fact and appearance. The ultimate 

responsibility for Quality Assurance for ADEQ lies with the agency Director. 

This decentralized approach has been made necessary by the large number of different skill sets 

required to accomplish all of ADEQ’s environmental data collection activities, and ultimately the 

use of the environmental data. The degree of specialization requires that the QA/QC unit handle 

a tremendous volume of work to complete all of the QA/QC activities, and serve each unit 

equally and in a timely fashion. The system proposed herein addresses that issue by offering aid 

to all units when the workload is unusually heavy, while making certain that no project or 

Program should suffer from a bottleneck in the system caused by another unit’s heavy load. 
2 

CHAPTER 1 ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT 

1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE (QA) POLICY 

1.1.1 Document Purpose 

The Quality Management Plan (QMP) describes the quality management processes the Arizona 

Department of Environmental Quality (ADEQ) uses to maintain a Quality Management System 

consistent with U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) requirements. The quality system 

supporting ADEQ Programs involving environmental data or technology shall be covered by this 

QMP. The QMP is an “Umbrella” document which details in broad terms the strategies used to 

carry out QA/QC during environmental data collection activities and proper data use thereafter. 

The QMP was prepared in accordance with the March 2001 edition of the EPA requirements 

document numbered EPA QA/R-2, and entitled Requirements for Quality Management Plans, 

and to comply with EPA Order 5360.1 A2, entitled Policy and Program Requirements for the 

Mandatory EPA Quality System. 

1.1.2 Definition of Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) 

Quality Assurance (QA) is an integrated system of management activities involving planning, 

implementation, assessment, reporting, and quality improvement to ensure that a process, item, 

or service is of the type and quality needed, and expected, by the customer. 

Quality Control (QC) is the overall system of technical activities that measures the attributes and 

performance of a process, item, or service against defined standards to verify that they meet the 

stated requirements established by the customer. The QC system includes the operational 

techniques and activities that are used to fulfill requirements for quality. 

At ADEQ, the Quality Management System is implemented largely through the following 

Agency functions: 

1. QA/QC training for certain identified job functions (with ADEQ QA/QC Unit 

assistance); 

2. Use of Agency QA Program Plans (QAPrPs); 

3. Use of Agency QA Project Plans (QAPjPs); 

4. Clearly defined ADEQ QA/QC Unit Supervisor oversight responsibilities 

(oversight authority may be delegated to the Programs); 

5. Periodic Management Systems Reviews (MSRs) and Technical System Audits 

(TSAs) coordinated through the ADEQ QA/QC Unit; 

6. A QA forum, comprised of the QA/QC Steering Committee, to focus continuous 

improvement efforts; 

7. Appropriate documentation and record keeping for all data related activities. 

Each of these systems is discussed in more detail in the appropriate section within this document. 

This document officially establishes these requirements as components of ADEQ’s Quality 
3 

Management System. 

Quality Control (QC) is largely implemented at the Program level through Quality Assurance 

Program Plans (QAPrPs). Each Division has unique requirements, statutory guidelines, rules, 

and policies that must be followed. Program Plans should incorporate the unique qualities that 

are specific to each Division or Program. Consequently QC is managed first at the Program 

level, and more specifically on a project by project basis through the use of Quality Assurance 

Project Plans (QAPjPs) and required data assessment activities. Designated Agency Project or 

Case Managers, through a review and approval process involving the ADEQ QA/QC Unit, are 

individually responsible for assuring that the QAPjP is capable of producing reliable work of 

known quality, which meets stated project needs. As defined in the QAPrP, in many cases a 

sampling plan and data quality objectives will suffice to assure data integrity. 

1.1.3 Importance of QA/QC to ADEQ 

The quality of decisions made by ADEQ depends heavily on the quality of information used to 

make those decisions. If those data are not of adequate quality to support their intended use, then 

subsequent decisions will suffer commensurately. 

Environmental data are used for setting priorities; establishing strategic direction; targeting 

inspections; measuring compliance; identifying enforcement actions; measuring progress and 

trends; certifying laboratories; and for many other uses. Environmental data are critical because 

they can impact a Program’s direction and emphasis, determine whether an enforcement case can 

be successful, or dictate which of several cleanup options will be implemented at a contaminated 

waste site. 

The consequences of poor data (i.e., do not meet user requirements) are that individual and 

collective decisions are not as sound as they could or should be. Even worse, poor data can have 

extremely negative consequences, such as when an enforcement case has to be withdrawn 

because underlying compliance data are successfully challenged by defendants. 

ADEQ is involved in conducting studies that have goals in several broad categories that include,

but are not limited to: 

 Determining baseline conditions for lakes, streams, soil, groundwater, and air 

quality; 

 Identifying and quantifying the presence of environmental contaminants in areas 

of potential exposure to humans or the environment; 

 Verifying the effectiveness of techniques and methods by which data sets are 

collected; 

 Determining the impacts of environmental contaminants on human health and 

ecosystems; 

 Determining whether, how, and by whom such threats to human health and the 

environment should be remediated; 
4 

 Monitoring compliance with environmental regulations. 

QA/QC is integral to the functions of this State agency because quality data ensure the scientific 

credibility of the data on which decisions are based. Proper QA enhances proper planning and 

reduces the likelihood of duplicative and repetitive sampling, thereby lowering costs to the 

taxpayers. 

1.1.4 General Goals and Objectives of the ADEQ 

ADEQ’s Quality Management System is designed to avoid occasions where the environmental 

data collected fall short of meeting the data quality objectives (DQOs) established by the users of 

the data. The primary goal of the ADEQ Quality Management System is to ensure that all 

environmentally related data collection and processing activities, performed by or under the 

Agency’s oversight, will result in the production of data that are both documented and of known 

quality, and can be used with a high degree of certainty by the intended user to support specific 

decisions or actions that are appropriate for the intended purpose. ADEQ’s Quality Management 

System applies to monitoring and measurement activities that occur within, or for, the Agency. 

For those programs that are supported by EPA through grants, contracts, or interagency 

agreements, the mandatory elements for EPA quality systems will be utilized. ADEQ’s Quality 

Management Plan will be achieved by ensuring that appropriate resources are made available 

and that the proper procedures are followed throughout the entire process of planning, collecting, 

analyzing, and interpreting environmental data. 

The goals of ADEQ’s QA System are to: 

 Produce and use data that are of known quality, and are acceptable for the 

intended purpose; 

 Encourage the use of QA/QC principles in the management of environmental 

projects; 

 Facilitate the timely identification of problems and implement corrective actions; 

 Assist in the identification of training needs; 

 Ensure that Division staff and the ADEQ QA/QC Unit Supervisor work 

cooperatively to identify and correct systemic weaknesses; and 

 Provide for continuous improvement in Agency data operations. 

It is ADEQ’s policy that: 

1. Programs generating, using, or requiring the collection of environmental data will be 

consistent with the intentions outlined in this Quality Management Plan (QMP), ADEQ 

policies, and Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs). 

2. The data quality objectives for generating any new environmental data will be determined 

prior to data collection activities, so that appropriate resources and QA/QC methods can 

be applied to ensure a level of data quality commensurate with the intended use(s) for the 
5 

data. 

3. A comprehensive QAPrP should be used to detail activities under all regulatory 

Programs. Each Program or activity that generates environmental data will develop and 

implement a QA Program Plan (QAPrP) and/or a QA Project Plan (QAPjP) containing 

SOPs which specify the detailed procedures required to assure production of quality data. 

The QAPrPs shall be prepared by appropriate agency staff, and if needed, the QA/QC 

Unit Supervisor will assist with this effort. Effective organizational QAPjPs and SOPs 

shall be developed and implemented as required and will be approved as shown in 

number 6 below. 

4. All environmental data generated by the Agency should be of known and documented 

quality, as defined by pre-established data quality objectives (DQOs) or existing 

regulatory levels. DQOs need to be clearly stated with each individual project, but are 

often predetermined by regulatory criteria and action levels within similar Programs. If 

the DQO formal process is needed it should be implemented consistent with EPA’s 

Guidance for the Data Quality Objective Process, August 2004, EPA QA/G-4 or an 

equivalent document. 

5. ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit shall act as the liaison for information to and from Region IX 

EPA. ADEQ’s Steering Committee shall provide necessary support and technical 

authority for any ADEQ data collection activity. 

6. QAPjPs shall be prepared by the originating ADEQ Program, and if necessary in 

coordination with ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit, prior to the start of any data collection effort. 

The originating Program has the option to utilize the services of a private contractor. 

QAPjPs shall be approved by the Division QA Representative or the QA/QC Unit. 

QAPrPs that function as a QAPjP shall be approved by the Division QA Representative 

or the QA/QC Unit, and as appropriate, by the Region IX QA Office. 

A separate stand alone QAPjP or equivalent document may be developed, as appropriate, 

for site-specific projects undertaken by the organization utilizing non-EPA resources. 

QAPjPs, or equivalent documents, developed for projects not funded by EPA shall be 

developed within the guidelines set forth in this plan. If ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit is 

requested, they may assist the independent contractor, or ADEQ Project team, with the 

development of a QAPjP. The QA/QC Unit will also make available Data Quality 

Objectives (DQO’s), Field Sampling Plans (FSP’s), and Standard Operating Procedures 

(SOP’s), or other guidance documents, where such documents can provide sufficient 

guidance to the project team. The originating Program has the option to either utilize the 

services of a qualified contractor or other independent ADEQ staff, provided the person 

has had appropriate training, has demonstrated an understanding of QA principles, and 

has satisfactory experience in generating QA documents. Short-term projects and onetime events (e.g. emergency response) do not require QAPjPs as long as the sampling 

protocols and objectives used are addressed in the Program’s QAPrP. 

7. Regular technical systems audits (TSAs) may be conducted by ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit 
6 

Supervisors for ADEQ projects involving environmental data collection, to ensure that 

they comply with ADEQ Quality Management Plan requirements. The TSA is a process 

used to measure the conformance of a measurement system to criteria defined by ADEQ. 

Additionally, ADEQ’s Quality Management Plan may involve periodic Management 

Systems Reviews (MSRs) of Program QA Systems. Deficiencies highlighted in these 

assessments will be addressed in a timely manner as defined in section 9.2.1. 

8. The requirements of the QMP may be waived only under exceptional circumstances. 

Each waiver will be reviewed by ADEQ’s QA/QC Steering Committee on its own merits 

upon receipt of a written request. If found appropriate, the requirement will be waived. 

For sites which are under the jurisdiction of EPA Region IX, or if the project is supported 

by EPA funds, the request for a waiver must also be approved by the EPA Region IX 

Quality Assurance Manager. The waiver request will be submitted to the ADEQ QA/QC 

Unit Supervisor and must address the requirement to be waived, the rationale, and the 

consequences of non-approval. When a waiver is granted, the actual procedures for the 

data management activities will be documented and available for review and assessment 

during the decision-making process associated with the project. 

1.1.5 Resources for the QA System 

The resources necessary to conduct the various QA and QC activities within ADEQ are provided 

by ADEQ’s Leadership Team, and, in some cases, by Program staff requiring assistance in order 

to successfully implement their Programs. QA is viewed as an integral part of any Program 

which deals with environmental measurements and data generation. This includes all monitoring 

activities. The level of QA resources needed for any given Program or project is determined 

initially by the relevant Program or project/case manager. 

ADEQ provides in-house and contracted expertise in quality assurance and technical support 

services to all Programs within ADEQ. These support services include data quality assessments, 

data validation, and other evaluations provided by chemists, toxicologists, engineers, and others. 

Personnel that provide these services are located either within ADEQ itself, or within other State 

agencies such as the Arizona Department of Health Services (ADHS). 

1.2 SCOPE OF THE QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLAN 

ADEQ’s QMP is intended to establish the foundation for implementing an effective QA Program 

within ADEQ and cover, at a minimum, internal and external activity which involve the 

generation of environmental data for Programs funded by EPA or other sources. At a minimum, 

the QMP applies to ADEQ Programs, activities, grants, contracts, and interagency agreements 

that generate environmental data which is used to make decisions or support actions related to 

the Agency’s defined mission and responsibilities that are funded by EPA. Environmental data 

are defined as information or measurements resulting from field data collection activity, 

laboratory analyses, or models involving the assessment of chemical, physical, or biological 

factors relating to the environment. Therefore, any Programs, activities, etc., which generate 

such data are required to comply with the requirements of this QMP. 
7 

1.2.1 Types of Activities Specifically Covered by the ADEQ QMP 

The five types of data generation and monitoring activities covered under this QMP include: 

1. Data generated by field sampling and laboratory analysis; 

2. Data generated and used for design, construction, and operation of engineered 

remediation/treatment systems; 

3. Data acquired from sources outside ADEQ through databases, publications, etc.; 

4. Data generated for use in supporting permitting decisions; 

5. Data generated in demonstrating compliance with Program requirements. 

Activities that fall under any of these five categories must be implemented in accordance with 

the QA requirements of EPA Order 5360.1 A2. Health and Safety monitoring data are 

specifically not included and are not subject to the requirements herein. 

Whenever these activities are performed, either directly by ADEQ or by State contractors under 

the State’s supervision, ADEQ’s Project/Case manager, with support from the ADEQ QA Unit, 

has full responsibility for ensuring that all ADEQ QA requirements are met. When such 

activities are performed using EPA funds through an external funding mechanism such as InterAgency Government Agreements, Grants, or Program funds given to the State, the ADEQ 

Project/Case Manager, with support from the ADEQ QA Unit, is responsible for ensuring that 

the State complies with all relevant EPA QA requirements. 

Since ADEQ employs a primarily decentralized approach to quality management, each ADEQ 

Division is responsible for determining the specific environmental Programs and activities to 

which the ADEQ Quality Management System will apply. The following list includes 

representative environmental Programs, grants, and activities within each Division which are 

covered by the ADEQ Quality Management Plan. 

AIR QUALITY DIVISION: 

Air Quality Assessment Section 

Data Management & Quality Assurance 

Monitoring Unit 

Evaluation and Special Projects Unit 

Planning Section 

State Implementation Plan & Program Development Unit 

Fund & Project Management Unit 

Permits Section 

New Source Unit 

Existing Source & General Permit Unit 

Compliance Section 

Inspections & Field Services Unit 

Technical Services Unit 

WASTE PROGRAMS DIVISION: 

Emergency Response Unit 
8 

Technical Support Section 

Site Assessment Unit 

Rules Unit 

Sustainability Unit 

Remedial Projects Section 

Voluntary Remediation Program (VRP) 

Federal Projects Unit 

Remedial Projects Unit/(WQARF) 

Remedial Investigations Hydrology Unit 

Permits Section 

Hazardous Waste Permits Unit 

Solid Waste Plan Review Unit 

Inspections & Compliance Section 

Solid Waste Inspections and Compliance Unit 

Hazardous Waste Inspections and Compliance Unit 

LUST Enforcement 

UST Inspection & Compliance Unit 

Corrective Action Section 

State Lead Unit 

Site Investigation and Remediation Unit 

Application Processing Unit 

Underground Storage Tank (UST) and Division Support Section 

UST Coordination Unit 

Information Management Unit 

WATER QUALITY DIVISION: 

Rules Development Unit 

Business & Planning Unit 

Groundwater Section 

Wastewater Recharge & Reuse Unit I 

Wastewater & Subdivision Review Unit 

Wastewater Design Review Unit 

Water Quality Mining Unit 

Compliance Section 

Compliance Assurance Unit, 

Compliance Data Unit 

Enforcement Unit 

Field Service Unit 

Drinking Water Section 

Source Water Assessment & Protection Unit 

Program Development & Outreach Unit 

Technical Engineering Unit 

Surface Water Section 

TMDL & Assessment Unit 

Monitoring Unit 

Permits Unit 
9 

Stormwater & General Permits Unit 

NORTHERN REGIONAL OFFICE: 

Water Quality Design Review 

Field Services 

SOUTHERN REGIONAL OFFICE: 

Border Programs Unit 

Compliance Programs Unit 

Superfund Programs Unit 

Compliance Programs Unit 
10 

1.2.2 Data Generated by Field Sampling and Laboratory Analysis 

Some examples of activities covered under the ADEQ QMP are the generation of environmental 

data, including field work, where chemical, physical, or biological samples are collected for 

analysis; the collection of in situ measurements; field work for site characterization and 

remediation; and compliance inspections. 

Environmental samples for chemical, physical, or biological analyses are commonly collected 

by, or for, ADEQ and analyzed to accomplish the following goals: 

 Confirmation of the presence or absence of pollutants or contaminants; 

 Determination of contaminant concentration levels of various sample fractions; 

 Determination of sources of contamination; 

 Delineation of horizontal and vertical distribution; 

 Evaluation of the rate and direction of transport; 

 Determination of the eventual fate of identified pollutants; 

 Determination of the effectiveness of treatment; 

 Establishment of time trends, to monitor changes and evaluate progress; 

 Evaluate compliance with environmental statutes, rules, and permit requirements; 

 Analyses of geotechnical parameters. 

The above sampling activities may be conducted for site characterization, for ongoing 

monitoring Programs, or during remediation and removal activities. Any data collected for the 

State may also be potentially used as an input for risk screening and/or assessment calculations 

incorporating exposure to humans, wildlife, and the environment. 

Where appropriate, data collection activities conducted for ADEQ must be adequately addressed 

in a Quality Assurance Program Plan (QAPrP), which should include specifics for sampling 

procedures and the analytical process; this portion is commonly called a Sampling and Analysis 

Plan (SAP) or Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPjP). The Quality Assurance Program Plan 

(QAPrP) will specify what documents are necessary during the planning process.. 

Activities covered under this category include collecting media samples in the field, observing 

and recording field observations, performing analyses in the field and in field (mobile) 

laboratories, and analyzing samples in fixed laboratory settings. Examples of media include 

solid or liquid waste, fluid discharges or emissions, groundwater, surface water, soil, sediment, 

air, and biota. Measurements include physical measurements and observations made in the field 

such as flow rates, water levels, particle sizes, geological matrices, etc. Biological monitoring 

and sampling activities such as habitat evaluation, species identification, and diversity 

assessments are also covered under this category. Portable equipment can be used to make field 

chemical determinations of such parameters as pH, temperature, and specific conductance. The 

QAPjPs shall describe methods of collection, methods of analyses, methods of transportation, 

and methods of documentation for each of these activities. 
11 

1.2.3 Technical Activities Not Covered by the ADEQ QMP 

Two types of data collection activities that are generally not covered by the QMP are indicated 

and clarified below: 

1. Data collected only for safety or workplace regulations are not covered in the 

QMP. However, if the same data are used to identify hot spots for subsequent 

investigation the collection is covered by the QMP. 

2. Collection of employee medical monitoring data are generally not covered under 

the QMP. However, if the data are used to determine risk factors related to work 

exposure it would generally be covered. 

1.3 ADEQ ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE 

ADEQ employs a decentralized approach to QA management, whereby each Division and 

Regional Office is responsible for deciding how they will specifically implement the general 

policies and procedures of this QMP. The ADEQ Director has delegated day-to-day 

responsibility for overseeing the Quality Management Plan to ADEQ’s QA/QC Steering 

Committee, chaired by the QA/QC Unit Supervisor. The Steering Committee is made up of 

designated QA/QC personnel from each of the three environmental Divisions and the QA/QC 

Unit Supervisor who resides in the Business and General/Laboratory Services Section of the 

Administrative Services Division for reasons of autonomy. 

The Leadership Team is that group of ADEQ Management assembled and under the direction of 

ADEQ’s Director who are charged with the policy making and operational strategies of the 

Agency. The Leadership Team consists of the following members: ADEQ Director; ADEQ 

Deputy Director; Waste, Water, Air, and Administrative Services Directors; Northern and 

Southern Regional Directors; Communications Officer; and ADEQ Administrative Council Staff 

as desired by the Director. 

Currently, the ADEQ QA/QC Unit is managed by a QA/QC Unit Supervisor. The QA/QC 

Supervisor manages the Quality Assurance Program and has direct access and reporting authority 

to the Business and General/Laboratory Services Section Manager. For matters concerning 

QA/QC, the QA/QC Steering Committee has direct access and reporting authority to the ADEQ 

Director. The QA/QC Unit maintains independence in both location and function from any 

offices or Programs which generate environmental data or are involved in environmental data 

collection. 

ADEQ is composed of three Program Divisions (Air, Waste, and Water) that generate 

environmental data as well as an Administrative Services Division. ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit 

provides support to each of the three ADEQ Divisions that generate environmental data, 

functions as the Agency technical QA expert, and assists with a variety of QA functions. 
12 

ADEQ’s Steering Committee is presently made up of designated QA/QC specialists from each of 

the three Program Divisions and ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit Supervisor who serves as committee 

chair. 

1.4 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 

Anyone in ADEQ who is either directly or indirectly involved with environmental data 

collection or laboratory analyses has some responsibility for ensuring data quality. This may 

include staff level personnel, Program supervisors, unit managers, section managers, Deputy 

Division Directors, Division Directors, the ADEQ Deputy Director and the ADEQ Director. The 

following is an overview of the QA responsibilities of some ADEQ personnel: 

1.4.1 ADEQ QA/QC Unit Supervisor Authority 

ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit Supervisor has the authority and responsibility for managing the QA 

activities within ADEQ’s Quality Management System. ADEQ’s QA/QC Steering Committee 

may recommend suspension of environmental data collection projects, and request corrective 

action in the event that data quality/environmental technology QA activities do not meet the 

Agency’s QA policy or requirements. If the ADEQ QA/QC Unit Supervisor and Project/Case 

Manager are unable to resolve QA issues at the staff level, those concerns shall be elevated to the 

appropriate ADEQ Section Manager or Director. The Steering Committee can be called to meet 

at times other than regular scheduled QA/QC meetings to resolve data collection issues. 

The ADEQ QA/QC Unit is specifically responsible for ensuring that: 

 All internal and external projects involving the generation of environmental data 

are performed in accordance with the ADEQ QMP and an approved QAPjP, or 

other suitable planning document as determined by the QA/QC Steering 

Committee; 

 Agency quality documents, such as SOPs, SAPs, QAPrPs and QAPjPs are 

prepared in accordance with ADEQ’s QMP; 

 Industry standard procedures required to implement QA management 

requirements are identified and provided; 

 Laboratory audits are performed, and analytical data are validated, as necessary; 

 Formal reviews and assessments of QA and QC activities are coordinated and the 

report of findings is prepared and forwarded to Section Managers. ADEQ’s 

QA/QC Unit will make recommendations for appropriate corrective action as 

indicated by audit findings; 

 Technical assistance to ADEQ Programs and contractors is provided and EPA 

guidance documents, policies, and procedures are distributed as appropriate; 

 ADEQ training needs are assessed; training courses are arranged and developed, 

and/or presented on QA topics; 

 An adequate degree of auditing by ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit [ i.e., management 

system reviews (MSR) and technical system audits (TSAs) ] is performed to 
13 

assess compliance with ADEQ QA requirements for monitoring and evaluating 

overall project implementation; 

 QAPjPs specifically address the technical adequacy of DQOs, when such 

documentation is required; 

 Communication takes place between the QA/QC Steering Committee and QA/QC 

Unit about current quality assurance activities and projects; 

 There is an annual review of the Quality Management Plan with the QA/QC 

Steering Committee. 

1.4.2 Line Management and Staff Authority 

1.4.2.1 ADEQ Director 

The ADEQ Director has overall responsibility for ADEQ’s QA Program as outlined in EPA 

Order 5360.1 A2. More specifically, the ADEQ Director is responsible for ensuring that QA is 

an identifiable activity having adequate resources allocated for the accomplishment of the 

mission’s goals for ADEQ’s centralized Programs as well as its satellite (Northern and Southern) 

regional offices. These goals include providing the resources for the collection of the right type, 

quantity, and quality of data for all in-house and external projects. 

1.4.2.2 ADEQ QA/QC Steering Committee 

The Steering Committee has responsibility for oversight of ADEQ’s quality systems, and the 

general direction of the QA/QC Program. The QA/QC Steering Committee, comprised of 

representatives from all three of the Program Divisions and the QA/QC Unit Supervisor, meet on 

a monthly basis for review and update of the QMP and to establish agency wide consistency for 

QA/QC practices. Other functions of the Steering Committee are examining, and auditing, 

environmental data collection procedures. Division representatives of the Steering Committee 

have the responsibility of communicating Steering Committee activities to their Division 

Director, as well as staying apprised of the QA activities within their Division, with the purpose 

of acting as a liaison between the Committee and their Divisions. These duties are driven by the 

common goal of continual improvement of the Quality Management System. 

1.4.2.3 QA Division Representatives 

All Program Divisions: Air, Water, and Waste, shall assign a representative that assists with the 

QA efforts within the Division. QA representatives serve on the QA/QC Steering Committee and 

work with the QA/QC Unit Supervisor in writing and implementing QAPrPs within their 

prospective Divisions. Other duties include identifying projects that require QAPjPs, SOPs, 

and/or audits and coordinating with Unit and Section Managers in designating personnel for 

reviewing QA documents and scheduling audits. Responsibility lies with the Division QA 

representatives to coordinate third party, autonomous, review and approval of Quality Assurance 

documents by the QA/QC Unit Supervisor, qualified appropriate personnel within their Division 

but removed from the project, or themselves. This review process should not be conducted by 

Unit Managers for their own projects. With concurrence from either the QA/QC Unit Supervisor 
14 

or the Project/Case Manager, the QA/QC representatives have the ability to halt projects in the 

event of significant QA deviations. QA/QC representatives perform the duties necessary for QA 

oversight of their Division, and are trained to approve QA documents in accordance with QA/QC 

Unit guidelines. 

1.4.2.4 ADEQ Division Directors: 

The Division Directors have the overall responsibility for managing the QA Program within their 

organization in accordance with the ADEQ QMP. The Directors are specifically responsible for 

ensuring that adequate resources are provided to support ADEQ QA/QC Program 

responsibilities. 

1.4.2.5 ADEQ Section Managers: 

Section Managers must ensure that: 

$ Whenever environmental measurements are to occur the division QA/QC 

Representative is designated to coordinate with and participate as a member of 

ADEQ’s QA/QC Steering Committee, and work with the QA/QC Unit 

Supervisor, tasked with implementing the ADEQ Quality Management System 

$ All ADEQ environmental data collection activities include appropriate planning 

and documentation regarding data quality objectives (DQOs), quality assurance 

Program plans (QAPrPs), quality assurance project plans (QAPjPs) and standard 

operating procedures (SOPs); 

$ ADEQ site-specific QAPjPs are written by Program personnel, contractors, or 

other responsible parties, and approved by appropriate Division personnel, or by 

ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit if requested, to ensure effective implementation for 

projects that generate environmental data; 

$ Deficiencies identified in audits are corrected expeditiously; 

$ Program-specific QA-related training needs are identified. 

Section Managers may delegate tasks of ensuring appropriate QA/QC procedures to Unit 

Managers, but approval of QA documents shall be completed by an autonomous third party. 

1.4.2.6 ADEQ Project/Case Managers: 

Project/Case Managers may be assigned the responsibility for specific projects supported 

through contracts, grants, or interagency service agreements (ISAs). ADEQ’s QA requirements 

shall be followed for those internal activities, and external projects which generate 

environmental data. In addition to ADEQ’s QMP, the relevant QA requirements for external 

projects are specified in 40 CFR 30 and 31, and 40 CFR 15. The ADEQ Project/Case Manager 

has the principal responsibility for ensuring that project data quality objectives are met. 
15 

Paramount among those requirements is that, when indicated, an approved Quality Assurance 

Project Plan (QAPjP) is established prior to initiating any data collection efforts. 

ADEQ Project/Case Managers must ensure that: 

$ All projects needing a QAPjP are identified, and that the QAPjPs are written, and 

approved prior to environmental data collection activities, as specified in section 

2.2; 

$ Data Quality Objectives (DQOs), specifications, and acceptance criteria for 

projects have been prepared by the Program, and approved by an appropriate 

person, prior to data collection activities, as specified in section 2.2; 

$ They are available to participate in conducting QA system/performance audits of 

projects, as necessary, with ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit Supervisor; 

$ Appropriate corrective action is taken if indicated in the audit findings; 

$ Unresolved data quality problems are reported to ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit 

Supervisor and designated Program staff. 

1.5 COMMUNICATIONS 

To be effectively implemented, the QMP must not only be approved, circulated, and regularly 

updated, but it must also be understood by those responsible for its implementation. Two 

strategies will be used to ensure that this occurs. ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit Supervisor will keep 

Division and Agency Management apprised of QA issues as new information, policies, or other 

QA procedures develop. ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit will arrange for training on an on-going basis in 

order to ensure that personnel responsible for QA functions understand QA requirements and 

practices related to their responsibilities. 

Having an accurate and up to date QMP is essential for implementing an effective Quality 

System. Minor Changes of the QMP will be implemented on a yearly basis through an annual 

internal review process, as detailed in section 9.1, which in turn will be submitted to EPA Region 

IX for record keeping. The life-span of any QMP is five years; therefore at that time a 

comprehensive review will be conducted, and a revised QMP will be submitted to EPA Region 

IX for approval. It is the intent of ADEQ’s Quality System to continually document changes in 

the QMP so when a comprehensive review is required, revision and concurrence should involve 

minimal efforts. 
16 

CHAPTER 2 QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 

2.1 PRINCIPAL COMPONENTS OF THE QUALTY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 

The Quality Management System consists of staff, defined functions, tools, and quality 

assurance (QA) procedures. These components are used to ensure that environmental data 

generated by ADEQ, or its contractors/consultants, are of appropriate quality for their intended 

purpose. The ADEQ QA/QC Unit has determined that the following twelve essential elements 

comprise an effective QA System: 

 Stating of ADEQ QA Goals and Policy (identified in ADEQ’s QMP); 

 Adhering to applicable ADEQ QA requirements and criteria (EPA Orders, 

regulations, and guidelines); 

 Defining ADEQ’s QA organizational structure; 

 Describing ADEQ Programs and activities covered by the QA requirements; 

 Outlining the roles and responsibilities of those involved with ADEQ QA 

functions; 

 Utilizing QA tools and procedures; 

 Identifying resource allocations; 

 Establishing a communications process (internal and external); 

 Affording QA training opportunities; 

 Dictating documentation and record keeping requirements; 

 Implementing review and evaluation procedures to ensure continuous 

improvement; 

 Defining key QA terminology. 

2.2 PRINCIPAL TOOLS OF THE QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 

ADEQ uses a graded approach to the Quality Management Plan, as does EPA. The graded 

approach recognizes that different projects, depending on size or complexity, may require a 

greater or lesser degree of formal planning. The successful implementation of ADEQ’s Quality 

Management Program requires a consistent and graded approach for QA practices commensurate 

with the intended uses of the data. ADEQ’s QMP requires that a variety of tools and procedures 

be utilized for planning, implementing, and evaluating the Quality Management System. ADEQ 

Managers and staff members will be informed of the availability and use of these tools through 

ADEQ sponsored training. 

The QA/QC Unit presently functions with the guidance and support of a Steering Committee, 

made up of designated QA/QC representatives from each of the three Program Divisions and one 
17 

QA/QC Unit Supervisor, who serves as the committee chair. The QA/QC Unit Supervisor 

resides in the Administrative Services Division, specifically the Business and 

General/Laboratory Services section. This section performs no environmental data collection 

activities and thereby preserves autonomy and independence. The QA/QC Unit, in conjunction 

with the Steering Committee, is responsible for establishing, implementing, and evaluating the 

details of the QMP. 

The QA planning and implementation tools include a Quality Management Plan (QMP), 

establishment of Data Quality Objectives (DQOs), Quality Assurance Program Plans (QAPrPs), 

Quality Assurance Project Plans (QAPjPs), Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs,) and 

Sampling and Analysis Plans (SAPs) or Field Sampling Plans (FSPs). ADEQ’s Program staff, or 

their contractors, create these plans with technical assistance, as necessary, from ADEQ’s 

QA/QC Unit. 

The QA evaluation and assessment tools comprising ADEQ’s Quality Management System 

include Management System Reviews (MSRs), Technical System Audits (TSAs), Performance 

Evaluation (PE) Studies, and Data Quality Assessments (DQAs). These are either arranged for, 

or performed by, ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit. 

All environmental data collection activities conducted by, or on behalf of, EPA Region IX must 

be addressed in a Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPjP). These details are discussed in 

Section 2.2.4. 

These elements explicitly require clear Data Quality Objectives (DQOs) for each planned data 

collection activity, and also require that data assessments be conducted to evaluate the validity of 

the results. Every field investigation should be constructed in accordance with an approved 

ADEQ QAPjP, or other planning document, suitable for the task. The planning document shall 

ensure that DQOs will be met. Arizona Statutes require that the ADHS Office of Laboratory 

Licensure be responsible for licensing all labs generating data for regulatory use by ADEQ 

described in detail in section 4.2.2. 

2.2.1 Quality Management Plan (QMP) 

ADEQ’s QMP describes the policies, procedures, and systems governing Agency data collection 

activities. It serves as the umbrella document for all QA/QC operations. Future revisions and 

updates to this QMP will be prepared at least annually, and at any other time that significant 

changes occur within ADEQ’s operational structure. The QA/QC Unit will lead this process to 

gain concurrence from all ADEQ Leadership as well as the Region IX EPA QA/QC 

representatives. Revisions and/or updates will be completed and prepared for submission to EPA 

in as expeditious a manner as possible under the particular circumstances for each revision. 

2.2.2 Quality Assurance Program Plans (QAPrP) 

A Quality Assurance Program Plan is a planning document instituted at the level between the 

QMP and a QAPjP. This document is used to describe details that are specific to a Program, or 

Division, when the QMP is too general to encompass the unique circumstances for all Programs. 
18 

It is appropriate to reference Program specific regulations and guidance documents in a Program 

Plan that are utilized for defining data quality objectives such as Soil Remediation Levels (SRLs) 

and Water Quality Standards (WQSs). A QAPrP can encompass a entire Division or it can be 

specific for individual sections or Programs. The appropriate level of planning will be 

determined within the Divisions. For some Programs a QAPrP may be sufficient to be utilized in 

lieu of a QAPjP. The Programs will provide a copy of their QAPrPs to the QA/QC Unit for 

approval, general oversight, and management of the Agency wide Quality System. QAPrPs may 

also need to be sent to Region IX QA office for approval. 

 

2.2.3 Data Quality Objectives (DQO) 

ADEQ is committed to sound science during the generation of environmental data that are 

technically appropriate for their intended use. Environmental data collected should be of 

adequate quality and quantity to support intended regulatory decisions, and when necessary be 

legally defensible. Data Quality Objectives (DQO) are used in the planning phase of all Agency 

data collection activities in the capacity that defined objectives shall be identified before 

sampling goes forward. The Guidance for the Data Quality Objectives Process, EPA QA/G-4 is 

used, as appropriate, for the development of DQOs by the Agency. In many situations, 

regulatory criteria and action limits are the basis for environmental decisions. In these situations, 

the appropriate planning document should state (i.e. QAPrP, QAPjP, FSP, or SAP) that 

regulatory limits are the driving force for Data Quality Objectives, and that the formal EPA DQO 

process is not extensively utilized. Although DQOs are a required element of any Quality 

Assurance Project Plan (QAPjP), these data objectives can be identified with regulatory limits 

and/or action limits that are already in existence, and do not necessarily need to be derived. 

ADEQ Programs should discuss within their QAPrP circumstances and situations for projects 

when the DQO process will be utilized. 

Each Program within ADEQ is responsible for establishing DQOs for projects where ADEQ 

takes the lead role in gathering environmental data or for those projects where ADEQ provides 

oversight. ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit will provide technical assistance, if needed, to determine the 

appropriateness of the DQO process given the intended use of the data. 

The development of data quality objectives (DQOs) is outlined in QA/R-5. For many projects, 

DQOs may be a simple statement of why data are being collected and what data outputs will be 

considered significant. For other projects, the complete statistical hypothesis testing approach as 

described in Agency Guidance QA/G-4, Guidance for the Data Quality Objectives Process may 

be appropriate. 

Data Quality Objectives are intended to accomplish the following 

 Clarify the project objectives; 

 Define the most appropriate types of data to collect; 

 Determine the most appropriate conditions under which to collect the data; 

 Specify the level of uncertainty that is acceptable as the basis for establishing the 
19 

quantity and quality of data needed. 

2.2.4 Quality Assurance Project Plans (QAPjP) 

All QAPjP’s should be developed as specified in EPA QA/R-5, EPA Requirements for Quality 

Assurance Project Plans for Environmental Data Operations. ADEQ requires that all twentyfour elements be addressed before ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit may submit a QAPjP to EPA on 

ADEQ’s behalf. These elements consist of the following: 

Group A Project Management 

A1 Title and Approval Sheet 

A2 Table of Contents 

A3 Distribution List 

A4 Project/Task Organization 

A5 Problem Definition/Background 

A6 Project/Task Description 

A7 Quality Objectives and Criteria for Measurement Data 

A8 Special Training Requirements/Certification 

A9 Documentation and Records 

Group B Measurement/Data Acquisition 

B1 Sampling Process Design 

B2 Sampling Methods Requirements 

B3 Sample Handling and Custody Requirements 

B4 Analytical Methods Requirements 

B5 Quality Control Requirements 

B6 Instrument/Equipment Testing, Inspection, and Maintenance 

Requirements 

B7 Instrument Calibration and Frequency 

B8 Inspection/Acceptance Requirements for Supplies and Consumables 

B9 Data Acquisition Requirements 

B10 Data Management 

Group C Assessment/Oversight 

C1 Assessments and Response Actions 

C2 Reports to Management 

Group D Data Validation and Usability 

D1 Data Review, Validation and Verification Requirements 

D2 Validation and Verification Requirements 

D3 Reconciliation with User Requirements 

The QAPjP dictates the policies and procedures, project organization and objectives, QA 

requirements, and QC activities designed to achieve the desired type and quality of 

environmental data necessary to support project objectives. In ADEQ a QAPjP is utilized for 

collection and analyses of data to support long term and large scale projects. 
20 

For those activities funded by EPA, there are additional influences from the federal level on 

QAPjP preparation. ADEQ Program Plans identify projects requiring QAPjPs and the detail 

required within that planning document. Some Programs utilize abbreviated QAPjPs in the form 

of “fill in the blank” documents, although these shortened documents still need to be completed 

prior to sampling activities. Other Programs within ADEQ, such as Tank Programs, rely heavily 

on Guidance Documents for the planning process and do not require formal QAPjPs as such. 

Short-term projects and one-time events (e.g., emergency response) do not require QAPjPs as 

long as the sampling protocols and objectives are addressed in the Program QAPrP. Whether or 

not a project is funded by EPA, planning documents suitable for the task are required. These 

planning documents, in the form of a QAPjP or an alternative document, are an expected part of 

the Quality System. The detail within the documents, and the circumstances under which each 

form is appropriate, will be described in the Program specific documents. A QAPjP, or the 

equivalent planning document, must be approved by appropriate delegated autonomous Division 

personnel or by the QA/QC Unit. Additionally, all contractors for ADEQ must meet the quality 

assurance and Program requirements established by ADEQ QMP. 

2.2.5 Quality Assurance (QA) Status Reports 

 QA Status Reports are a tool used for documentation and communication of QA activities. 

Although all Programs do not make use of QA Status Reports, some of the Programs may 

require these reports, and when utilized they will be described in the appropriate QAPrP. Each 

plan for environmental data collection should include a section discussing the frequency, content, 

and format of the required QA status report(s). These factors will be determined by the relevant 

ADEQ Program Project/Case Manager. Status reports will be placed in the project file by 

ADEQ’s Project/Case Manager and will be used to help track project progress. Each status report 

should address, at a minimum, the following elements: 

 Status of the project; 

 Changes that occurred in project activities (sampling, QC control measures, 

analytical methods); 

 Results of performance and system audits as they apply; 

 Any corrective actions taken; 

 Any project organizational changes; 

 Results of the assessment of data quality indicators; precision, accuracy, 

completeness, comparability, representativeness, and sensitivity. 

For some Programs, rules or policies supersede these status reports. The policies or rules 

establish requirements similar to status reports, and can function as an alternative. The 

alternative should be referenced in the plan, and may if necessary, discuss elements in addition to 

those listed above. 

2.2.6 Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) 
21 

The use of standard operating procedures (SOPs) in ADEQ serves as one mechanism to ensure 

comparability across Programs and individual environmental data collection projects. SOPs 

must be incorporated, either in full or by reference, in the QAPjPs or QAPrPs. 

ADEQ uses a variety of SOPs, some are EPA developed documents such as Laboratory 

Documentation Requirements for Data Evaluation R9QA/004.2 August, 2001, and others have 

been developed by ADEQ. SOPs developed by ADEQ are peer reviewed. ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit 

is available for assistance in both SOP development and review. ADEQ has a number of general 

SOPs that are maintained within the QA/QC Unit. These SOPs are available for reference and 

can be incorporated into QAPjPs or QAPrPs. SOPs can also be modified to develop specific 

SOPs for a variety of Programs. SOPs for the water sample collection from Public Water 

Systems are maintained on ADEQ’s website. Some other examples of ADEQ’s general SOPs 

are: 

 Collection of Composite Soil Samples for Compliance Purpose; 

 Groundwater Monitoring Well Sampling; 

 Water Sampling from Groundwater Treatment Systems; 

 Soil Vapor Sampling Guidance; 

 Soil Vapor Sampling for Remediation Systems. 

2.2.7 Technical Systems Audit (TSA) 

All ADEQ Programs that employ environmental sample collection and analyses are subject to a 

TSA. TSAs are a principal tool of ADEQ’s quality system and are defined more thoroughly in 

Section 9.2.2. 

2.2.8 Management System Reviews (MSR) 

Management System Reviews (MSRs) will be performed periodically within ADEQ for all 

Programs. Further details on MSRs are provided in Section 9.2.1. 

2.2.9 Corrective Actions 

In the normal case, deficiencies are identified, and corrective actions are initiated, as a result of a 

review or audit. However, there are cases when deficiencies are identified during normal work 

routines, outside a review or audit. In these cases a corrective action memo is generated to 

document and communicate the deficiency. The memo, at a minimum, explains the problem and 

documents procedural changes and actions that will correct the problem and minimize the chance 

for repeat problems and deficiencies. In some situations, no corrective action is required; 

however, it is necessary to document the occurrence. For these situations, the corrective actions 

can be referred to as non-conformances. 

2.3 OPTIONAL PRACTICES FOR THE CONTROL OF DATA COLLECTION 

2.3.1 Field Audits 
22 

These are "real-time" observation, review, and critical appraisal of field sampling activities. 

Field audits consist of an on-site visit to the sampling location; observation of sampling 

practices; review of project records and sampling SOPs; and, documentation of findings. The 

primary intention of such audits is to ascertain whether the QAPjP specified practices are being 

followed. 

When sampling is being performed by ADEQ personnel, or ADEQ contractors, the lead auditor 

must be an ADEQ employee. In these circumstances, audits may be requested through the 

ADEQ QA/QC Unit, and are performed by non-project personnel to avoid the appearance of 

bias. 

All field auditing activities will result in the production of a written report. Usually, the 

draft findings report should be prepared by the Lead Auditor within 30 days of the observation 

phase of the audit, although it may need to be prepared more quickly in some cases. Whether 

internal or external, the Auditor should send the report to the ADEQ Project/Case Manager for 

review. For external audits, the ADEQ Project/Case Manager will pass the audit report onto the 

auditee for comments. Final reports generated by the Audit Team are to be completed within a 

reasonable and appropriate time. Copies of the Final Report will be stored in the Project file and 

with the auditor. Additional copies will be distributed as appropriate. 

2.3.2 Laboratory Audits 

These are audits of laboratory operations. Such audits may be "real-time" (i.e., performed while 

project samples are under analysis) or performed after analysis is completed. Laboratory audits 

will consist of an on-site visit to the laboratory, observation of analytical practices when 

possible, review of project records and laboratory SOPs, and documentation of findings. A 

laboratory audit is conducted to determine and document whether laboratory practices and 

analytical procedures used are consistent with QAPjP requirements and laboratory tasking 

instructions. 

When analyses are being performed by ADEQ contractors, the lead auditor must be an ADEQ 

employee. In these circumstances, audits may be requested through the ADEQ QA/QC Unit, 

and are performed by non-project personnel to avoid the appearance of bias. 

All laboratory auditing activities will result in the production of a written report. A draft of this 

report is due within 7 calendar days of the completion of the observation phase of the audit, or a 

mutually agreed upon alternative. The draft will be sent for comments to the ADEQ 

Project/Case Manager responsible for the activity observed prior to completion of the report. 

Written comments must be supplied by the ADEQ Project/Case Manager to the ADEQ QA/QC 

Unit within 7 calendar days of the receipt of the draft, or a mutually agreed upon alternative. 

Final reports generated by the ADEQ QA/QC Unit are to be completed within 30 calendar days 

of receipt of comments by the ADEQ Project/Case Manager, or a mutually agreed upon 

alternative. Copies of the Final Report will be stored in the Project’s file and also with the 

ADEQ QA/QC Unit. Additional copies will be distributed as appropriate. 
23 

CHAPTER 3 PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND 

TRAINING 

3.1 POLICY FOR QUALITY ASSURANCE (QA) RELATED TRAINING 

The purpose of this Chapter is to explain the processes used by ADEQ to ensure that staff and 

managers working in environmental Programs are trained and qualified to perform their required 

QA responsibilities. This includes Project/Case Managers, field personnel, ADEQ QA/QC staff, 

data processors, and the individuals who supervise these personnel. 

3.1.1 Responsibilities 

ADEQ’s Program Unit Managers are responsible for ensuring that each staff member involved 

with collecting or analyzing environmental data has the necessary technical, quality assurance, 

and project management training required for his or her assigned tasks and functions. Section 

Managers are also responsible for ensuring that technical staff maintains the necessary level of 

proficiency to effectively meet ADEQ’s QA/QC responsibilities. ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit will 

serve as the Agency resource for arranging for, and assisting in, defining QA/QC training needs 

on a regular basis to update Program staff with developing QA/QC issues. 

Maintaining staff proficiency in critical technical disciplines (e.g., environmental engineers, 

geologists, hydrologists, hydrogeologists, chemists, and microbiologists) is assumed to be 

determined within the hiring process. 

3.1.2 Identification of Training Needs 

Core training will be coordinated through the QA/QC Unit in conjunction with various Division 

supervisory personnel. Intermediate and advanced skill training will be arranged when the 

appropriate Agency staff identify the need. The QA/QA unit, in conjunction with Program 

management, will identify continuing professional training requirements and address those 

requirements utilizing external resources for the latest technological advances and evolution in 

industry standards. 

3.1.3 Implementation of Training Requirements 

ADEQ staff are encouraged by supervisors to draw upon their educational background, 

experience, technical training, and on-the-job training to enhance their understanding and 

performance of QA-related procedures. 

ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit is developing a training program that will offer, or arrange for through a 

third-party vendor, the following courses on a schedule and frequency suited to meet the needs of 

ADEQ’s staff with QA responsibilities: 

 An Orientation to Quality Assurance Management 

 Establishing Data Quality Objectives 
24 

 Preparing Quality Assurance Project Plans 

 How to Perform a Preliminary Data Review 

The goal is to offer no less than three of the four courses during the year. The classes will be 

open to anyone responsible for QA functions. ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit will also schedule 

impromptu QA training designed to address specific QA needs of Program staff. 

It is a goal that ADEQ Program staff responsible for QA functions (as identified by Program 

management) should complete the above courses within two years from their employment date. 

In addition, they will be encouraged to attend meetings and seminars, and to take formal training, 

in accordance with ADEQ’s training policy, to enhance their understanding of Program specific 

QA requirements within the Programs they work. 

3.1.4 Documentation of Training 

ADEQ’s QA Unit will maintain a record of all QA training taken by staff and managers 

responsible for environmental data generation. ADEQ’s Leadership Team will provide resources 

for QA training for ADEQ Program staff. This training will be provided, through internal 

training and/or external sources, to staff at all levels to ensure that QA requirements and 

responsibilities are understood and implemented at all stages of projects. Some of the training 

required to support ADEQ’s Quality Management System will come from EPA. 
25 

CHAPTER 4 PROCUREMENT OF ITEMS AND SERVICES 

ADEQ procures items such as sampling equipment, instrumentation, field equipment, laboratory 

services, and consulting services. All items and services relating to environmental data 

collection and generation are obtained through the procurement process. The ADEQ public 

procurement process is guided by the Arizona Procurement Code (Arizona Revised Statutes 41-

2501 et seq., and administrative rules and regulations A.A.C. R2-7-101 et seq.). This 

procurement code has modeled itself on the Model Procurement Code as provided by the 

American Bar Association. The procurement process is also governed by State statutes and 

rules, and depending on the circumstances of the procurement, may involve the approval of other 

agencies within the State. Whenever appropriate, requirements for equipment and services 

specific to individual Programs should be detailed in QAPrPs or QAPjPs. Procurement activities 

may range from general and scientific supplies to highly sophisticated scientific instrumentation 

and services which directly affect the quality of environmental measurements. 

4.1 ITEMS 

Within ADEQ, identified equipment needs are submitted to management who prioritize, rank, 

and approve items for proposed procurement. This process allows ADEQ to identify particular 

equipment needs, relative to other needs, in order to facilitate quality in measurement processes. 

Specific monitoring, sampling, and analytical equipment are procured only after quality 

requirements have been discussed among procurement officials, Program personnel, and when 

appropriate, ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit. The Contracts and Procurement Section requires that items 

meet the approved specifications. The criteria for selection of the specific items are outlined 

prior to approval of the equipment. 

4.1.1 EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE 

ADEQ field personnel are responsible for maintenance of their own field equipment and 

instrumentation. ADEQ has either service contracts or in-house capabilities for the repair and 

maintenance of field equipment and instrumentation. Schedules for preventive and/or corrective 

maintenance are determined and carried out through service contracts or in-house capabilities. 

4.2 SERVICES 

Project managers work with the ADEQ Contracts and Procurement Section to incorporate quality 

control within the specific scope of work for each task assignment. Quality assurance for service 

contracts is based on contractor performance measures which include, but are not limited to, the 

ability of the contractor to adhere to the contract terms and conditions, and the ability of the 

contractor to complete the work in accordance with the ADEQ approved QAPjP, SAP, and/or 

other work plan. Services (laboratory, consulting, drilling, etc.) that are procured through 

ADEQ's procurement process are contracted in accordance with the standard terms and 

conditions of the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted by the State of Arizona. The standard 

terms and conditions, at a minimum, include the following: 

 Contract interpretation; 
26 

 Contract administration and operation; 

 Costs and payments; 

 Contract changes; 

 Risk and liability; 

 Warranties; 

 State contractual remedies; 

 Contract termination. 

The Project/Case Manager from the applicable ADEQ Program can utilize the ADEQ QA/QC 

Unit in finding services appropriate for his or her needs. Prior to procurement of services, it is 

important that the data quality objectives and measurement quality objectives of the specific 

project, as they relate to analytical requirements, can be achieved by the laboratory. The 

laboratory needs to submit a current Quality Assurance Manual (or similar documentation) for 

review before the contract is awarded. 

4.2.1 CONTRACTS WITH EXTERNAL PARTIES 

ADEQ conducts and oversees assessment (site characterization), remediation, and removal 

activities at solid and hazardous waste sites in Arizona. For some of these activities, ADEQ may 

contract directly for environmentally related measurements or data generation. 

ADEQ’s General Laboratory Services Contract goes out to bid every 3-5 years. This contract is 

for General Laboratory Services for a variety of analyses and methodologies and can be awarded 

to one or more laboratories. This process is a collaboration of ADEQ’s Procurement Section, the 

QA/QC Unit, and/or QA/QC Steering Committee. All Divisions can utilize this contract for 

analyses within their Divisions. 

The Monitoring Assistance Program (MAP) is a Program mandated by Arizona Revised Statutes 

49-360, for which ADEQ contracts with vendors to take samples and perform necessary analyses 

for approximately 900 small drinking water systems within the State of Arizona. This contract 

goes out to bid through the Drinking Water Section and is awarded on an annual basis. 

For services procured outside of the general laboratory services contract, and the MAP contract, 

the Programs are responsible for ensuring that the contractors meet the quality assurance 

requirements as outlined in the Program specific QAPrP. It is necessary, at a minimum, to 

obtain a Quality Assurance Manual from any contracting laboratory prior to commencement of 

work. Other areas where contractors and subcontractors are utilized include: ambient surface 

water analyses for chemical and microbiological indices, air quality analyses, etc. 

For contractors performing sampling, the contractors must develop their own QAPrP or QAPjP. 

In some instances where contractors are handling extensive sampling and data management at 

multiple levels, it may even be appropriate for the contracting organization to have an overall 

Quality Management System documented in a QMP. 
27 

4.2.2 Laboratory Licensure Requirements 

In addition to the requirements of the Arizona Procurement Code (A.R.S. 41-2501 et. seq.) and 

the Arizona Administrative Code (A.A.C. R2-7-101 et. seq.), Arizona Revised Statutes require 

that the ADHS Office of Laboratory Licensure license environmental laboratories engaged in 

compliance testing. 

Compliance testing has been defined by Arizona State Law pursuant to A.R.S. 

36-495(1) as any: 

“Laboratory analysis of any matter, pollutant, 

contaminant, hazardous substance or other substance 

subject to regulation pursuant to: 

(a) Title 49 or rules adopted or enforced by the department 

of environmental quality for the purpose of determining 

compliance with title 49. 

(b) Federal environmental statutes or regulations 

administered or enforced by the United States 

environmental protection agency relating to the safe 

drinking water act (42 United States Code sections 300f 

through 300j), the clean air act (42 United States Code 

sections 7401 through 7642), the clean water act (33 United 

States Code sections 1251 through 1376), the resource 

conservation and recovery act (42 United States Code 

sections 6921 through 6939B), the comprehensive 

environmental response, compensation, and liability act (42 

United States Code sections 9601 through 9657) and the 

toxic substance control act (42 United States Code sections 

2601 through 2654) as they relate only to the regulation of 

polychlorinated biphenyls and asbestos.” 

Samples analyzed for regulatory or enforcement decisions by non-ADHS licensed laboratories 

are considered unacceptable for compliance purposes, as statutorily mandated, and should be 

rejected unless no other options are available. As testing requirements evolve with the 

introduction of new contaminants of concern, there may be unique cases when an ADHS 

certified laboratory is not available for the methods required or capable of achieving the required 

limits. For instances when a method is not certified by ADHS, or no ADHS laboratories are 

available, an exception can be made. All other resources should be exhausted before this option 

is utilized. These instances should be communicated to the QA/QC Unit to track overall 

regulatory issues and develop solutions in coordination with ADHS. 

Upon application for an environmental laboratory license ADHS shall issue the license if, after 

investigation, ADHS determines that the application conforms with the standards established by 

ADHS. 
28 

The ADHS Director shall prescribe rules providing for minimum standards of proficiency, 

methodology, quality assurance, operation, and safety for environmental laboratories and may 

prescribe standards for personnel education, training, and experience to meet Federal 

environmental statutes or regulation. The ADHS Director may also allow reciprocity with other 

states, and prescribe the manner and form in which compliance testing results are reported. The 

rules shall be developed in cooperation with the Director of the Department of Environmental 

Quality and shall be consistent with Title 49 (Section 49-101 et seq.). 

Unless exempted by A.R.S. 36-495.02, no person may operate or maintain an environmental 

laboratory without a license issued by the ADHS pursuant to A.R.S. 36-495.03 through 36-

495.14. 

4.3 THE ROLE OF THE ADEQ QA/QC UNIT IN THE PROCUREMENT PROCESS 

ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit will assist the Procurement Section in the development of the Request for 

Proposal (RFP), or Invitation for Bid (IFB), for the General Laboratory Services Contract which 

will occur approximately every 3-5 years. The QA/QC unit will provide input on minimum 

Quality Control requirements for Contract Laboratories as well as items to be included in 

submittal for QA/QC evaluation. 

ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit will advise the Drinking Water section on minimum QA/QC standards for 

laboratories contracted for the Monitoring Assistance Program. 

When appropriate, ADEQ’s QA/QC Unit or its delegate should review a laboratory’s Quality 

Assurance Manual, or its equivalent, before the formal execution of any agreement or related 

action with the organization. 

The QA/QC Unit will confer with ADHS on the good standing of laboratories that are contracted 

with, or submitting compliance data to, ADEQ. 

4.4 THE ROLE OF ADEQ PROJECT/CASE MANAGERS IN THE PROCUREMENT 

PROCESS 

ADEQ Program Personnel should define the quality of performance and specifications required 

of services, instruments, and reagents. 

The responsibility for monitoring contract performance within ADEQ’s Quality Management 

System lies with the Programs and ADEQ’s Procurement Section. All contracts are managed in 

accordance with the State procurement code. 

4.5 AGREEMENTS WITH GOVERNMENTAL ENTITIES 

ADEQ also utilizes governmental agreements with EPA and other Federal, State, and local 

agencies. A.R.S. 41-2501 exempts governmental agreements from the Arizona Procurement 

Code. Agreements between ADEQ and other state agencies, or universities, to provide or 

receive a service are authorized under A.R.S. 35-148. Agreements between ADEQ and another 
29 

State Agency, political sub-division, or other governments to share joint authority (authority 

possessed by both parties) are authorized by A.R.S. 11-951 through 11-952. 

In the event that a governmental agreement scope of work would include environmentally related 

measurements or data generation, the ADEQ QA/QC Steering Committee’s role would be 

substantially the same as it is for the General Laboratory Services Contract. Procurement’s role 

would include coordination with the ADEQ QA/QC Unit Manager or his or her designee, the 

ADEQ Project/Case Manager, and the outside political subdivision, and then final negotiation of 

the governmental agreement. 

 4.5.1 ADHS and State Laboratory Services (SLS) 

The ADHS provides support for ADEQ as necessary for laboratory services, method 

development, risk assessments, development of some regulatory limits, and expert testimony.